04

TECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR HIGHWAYS
TRH3 2007
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF SURFACING SEALS
May 2007
03659
PREFACE
TECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR HIGHWAYS (TRH) have traditionally been aimed at informing the
practising engineer about current recommended practice in selected aspects of highway engineering, based
on proven South African experience.
Companion TRH,TMH and Sabita documents to TRH 3 are given on pages (iii), (iv) and (v).
This document was produced by a committee of practitioners from the public, private and research sectors.
Any comments on this document may be addressed to:
The South African National Roads Agency Ltd

PO Box 415
PRETORIA
0001
Republic of South Africa
Alternatively comments and suggestions may be forwarded to: info@nra.co.za
Design and Construction of Surfacing Seals

TRH 3, Pretoria, South Africa Version 1.5 May 2007
DISCLAIMER
The information given in this document is based on the knowledge and experience of organisations and
individuals concerned with bituminous seals. This document only provides guidelines for the selection,
design and construction of bituminous seals and is neither a specification document nor a complete manual
for the training of inexperienced personnel.
The views expressed and recommendations given are based on the experience of the Committee
responsible for the compilation of the document and cannot cover the entire spectrum of possible situations.
The information contained is given in good faith and gives guidelines on how to deal with the problems likely
to be encountered. No responsibility will be accepted by the South African National Roads Agency or by any
members of the committee which drew up this document for any adverse consequences arising out of the
use of this document.

ii
LIST OF COMPANION TRH DOCUMENTS

TRH 1
TRH 14
Prime coat and bituminous curing membranes
Guidelines for road construction materials
TRH 3
TRH 15
Design and construction of surfacing seals
Subsurface drainage for roads
TRH 4
TRH 16
Structural design of flexible pavements for
Traffic loading for pavement and rehabilitation
interurban and rural roads
design
TRH 5
TRH 17
Statistical concepts of quality control and their

application in road construction
Geometric design of rural roads
TRH 6
TRH 18
Nomenclature and methods for describing the
The investigation, design, construction and
condition of asphalt pavements
maintenance of road cuttings
TRH 7
Use of bitumen emulsions in the construction
and maintenance of roads
TRH 19
Standard nomenclature and methods for
describing the condition of jointed concrete
pavements
TRH 8
TRH 20
Selection and design of hot-mix asphalt
The structural design, construction and
surfacings for highways
maintenance of unpaved roads
TRH 9
TRH 21
Construction of road embankments
Not-mix recycling
TRH 10
TRH 22
Design of road embankments
Pavement Management Systems
TRH 11
TRH 23
Guidelines for the conveyance of abnormal

loads
Concrete Pavement Maintenance
TRH 12
TRH 25
Bituminous pavement rehabilitation design
Guidelines for the hydraulic design and

maintenance of river crossings
TRH 13
Cementitious materials in road construction

Note: TRH 2 is no longer available
iii
LIST OF COMPANION TMH DOCUMENTS

TMH 1
TMH 7
Standard methods of testing road construction
Code of practice for the design of highway
materials
bridges and culverts in SA
TMH 2
TMH 8
National standard for the spraying performance

of binder distributors
Verkeerstellingsprosedures vir buitestedelike

paaie
TMH 3
TMH 9
Traffic axle load surveys for pavement design
Pavement Management Systems
TMH 5
TMH 10
Sampling methods for road construction
Manual for the completion of as-built materials
materials
data sheets
TMH 6
Note: TMH 4 superseded by TRH17
Special methods for testing roads
COMPANION ASPHALT ACADEMY GUIDELINE DOCUMENTS

TG 1
The use of modified binders in road construction

iv
LIST OF COMPANION SABITA DOCUMENTS

MANUAL 1
MANUAL 16
Technical Guidelines: Construction of bitumen
REACT - Economic analysis of short-term
rubber seals (1998)
rehabilitation actions (1998)
MANUAL 2
MANUAL 17
Bituminous products for road construction

(2002)
Porous asphalt mixes : Design and use (1995)
MANUAL 5
MANUAL 18
Guidelines for the manufacture and construction

of hot-mix asphalt (1992)
Appropriate Standards for the use of sand

asphalt (1996)
MANUAL 7
SUPERSURF+ Economic warrants for surfacing
unpaved roads (2005)
MANUAL 19
Technical guidelines for the specification and
design of bitumen-rubber asphalt wearing
courses (1997)
MANUAL 8
MANUAL 20
Guidelines for the safe and responsible handling
Sealing of active cracks in road pavements
of bituminous products (2003)
(1998)
MANUAL 9
MANUAL 21
Bituminous surfacing for temporary deviations
ETB The design and use of emulsiontreated
(1992)
bases (1999)
MANUAL 10
MANUAL 22
Appropriate standards for bituminous surfacings

(1992)
Hot-Mix Paving in Adverse Weather Interim

Recommendations (2006)
MANUAL 11
MANUAL 23
Labour enhanced construction for bituminous

surfacings (1993)
Bitumen Hauliers Code Guideline for loading

bitumen at refineries (2000)
MANUAL 12
MANUAL 24
Methods & procedures: Labour enhanced

construction for bituminous surfacings (1994)
User guide for the design of hot mix asphalt

(2005)
MANUAL 13
MANUAL 25
LAMBs - The design and use of large aggregate
Quality Management in the handling and
mixes for bases (1997)
transport of bituminous binders (2006)
MANUAL 14
MANUAL 26
GEMs - The design and use of granular
Interim guidelines for primes and stone
emulsion mixes (1998)
precoating fluids

LIST OF CONTENTS
1.
Introduction ....................................................................................................... 1
Factors Influencing The Performance Of Surfacing Seals ................................ 9
Pre-Design Investigations ............................................................................... 20
Selection Of Appropriate Surfacings ............................................................... 30
Criteria For Choosing A Binder ....................................................................... 46
Surface Preparation/Pre-Treatment ................................................................ 53
Design And Construction Of Seals.................................................................. 68
Recommended Material Standards............................................................... 113
Process Control And Acceptance Control..................................................... 125
10
Maintenance Planning And Budgeting .......................................................... 133
11
Construction Of Seal Work Using Labour-Intensive Methods ....................... 135
12
References ................................................................................................... 144

vi
APPENDICES
Appendix A Definitions And Glossary Of Terms........................................................................................... 149
Appendix B Life Expectancy Of Seals .......................................................................................................... 155
Appendix C Relative Cost Of Surfacings...................................................................................................... 157
Appendix D Selection Of Type Of Reseal .................................................................................................... 159
Appendix E Design Charts For Surfacing Seals........................................................................................... 163
Appendix F Stone Spread Rates .................................................................................................................. 189
Appendix G Determination Of The Consistency........................................................................................... 193
Appendix H Seal Design Worked Examples ............................................................................................. 198
Appendix I Cutting Back Of Bituminous Binders On Site ............................................................................. 209
Appendix J Transverse Distribution.............................................................................................................. 211
Appendix K Rational Seal Design Method.................................................................................................... 216
Appendix L The Modified Tray Test............................................................................................................. 257
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1-1 Schematic illustration of seal types .................................................................................................. 4
Figure 1-2 Schematic illustrations of various seals ........................................................................................... 5
8
Figure 1-3 Macro-climatic regions of southern Africa (Adapted from Weinert, 1980) ..................................... 6
Figure 1-4 Road network classification (2003) .................................................................................................. 7
Figure 1-5 Traffic distribution on surfaced rural roads (2006) ........................................................................... 8
Figure 3-1 Road temperature isotherms for correction of ball penetration test results
16
(After Marais, 1985) . ..................................................................................................................................... 27
Figure 7-1 Principles applied for design of the binder application rate ........................................................... 80
Figure 7-2 Binder adjustment for existing texture............................................................................................ 83
Figure 7-3 Bond created between aggregate particles with rapid setting emulsions...................................... 96
Figure 7-4 Penetration of low viscosity stable emulsions................................................................................ 96
Figure 10-1 Importance of timely project identification.................................................................................. 133
Figure 11-1 Concrete Mixer (250/175 ) ....................................................................................................... 141
Figure 11-2 Stand for 210 litre drums of emulsion ....................................................................................... 141
Figure 11-3 Measuring Containers ............................................................................................................... 141
Figure 11-4 Flat Steel Rails .......................................................................................................................... 142
Figure 11-5 Squeegees ................................................................................................................................ 142
Figure 11-6 Motorised Hand Sprayer ........................................................................................................... 142
Figure 11-7 Lifting Equipment ...................................................................................................................... 142
Figure 11-8 Measuring Containers ............................................................................................................... 143
Figure 11-9 Protective Screens .................................................................................................................... 143
Figure 11-10 Pedestrian Rollers................................................................................................................... 143

vii
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1 - Surfacing seals: Process of seal provision .................................................................................... 2
Table 3-1 - Essential and desirable items for the selection of seal type and pre-treatment and for design
purposes .......................................................................................................................................................... 22
purposes .......................................................................................................................................................... 23
purposes .......................................................................................................................................................... 24
Table 3-4 - Essential tests on site ................................................................................................................... 25
Table 4-1 - Guidelines for initial surfacings for different traffic volumes.......................................................... 32
Table 4-2 - Guidelines for surfacing types for different traffic and road type combinations ............................ 33
Table 4-3 - Recommended initial surfacing types for different road gradient categories ................................ 34
Table 4-4 - Recommended initial surfacings for different maintenance capabilities ....................................... 35
Table 4-5 - Visually assessable attributes indicating a need for reseal .......................................................... 40
Table 5-1 - Recommended Binders................................................................................................................. 50
Table 5-2 - Recommended maximum gradients for application of binder types ............................................. 51
Table 6-1 - Recommended treatments for defective surfacings...................................................................... 59
Table 6-2 - Recommended treatments on active cracks (stabilization cracks) ............................................... 63
Table 6-3 - Recommended treatments for passive cracks.............................................................................. 64
Table 6-4 - Recommended methods of crack repair ....................................................................................... 65
Table 6-5 - Recommended methods of crack repair ....................................................................................... 66
Table 7-1 - Binders used for sand seals.......................................................................................................... 70
Table 7-2 - Binder content of slurry ................................................................................................................. 74
Table 7-3 - Factors for converting net cold residual binder to hot spray rates and storage and spraying
temperatures.................................................................................................................................................... 84
Table 7-4 - Minimum quantity of net cold binder required for penetration coat............................................... 84
Table 7-5 - Minimum quantity of net cold binder required for tack coat .......................................................... 84
Table 7-6 Adjustment for S-E1 binder application......................................................................................... 91
Table 7-7 Adjustment for S-E2 binder application......................................................................................... 91
Table 7-8 Adjustment for S-R1 binder application........................................................................................ 92
Table 7-9 - Minimum recommended application rates .................................................................................... 93
Table 7-10 - Typical designs for the 19.0 + double 6,7 mm seal ................................................................... 94
4
Table 8-1 - Grading of Grade 1, 2 and 3 aggregates for surfacing seals ..................................................... 113
4
Table 8-2 - Properties of aggregates for surfacing seals ............................................................................. 114

4
Table 8-3 - Properties of sand for sand seals .............................................................................................. 114
28
Table 8-4 - Properties of sand for grit seals ................................................................................................ 114

4
Table 8-5 Properties of aggregates for slurries ......................................................................................... 117
Table 8-6 - Aggregate gradings for rapid-setting slurries .............................................................................. 117
Table 8-7 - Specifications added for unmodified bituminous binders for seals ............................................. 118
Table 8-8 - Classification of Modified Binders for Surface Seals .................................................................. 119
Table 8-9 - Properties of hot-applied modified binders for surface seals...................................................... 120
Table 8-10 - Properties of cold-applied modified binders for surface seals .................................................. 121
Table 8-11 - Properties of bitumen-rubber for surface seals......................................................................... 122
Table 9-1 - Summary of recommended control tests on bitumens during construction ................................ 127
Table 11-1 - Application rates for binder and aggregate ............................................................................... 140
Table 11-2 - Adjustments to final binder spray rates ..................................................................................... 140

viii
1.
1.1
INTRODUCTION
GENERAL
For a road to perform optimally (functionally and structurally), a durable, waterproof, skid-resistant and allweather dust-free surfacing is required to provide the road user with an acceptable level of service and to
protect the structural layers of the pavement from the abrasive forces of traffic as well as from the effects of
the environment. In South Africa bituminous seals and slurries are commonly used for new construction and
for the resealing of existing bituminous roads because they are relatively inexpensive and have proved to be
successful on highways, rural roads and urban streets, under traffic conditions varying from light to heavy.
This document deals with various forms of surfacing seals using conventional and modified binders, but not
with asphalt layers.
As a result of many years of experience in the use of seals and slurries, the road construction industry has
built up extensive knowledge on the design, control and construction of these surfacings. In addition, a wide
range of road experiments and laboratory studies, carried out in South Africa by researchers and
practitioners, has contributed to the establishment of guidelines for the construction and maintenance of
durable bituminous seals for use under local conditions.
Drawing from this expertise and research findings, this document is a practical guide to the selection, preinvestigation, design, surface preparation, control of materials, construction aspects and maintenance of the
seal process. Apart from providing a clear, concise guide to bituminous seals, it is the intent of this
document to improve the understanding of this facet of road construction and maintenance, to promote the
appropriate use of seals in South Africa and to ensure that road surfacings are reliable, durable and
economical.
1.2
SCOPE OF THE DOCUMENT
The document addresses the main aspects concerning the use of bituminous surfacing seals and is
structured in such a way as to guide the user in the process of pre-investigation, selection of seal type,
design, surface preparation and construction. To further assist in this process the general activities are
shown in Table 1-1 with reference to specific sections in this document and other relevant documentation.
Following from Table 1-1, the first aspect considered is a historical review of seal practice in South Africa
and the environment for which this document has been compiled. The second aspect of importance is to
recognize the limitations of surfacing seals in order to ensure the appropriate use thereof. Proper
investigation of the road and environment is addressed separately to ensure that adequate information is
available for selection of the appropriate seal type and binder, to determine the required pre-treatment and to
provide adequate input for design purposes. The design and construction of seals are addressed under the
heading of each seal type, after which attention is given to material specifications, process control and
acceptance control. Design examples for the most common seal types are provided in APPENDIX H.
Design and Construction of Surfacing seals

Ta b l e 1- 1 - S u r fa c i n g s ea l s : P ro c e s s of s e al p rov i s i on
TRH 3
(Section)
Seal practice in South Africa

-
History of sealwork in South Africa

Preventive maintenance strategy/ philosophy
Consideration of environment
Other
Chap. 1
RECOGNIZING LIMITATIONS OF SURFACING SEALS

-
Factors influencing performance
Chap. 2
PRE-DESIGN INVESTIGATIONS
DATA GATHERING TO:
Check labour intensive suitability
Select appropriate seal type
Select appropriate binder and aggregate size
Design
Chap. 3
SELECTION OF SEAL TYPE

Selection of initial surfacings
Decision diagram for reseals
Sect. 4.3
Cost comparison and economic analysis
APPENDIX C,
Sect. 4.3.11
APPENDIX D
DESIGN
Pre-treatment
Prime coat
Sand seals
Slurry seals
Cape Seals
Single seals
Double seals
Single seals with modified binders
Double seals with modified binders
Diluted emulsion applications
Choked seals
Split seals
Geotextile seals
Stress absorbing membrane interlayers
Hot-mix asphalt surfacings
Chap. 6
Sect. 7.2
Sect. 7.3
Sect. 7.4
Sect 7.5
Sect. 7.6
Sect. 7.6
Sect. 7.7
Sect. 7.7
Sect. 7.8
Sect. 7.9
Sect. 7.9
Sect. 7.9
Sect. 7.9
TRH 1
TRH 7
TRH 8
CONSTRUCTION
Material specifications
Process and Acceptance control
Basic guidelines for each seal type
Labour intensive construction
MAINTENANCE PLANNING & BUDGETING
General guidelines
Pavement management
Visual Assessment
Pavement rehabilitation

Chap. 8
Chap. 9
Chap. 7
Chap. 11
Chap. 10
COLTO
TRH 22 ,
6
TMH 9
7
TRH 12
1.3
FUNCTIONS OF A SURFACING SEAL
The main functions of a surfacing seal are to:
Provide a waterproof cover to the underlying pavement;
Provide a safe all-weather, dust-free riding surface for traffic with adequate skid resistance;
Protect the underlying layer from the abrasive and destructive forces of traffic and the environment.
Where appropriate, slurry seals are used for rut-filling or to improve the riding quality of the road by
smoothing out small irregularities.
Since most seals are relatively thin, they have no load distribution properties. However, the seal itself should
be able to accommodate the horizontal and vertical traffic-induced stresses.
1.4
SEALWORK IN SOUTH AFRICA
In its simplest form a seal consists of a coat of bituminous binder sprayed onto the road surface which is
then covered with a layer of aggregate (stone or sand). The aggregate cover is applied immediately after the
binder has been sprayed and then rolled to ensure close contact and thus good adhesion between the
aggregate and the binder film. Rolling initiates the process of orientating the particles into a mosaic pattern
and working the binder into the voids between the aggregate particles. The process is completed by the
action of traffic, so that finally a dense and relatively impermeable pavement surfacing is obtained.
There are a number of seals in common use, such as single seals, double seals, Cape Seals, slurry seals
and sand seals. Other seal types discussed in this document are inverted double seals, geotextile seals,
split seals, graded aggregate seals and choked seals. The latter, however, are less often used. The
different seal types are illustrated schematically in Figure 1-1 and Figure 1-2.
1.4.1
The South African environment
Air and road temperatures are strongly affected by altitude. From the south coast northwards the
temperatures increase little, except in the lowland areas. The duration of sunshine varies from more than 80
per cent of the possible duration in the north western parts to 70 per cent over most of the remainder of the
interior and to less than 60 per cent in the coastal areas. Average annual air temperatures vary from less
than 13C in the central mountain areas to 17C in the broader central and south coastal areas and to 22C
or more in the western, northern and eastern parts of the country.
In all these areas maximum air
temperatures may exceed 35C (40C in the northern and eastern parts of the country). On the Highveld
and in the mountainous regions, minimum temperatures may be as low as -8C (temperatures of below 10C have been recorded in places). Minimum temperatures mainly occur during June and July.
Air temperatures influence the road surface temperatures which, in turn, dictate the type and grade of binder
to be used.

fog spray optional
Single Seal
stone
tack coat
existing substrate
fog spray optional

2nd layer - stone
Double Seal
penetration coat
1st layer - stone
tack coat
existing substrate
fog spray optional

2nd layer - stone
1 " Seal
penetration coat
1st layer - stone
tack coat
existing substrate
fine slurry (1 or 2 layers)
fog spray
Cape Seal
stone
tack coat
existing substrate
n
nd
of slurry2layer
-
Slurry Seal
existing
substrate
1.5
existing substrate
Sand and
Grit Seal
sand or grit
tack coat
existing substrate
Figure 1-1 Schematic illustration of seal types

stone
Geotextile
Seal
penetration coat
thin layer of aggregate
tack coat
existing substrate
3rd layer - stone

penetration coat
2nd layer - stone
Split Seal
1st layer stone

tack coat
existing substrate
2nd layer - stone
Choked
Seal
1st layer stone

tack coat
existing substrate
2nd layer - stone

penetration coat
Inverted
double
seal
1st layer stone

tack coat
existing substrate
sand
tack coat
Graded
aggregate
graded aggregate
seals
existing substrate
tack coat
(otta)
Figure 1-2 Schematic illustrations of various seals

1
BEIRA
CHIPINGE
FRANCISTOWN
WINDHOEK
NORTHERN
PRO VINCE
PIETERSBURG
GABO RO NE
MPUMALANGA
GAUTENG
MMBATHO
NELSPRUIT
JO HANNESBURG
NORTH WEST
KEETMANSHOOP
MAPUT O
2
FREE STATE
KW AZULU/
NAT AL
BLOEMFONTEIN
KIMBERLEY
PIETERMARITZBURG
DURBAN
NORTHERN CAPE
CAPITALS
LEGEND
SO MERSET
EAST
BISHO
CODE
EASTERN CAPE
EAST LONDON
W ESTERN CAPE
PO RT ELIZABET H
MOSSEL BAY
Figure 1-3 Macro-climatic regions of southern Africa (Adapted from Weinert, 1980)
CLIMATIC
REGION
APPROX.
WEINERT
N
VALUES
WET
<2
MOD
2- 5
DRY
>5
Surfacing seals for rural and urban roads

Three fairly distinct rainfall regions can be recognized according to seasonal occurrence: the summer, the
winter and the all-season regions. In the central and eastern parts of South Africa rain occurs mainly in the
summer months (August to January). In the southwest of the country winter rainfall predominates and rain
occurs mainly from May to October. In the southern coastal area rainfall is almost evenly distributed
throughout the year. The average annual rainfall increases from less than 125 mm in the west to more than
1000 mm in the east, the central mountain areas and the south western coastal area. The macro climatic
regions of southern Africa are illustrated in Figure 1-3.
1.4.2
Road network classification (2003)
Approximately 150 000 km (20%) of the total road network of 750 000 km is surfaced (See Figure 1-4). The
majority of these were surfaced or resurfaced with seals with an estimated total distance of 120 000km.
350000
300000
km
250000
200000
150000
100000
50000
0
National
Rural Proclaimed
Surfaced
Urban
Unproclaimed
Unsurfaced
Figure 1-4 Road network classification (2003)

1.4.3
Traffic
Traffic patterns, vehicle type distribution and loading on roads in South Africa vary a great deal. However,
only a small percentage of roads carries in excess of 10 000 vehicles per day. Although overloading of
heavy vehicles is controlled to some extent, there has been a definite trend towards increased axle loads
over the past decade.
Figure 1-5 gives some indication of the average annual daily traffic (AADT) on a part of the total road
network. Heavy vehicles make up approximately 15 per cent of the AADT.

Traffic Distribution
South African Surfaced Rural Road Network
16000
14000
Network Distance (km)
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
0-200
200-500 500-1000
10002000
20004000
40006000
600010000
1000020000
2000050000
50000100000
>100000
Average Daily Traffic (ADT) (Both Directions)
Figure 1-5 Traffic distribution on surfaced rural roads (2006)

1.4.4
Typical flexible pavement compositions
Pavement structures in South Africa typically consist of either natural gravel layers or of natural gravel layers
with cemented subbase and base layers. Higher volume roads normally include a cemented subbase and a
crushed stone base while some roads in the wetter coastal regions include asphalt base layers.
Most rural roads, at time of construction, are surfaced with double seals or Cape Seals and during
maintenance operations, are resealed with single seals or slurries.
Asphalt surfacings are generally only provided on heavily trafficked rural roads, freeways, urban streets and
at intersections.

2 FACTORS INFLUENCING THE PERFORMANCE OF SURFACING

SEALS
2.1
GENERAL
The performance of a seal is influenced by various factors and combinations thereof. In this chapter the most
important factors influencing initial and long term performance are discussed. This chapter also serves as an
introduction to pre-design investigations, the selection and design of appropriate surfacings, materials
specifications and construction, which are discussed in the following chapters.
The main functions of a surfacing are mentioned in paragraph 1.3. Failure of the surfacing to fulfil any one of
these functions would indicate the end of its effective service life. Performance is related to both the effective
service life and the degree to which the functions are fulfilled.
The influence of the following factors on seal performance will be discussed:
Pavement structure and condition
Existing substrate
Traffic
Road geometry
Design
Materials
Preparation, pre-treatment and repairs before construction
Construction and supervision
Maintenance
Physical and social environment.
2.2
PAVEMENT STRUCTURE AND CONDITION
The performance of a seal is, to a large extent, governed by the structural adequacy of the pavement layers
under the influence of wheel loads. A seal acts mainly as a wearing course resisting the abrasive action of
the moving wheel load and it seals the road pavement to prevent the ingress of surface water.
2.2.1
Base type (applicable to new construction)
The resistance to aggregate penetration into the base is related to the type of material in the base and to the
degree of compaction. The embedment of surfacing aggregate into the base will reduce the voids in the seal
and may result in a fatty or bleeding surface and/or in skidding problems.

2.2.2
Flexural properties of the pavement structure
High deflections in the pavement structure may result in fatigue of the pavement layers and the surfacing.
Rigid seals, cold temperatures and oxidation of the binder will aggravate cracking of the surfacing and
ravelling. It is, therefore, important to select a seal and binder suitable for the existing or expected pavement
behaviour characteristics. (Guidelines for appropriate seal types and binders are given in Chapter 4.)
2.2.3
Cracking
The reflection of cracks through the surfacing can be related to the magnitude and frequency of the
movement between the crack walls due to load repetitions, chemical reactions (which cause shrinkage),
temperature changes or to changes in moisture conditions. The greater the crack activity the more quickly
will crack reflection occur.
2.3
EXISTING SUBSTRATE
The condition of the underlying surface and the materials of which it is constructed will influence the
performance of the new seal. Therefore, these factors should be considered in determining the most
appropriate seal type, type and quantity of binder to be applied, the size of stone to be used and the required
pre-treatment.
The condition of the existing surface is quantified by visual assessment of defects (e.g. cracking) as well as
by measurements of surface texture depth and unevenness, permeability and the expected embedment of
stone.
Texture depth values and variations give an indication of the additional binder required owing to the
surface texture and may indicate the need for texture treatment.
Permeability gives an indication of the need to pre-treat the existing surfacing by adding additional
binder.
The expected embedment of the stone gives an indication of the amount of voids in the seal that would
be lost as a result of the embedment of the stone into the existing surface. In this instance, ballpenetration tests provide useful information but do not take into account the softening of the existing
binder by the new, sometimes very hot and oily binder applied during resealing.
The degree and extent of cracking provides an indication of the likely reflection of such cracking through
the new surfacing or of the relative brittleness and loss of flexibility of the existing surfacing which need
to be made up by the new seal. (See Chapter 3, Pre-design investigations.)
Uniform performance of a surfacing along a road can only be obtained if the existing surface is uniform in
terms of texture, evenness and permeability. (This can be achieved by appropriate pre-treatment.)

10
2.4
TRAFFIC
The number, type and combination of vehicles have a marked influence on the performance of a seal.
Heavy vehicles have a much greater influence on the performance of a seal than light vehicles. In this
document, for purposes of seal design, the effect of one heavy vehicle is considered to be equal to that of 40
light vehicles. In earlier documents an equivalency factor of 20 was used, but increases in axle loads and
tyre pressures have necessitated the use of a higher value.
Although the influence of traffic is interrelated with other factors such as road geometry, the influence of the
following traffic parameters is considered important.
2.4.1
Volume
The number of vehicles (especially heavy vehicles) greatly affects embedment, wearing and polishing of the
stone, which reduces the voids in the seal and results in flushing and reduction in skid resistance. It is also
believed that a seal requires a minimum number of vehicles per day to keep the binder alive and flexible (in
the order of 50 vehicles per day for conventional binders and even more when polymer modified binders are
used).
2.4.2
Loading
Heavy axle loads cause more rapid embedment of the stone into the existing surface than light vehicle loads.
Cognizance should be taken of the steady increase in axle loads occurring in South Africa.
2.4.3
Tyre pressures
Recent research shows that tyre inflation pressure has a major influence on bleeding and that certain vertical
stresses induced on the surfacing can be much higher than the tyre inflation pressures. Heavy Vehicle
9
Simulator tests showed that there was a significant increase in flushing on sections trafficked with similar
wheel loads but with higher inflation pressures. Over ten years average heavy vehicle tyre pressures have
increased from 520 kPa to 700 kPa or more.
2.4.4
Vehicle type and characteristics
Vehicles with tandem or tridem axles, turning at intersections, or into/from access roads, cause severe
damage to surfacings. Distress typically observed is slippage, debonding of the surfacing or ravelling.
2.4.5
Speed
Surfacings under slower-moving traffic (typically less than 40km/h) generally do not perform as well as those
trafficked by fast-moving vehicles. The reasons for this are the extended period of loading, higher horizontal
stresses induced as a result of traction, particularly of heavy vehicles accelerating or braking, and fuel or oil
spillage.
2.4.6
Traffic distribution and occurrence
Traffic which is concentrated in particular wheel paths (typical on narrow roads), or which occurs early on
during the life of the seal (when the binder is still soft), or during cold temperatures (when the binder is
brittle), will adversely affect the performance of the seal. (Refer to paragraphs 2.5.4 and 2.7.2.)

11
2.5
ROAD GEOMETRY
Several aspects of the road geometry may contribute to the poor performance of the surfacing seal, for
example:
2.5.1
Gradient
Steep gradients may, because of the traction force of vehicle tyres, result in debonding or slippage of the
surfacing, or in flushing. The risk of poor seal performance on ascents and descents increases because of
construction difficulties at these sites.
Steep gradients cause slower vehicle speeds and often result in flushing. (Refer to paragraph 2.4.5.)
Canalized water flow down steep gradients can have a severe erosion effect on stone seals. This is
particularly true for roads and streets with kerbs in wet, hilly environments.
2.5.2
Sharp curves
Sharp curves cause vehicles to induce high horizontal stresses on the surfacing. These may result in
ravelling and slippage of the surfacing. Vehicles on lower volume roads cut corners, resulting in the outer
part of the road becoming dry and brittle, with consequent stone loss. Because of the camber on curves,
higher loads are transferred to the inner side of curves, often resulting in fattiness. The situation may be
aggravated by excess binder accumulated at these positions, as a result of run-off during construction.
2.5.3
Intersections
Braking and acceleration, particularly of heavy vehicles, create high horizontal stresses in the surfacing
which, as mentioned in paragraph 2.5.1, may result in the slippage, flushing and deformation of the
surfacing. Fuel and oil spillages at intersections aggravate flushing and deformation.
As mentioned in paragraph 2.4.4, turning actions of heavy vehicles, particularly those with tandem or tridem
axles, may cause ravelling and slippage of surfacings.
2.5.4
Road width
Concentrated wheel movements occur on narrow roads, usually resulting in fattiness in the wheel tracks,
brittleness between the wheel tracks, and in edge breaks.

12
2.6
DESIGN
During the design process care should be taken to allow for all the different situations which might occur on a
specific road. The pre-design investigation is, therefore, regarded as very important to ensure proper design
and maximum seal performance. During construction the designs may be adjusted to incorporate new
information or changed conditions.
2.7
MATERIALS
2.7.1 Aggregate
2.7.1.1 Function
The aggregate in a seal has four main functions:
it provides resistance to the abrasion of moving wheel loads and transfers the wheel load to the
underlying pavement structure;
it provides a skid-resistant surface;
it provides a structure to accommodate the elastic and impermeable bituminous binder and has
sufficient voids to prevent the binder flushing to the surface under loading, and
it protects the binder from the harmful ultra-violet rays of the sun.
Note:
Certain aggregate characteristics may have functional value, for example:
use of light-absorbing qualities to prevent glare, and
provision of a different texture or colour to define demarcated areas.
2.7.1.2
Factors affecting performance
Aggregate-related factors which affect the performance of a seal are:
shape, nominal size and grading;
spread rate;
adhesion characteristics, cleanness and dust content;
strength, durability and wearing characteristics, and
porosity/absorption.
Current specifications for these are given in Chapter 8.

Shape, nominal size and grading
The shape of the aggregate affects its interlocking in the compacted layer and, hence, the stability of the
seal. The more angular the aggregate, the better the interlock because there are more points of contact. The
shape and size also affect the void content in a seal and the ability of the seal to displace surface water
(macro texture).
A single-sized stone develops good interlock and provides maximum contact between the tyre and stone
surface. This increases the friction area, causes the stone to resist polishing and abrasion and gives good
skid resistance, provided the correct quantity of binder is used.
13
More voids are available with large single-sized aggregates to accommodate a variation in binder application
rate than in small single-sized aggregates. The smaller the aggregate size, the greater the possibility of the
voids in the layer being filled with binder. This will cause flushing unless very strict control is exercised during
construction.
Larger aggregates allow more binder to be used, resulting in a more impermeable, longer lasting seal.
The use of aggregate which does not have a uniform size results in firm tyre contact over a smaller area
(which decreases the skid resistance, especially in wet weather), a higher noise level (because the larger
particles are spaced further apart), loss of the larger stone by traffic action, and concentrated wear on the
larger particles.
Design methods used in South Africa to determine appropriate application rates have, to a large extent, been
developed and refined while applying strict standards with regard to size, shape and grading. Changing
specifications could lead to current design methods not being appropriate to ensure optimal performance.
Spread rate of aggregate
The aggregate protects the substrate against traffic abrasion and should be applied at such a rate that
complete cover with a uniform mosaic is achieved. The aggregate should lie shoulder-to- shoulder, in a
single layer and in a tightly knit pattern. All design assumptions are made on this basis.
Excessive ultra-violet damage to the binder, ravelling of the seal and subsequent damage of the lower
pavement layers may occur if the spread rate is too low. If the spread rate is too high, the excess aggregate
will be forced into the mat, leading to whip-off of the bonded aggregate. Degradation due to crushing and
grinding of the aggregate, unnecessary waste of material, and claims for damage resulting from aggregate
whip-off and broken windscreens may occur.
Adhesion characteristics, cleanness and dust content
The aggregate should have good binder adhesion characteristics, which it should retain throughout the life of
the seal in order for it to remain stable under the action of traffic.
Dusty aggregate adversely affects the adhesion between the aggregate and the binder. (The presence of as
little as 1 per cent by mass dust may result in a substantial loss of aggregate.) Moist aggregate does not
adhere well to binders (except to bituminous emulsions) and, if traffic is allowed to use the seal coat before
adequate bonding has occurred, excessive whip-off may occur. Precoating improves adhesion and obviates
the problems associated with hot bituminous binders and aggregates which are not free of dust or moisture.
Note:
Some granite, felsite and quartzite sources in South Africa are known for poor adhesion but have performed
reasonably well through careful design, the use of precoating and/ or wetting agents as well as the addition
of a fogspray.
Strength, durability and wearing characteristics
The aggregate should be hard enough (crushing strength) to allow only minimal breakage during rolling or
under traffic and should not weather significantly during the life of the seal. In addition, the aggregate should
be inspected visually and tested for the presence of inferior material and harmful minerals. Weathering tests
should also be carried out. (Refer to paragraph 8.1.)
14
Apart from this, aggregate exposed to abrasion by traffic will attain a smooth surface in time, i.e. it will polish
and/or abrade. The degree of possible polishing depends on its mineral composition and crystal structure.
The presence of minerals of similar or different hardness in a rock and their grain sizes therefore determines
the potential wearing characteristics of the aggregate and the rate at which wear takes place.
Porosity / Absorption
Porous aggregate absorbs primarily the lighter fractions of the bituminous binder. This may then result in the
binder not being suitable (too brittle) to retain the aggregate on the road. If the only aggregate available is a
porous aggregate, then the use of modified binders is recommended. In addition, porous aggregates should
be precoated prior to use.
2.7.2
2.7.2.1
Binder
Function
The service life and performance characteristics of a seal depend on good adhesion between the binder,
stone and road surface and on the durability and flexibility of the binder under different climatic conditions.
Adhesion is one of the paramount functions of the binder. Loss in retention of the aggregate, the degree of
aggregate whip-off and durability are all related to the adhesive forces developed by the binder, which
depend on the type, grade and amount of binder applied.
A properly selected binder fulfils two initial functions - it develops both adhesive and cohesive strength.
Initially it is fluid to allow time for placing and wetting of the stone and then rapidly becomes harder. The
cohesive strength of the binder facilitates opening to the traffic and prevents the stone being pulled out of or
whipped off the surface.
The binder should be able to withstand "softening-up" under the higher temperatures encountered in service
and to retain the stone under the action of moving wheel loads. On the other hand, at colder temperatures,
the binder should stay flexible for as long as possible to prevent reflection cracking, to accommodate road
deflections and to prevent, as far as possible, the ingress of moisture into the base.
2.7.2.2
Factors affecting seal performance
Binder-related factors which affect the performance of a seal are:
binder type and properties;
grade of binder;
binder application rate
viscosity at time of application
Binder type and properties

Penetration grade bitumens, cut-back bitumens, bitumen emulsions and modified bitumens are used as
binders for the construction of seals. If the appropriate conventional binder type (penetration grade, cut-back
bitumen and bitumen emulsion) is selected for the specific conditions, the performance of seals with these
binders should be comparable.
The use of modified binders in South Africa (hot modified binders and modified emulsions) has increased
greatly in recent years because of improved performance regarding adhesion, elasticity, lower sensitivity to
15
bleeding and durability - even at sub-zero temperatures. Although these products are more expensive than
conventional binders, their improved properties can ensure extended pavement life, less maintenance and,
consequently, lower life-cycle costs.
The selection of the appropriate type of binder for the prevailing conditions and critical binder combinations
are discussed in Chapter 4. If these guidelines are followed, the risk of poor performance will be minimized.
Binder grade
The selection of the appropriate grade of conventional binder to be used is governed by:
the expected climatic conditions during construction
the long-term performance at local ambient temperatures.
Each grade of penetration grade bitumen is characterized by its own temperature/viscosity relationship and
has an optimum range over which the bitumen can be sprayed, stored, mixed or pumped. It is essential that
the viscosity be kept within the range for spray application in order to obtain optimum performance of the
binder, and it is important to refer to the temperature/viscosity curve for the particular binder to determine the
temperature range for spray application.
2
Cut-back bitumens are classified in terms of kinematic viscosity (m /s) and, like penetration grade bitumens,
they also have characteristic temperature/viscosity curves for each grade of cut-back bitumen. Because of
their lower viscosity, they promote initial adhesion at the time of construction and are generally used under
lower temperature conditions.
Bitumen emulsions are classified according to the percentage by mass of the penetration grade bitumen
contained in the emulsion and according to whether the emulsifying agent has imparted a stabilizing positive
charge (cationic) or a stabilizing negative charge (anionic) to the bitumen globules in the emulsion. Cationic
emulsions are compatible with most types of aggregate. Anionic emulsions are not compatible with certain
quartzites and granites. The penetration grade of the bitumen in the emulsion can be changed by the
manufacturer according to the climatic conditions under which it is to be used.
Different grades of modified binders are available in South Africa for application during high and low
temperatures. Manufacturers are usually able and willing to change the base bitumen grades or to add
cutters to cater for specific conditions.
Binder application rate
For maximum performance the optimum amount of binder should be correctly determined and applied during
the construction of seals. A minimum amount is required to hold the stone firmly in place and bind it to the
underlying surface. There is also a maximum amount, which, if exceeded, will overfill the voids in the
compacted layer, cause flushing and result in reduced skid resistance, particularly in wet weather.
The binder application rate which results in optimal performance is determined by the type of binder
selected, volume of the voids in the compacted stone layer, the shape and size of the stone, the amount and
type of traffic and the condition of the underlying surface. Adjustments in spray rates are required for steep
gradients and other special conditions. These recommendations, as well as construction limitations, are
discussed in Chapter 7.

16
Viscosity at the time of application

Uniformity in the application of the binder is a function of viscosity, which varies with temperature. Each
grade of binder has its own temperature/viscosity curve, which will indicate the optimum viscosity required for
the best spray application. Operating outside this range will result in streaking if the binder is too cold and
therefore not fluid enough, or will cause binder degradation, run-off on steep gradients, and increased fire
risk if the binder is too hot.
2.8
PREPARATION, PRE-TREATMENT AND REPAIRS BEFORE CONSTRUCTION
Preparation of the road surface, timeous pre-treatment and repair of defects before sealwork commences
are of vital importance to the initial and long-term performance of a seal.
2.8.1
Surface preparation
Failure to provide a clean, dense surface will result in a poor bond between the underlying surface and the
seal and will add to the risk of aggregate loss or embedment of the seal.
2.8.2
Pre-treatment
If the existing surface texture varies, or if there is any unevenness (small irregularities or rutting), pretreatment is advisable to ensure a uniform texture and a smooth riding surface for the effective design and
construction of the new seal.
Dry or porous surfaces can be treated by
spraying a diluted emulsion or rejuvenator
by applying a sand seal or a small aggregate seal
Coarse textured surfaces can be treated with fine or medium slurry or small aggregate seals to fill the voids
in the surface.
Varying textured surfaces can be treated with slurry before application of a single seal.
Rapid setting slurry is often used to improve small irregularities or rutting as an alternative to asphalt on
roads with lower traffic volumes.
Areas with excess binder should receive special attention to prevent similar problems occurring prematurely
on the new seal. One of the recommended procedures is to roll precoated aggregate into the existing
surface.
2.8.3
Repairs
Failure to repair defects such as potholes, sub-surface failures, poorly constructed patches and active or
wide cracks will result in these defects reflecting through, or in debonding of the new seal (generally within 3
to 6 months).

17
2.8.4
Timing of pre-treatment and repairs
All repairs should be done well before the construction of the seal, mainly to ensure stability of the
treatments so as to minimize embedment of aggregate.
Details and recommendations for preparation, pre-treatment and repairs are discussed in Chapter 6.
2.9
CONSTRUCTION AND SUPERVISION
Poor performance of seals is often caused by poor construction practices, inadequate supervision or by lack
of attention to detail. Each section should be inspected and assessed prior to continuation of operations.
Good supervision in all aspects of surface preparation and application is essential.
The correct, uniform application of binder and aggregate, as well as rolling and brooming with properly
operated, correctly adjusted and calibrated plant and equipment, is essential for the construction of a seal so
that it will perform efficiently during its design life.
It is essential to reduce the initial maximum speed of the traffic on a seal to 60 km/h, or to extend the initial
non-trafficked time so that the binder can develop sufficient cohesion to retain the aggregate under traffic.
Check lists, guidelines and practical hints to ensure good performance are given in Chapter 9.
2.10
MAINTENANCE
Some types of seals are much more responsive to timely maintenance than others. Although some problems
may be avoided by good design and construction practice, timely maintenance can considerably extend the
life of the seal and the pavement structure. A typical maintenance action on a seal is to spray diluted
emulsion to increase and rejuvenate the existing binder before loss of aggregate occurs. Other maintenance
actions would be patching of small areas where delamination/debonding of the previous surfacing occurred,
or application of fine slurry to isolated areas where ravelling has occurred as a result of turning movements
or concentrated water flow.
The role of maintenance capability in the selection of an appropriate surfacing is discussed in Chapter 4.
2.11
PHYSICAL AND SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT
Several factors related to the specific environment can adversely affect the performance of the seal and the
pavement structure. The majority of these are inter-related with factors already discussed, but are worth
mentioning.
2.11.1 Climatic conditions
The climatic conditions in the region where the seal is to be laid should be correctly evaluated to enable the
appropriate grade and type of binder to be determined. These include:
Extremely hot weather, which will reduce cohesion
Cold weather, which can result in a brittle, hard binder and subsequent aggregate loss or cracking

18
Variable weather and/or temperature
Ultra-violet radiation, which accelerates ageing of the binder
Humidity, which influences the evaporation of volatiles.
2.11.2 Drainage systems/kerbs

Roads are often used to carry storm water, especially in the urban environment. High flow speeds and
volumes erode the seal. In this process soil particles and/or detergents are often carried in suspension which
aggravates the situation. Research in South Africa has shown that single seals and thin sand seals or slurry
seals are particularly vulnerable to erosion and should not be applied on steep gradients with urban-type
10
drainage.
2.11.3 Mechanical damage

Damage to seals is often caused during construction or by agricultural equipment crossing roads, by vehicle
rims of flat tyres, or by cargo falling off vehicles at sharp corners. Damaged areas should be repaired as
soon as possible to prevent rapid deterioration of the surfacing. Although the damage cannot be prevented
by the road authority, in the selection of appropriate seals cognizance should be taken of the likelihood of the
occurrence of mechanical damage, and maintenance strategies should be developed to ensure good seal
performance.
2.11.4 Dust or wind-blown sands
Dust or sand covering a freshly applied bituminous binder has, in many cases, been the cause of poor
aggregate adhesion and subsequent poor performance of seals.
2.11.5 Fuel spillage and organic matter
Intersections, steep gradients and access roads to fuel depots and filling stations are particularly vulnerable
to fuel spillage, which softens up the bituminous binder and results in failures. Guidelines for selection of a
suitable binder are given in Chapter 5.
The effects of animal droppings are often visible on surfaced roads in game parks and rural areas. Because
of deterioration of the contaminated areas, particularly in the drier parts of the country, seal lives are
markedly reduced. The presence of sugar cane, salt water or detergents also has a detrimental effect on the
life of a seal.
2.11.6 Developing areas
Stresses induced on the seal can vary significantly from developing areas to developed areas. Building
materials, such as stone, sand, bricks etc. are often found on streets in developing urban areas. These
materials can damage the seal and result in poor performance of the surfacing.

19
3 PRE-DESIGN INVESTIGATIONS
3.1
GENERAL
The main purpose of a pre-design investigation is to acquire all available information which can be used to
assist in the selection of the most appropriate surfacing type and pre-treatment, as well as to acquire
sufficient information for the design of a surfacing that will perform under the prevailing conditions.
Cognizance should, therefore, be taken of all factors which may influence the performance of the surfacing.
In this chapter the information required as part of pre-design investigations for both new construction seals
and reseals is addressed and the requirements for
Selection of seal and pre-treatment, and
Design of seal and pre-treatment

are discussed separately.
Investigation for selection of appropriate pre-treatment and seal type requires different information than that
needed for design purposes and is usually carried out long before the design stage. At least two
investigations are, therefore, required.
A distinction is made between essential and desirable information for the selection and design process.
3.2
INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR SELECTION OF SEAL AND PRE-TREATMENT
In this section the essential and desirable information required to select appropriate surfacings is identified.
With regard to new roads, decisions with regard to the seal type are often made before the road is
constructed and are based on the road authoritys policies and experience of new construction seals in
specific environments. However, decisions with regard to pre-treatment can only be finally decided upon
after construction of the base layer and application of the prime coat.
With regard to resealing, information gathered in South Africa for network pavement management is used to
identify problems and possible solutions. The information is usually gathered per road segment and
therefore, does not always demarcate the exact beginning and end of the seal project. In most cases,
therefore, project level investigations are carried out on all the candidate projects to identify the exact extent
of the project and to enable final decisions to be made with regard to the most appropriate action (pretreatment and/or seal type). If there is still any doubt as to whether it is necessary to reseal or whether
structural rehabilitation would be more cost-effective, more detailed investigations are carried out to enable a
final decision to be made.
In most cases visual assessment and observations on site can provide sufficient information to enable the
most appropriate seal to be selected and to determine whether or not pre-treatment is required.
The type of information required for the selection of a seal and pre-treatment for both new construction seals
and reseals is given in Table 3-1, Table 3-2 and Table 3-3.

20
3.3
INFORMATION REQUIRED FOR DESIGN OF SURFACINGS
For purposes of seal and pre-treatment design, uniform sections need to be identified along the length of the
road and the start and end points of each section established.
Information obtained from the initial investigation to select appropriate treatments can be a valuable
contribution to the designer. However, more detailed information is required to enable a lasting seal to be
designed and accurate cost estimates to be prepared.
Apart from specific tests on site (described in paragraph 3.4), the visual assessment procedure
6
11
recommended in TMH9 and TRH6 can be applied for each uniform section on the road.
Table 3-1, Table 3-2 and Table 3-3 contain the essential and desirable information required for design
purposes.

21
Ta b l e 3- 1 - E ss e nt i al and d es i ra bl e i t em s f o r t he s el ec t io n o f s e al t ype an d p re - t re a tm en t an d f o r d es i gn pu r po s es
SEAL TYPE
RECOMMENDED INFORMATION
Selection
Initial
Reseal
E
D
E
D
D
D
D
D
PRE-TREATMENT
Design
Initial
Selection
Reseal
Initial
Reseal
Design
Initial
Reseal
Client policies or requirements with regard to:

-
Skid resistance
Noise levels
Social needs (is street used as playground ?)
Environmental issues
Maintenance capability
Purpose of the seal (e.g. SAMI, skid improvement)
Standards and specifications

Traffic control, limitations and time to opening
E
D
E
D
E
D
E
D
D
D
Traffic expected:
-
Number of light and heavy vehicles per lane per day
Type of heavy vehicles and typical cargo
Typical axle loads

Typical axle loads (within three months)
Traffic speeds (required texture skid resistance)

Actions and positions of occurrence (braking, stopping,
turning)
Seasonal variation in traffic patterns and loads
Note:
Parameters required :
ALD, Grading, Flakiness, Adhesion, Hardness, Absorption (refer to Chapter 8).

D : Desirable
E : Essential

22
SEAL TYPE
Selection
Initial
Existing surface condition:

Type
Texture (smoothness) and variability across the road width and
length
Voids to accommodate extra binder
Surface cracking
Aggregate loss or potential therefore
Binder condition
Fattiness of existing surface
Permeability
Age of surfacing
Embedment potential (ball penetration)
Existing structural condition:
Degree, extent and type of cracking
Occurrence of pumping
Failures, potholes and edge breaking
Patching (condition and age)
Occurrence of small irregularities influencing riding quality
Rutting
Deflections - Measured
Estimated (seal flexibility)
Base type
Moisture condition in the base
Crack activities
Material availability, cost & availability of funds
Aggregate properties *
Note:
PRE-TREATMENT
Design
Selection
Reseal
Initial
Reseal
E
E
E
E
E
E
D
D
E
D
E
D
E
D
Initial
Reseal
Design
Initial
Reseal
D
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
D
D
E
E
E
E
E
D
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
D
E
D
D
D
D
D
E
E
E
E
D
D
E
E
E
D
E
D
E
E
E
D
D
E
D
E
E

D : Desirable
E : Essential

23
SEAL TYPE
Selection
PRE-TREATMENT
Design
Initial
Reseal
Initial
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
D
E
D
E
Selection
Reseal
Initial
Reseal
Design
Initial
Reseal
Road geometry and characteristics:

-
Gradients
Surface drainage
Profile and shape
Sharp curves
Intersections and access roads
History of performance of seals, binders and aggregate in similar

environments
Climatic conditions
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
This is not readily available

Environment:
-
Possible surface temperature variations along the road

(adjacent to trees, on/under bridge decks, etc)
Expected weather conditions during sealing operations
Experience and capability of contractors (including labour-intensive)

and availability of equipment
Note:

D : Desirable

E : Essential
24
3.4
TESTS ON SITE
Tests required for design purposes are dependent on the type of surfacing decided upon. Tests required for
control purposes are discussed in Chapters 7 and 8.
Essential tests on site are given in Table 3-4.
Ta b l e 3- 4 - E s s e nt i al te s t s on s i te
TEST
METHOD
PURPOSE
Ball penetration
ST4 in TMH6
12
Possible embedment of seal aggregate into the

base or existing surfacing, which affects the spray
rate.
Texture depth
Permeability
12
ST1 in TMH6
Adjustment of stone seals binder application rate
Texture meter
and to confirm the appropriate seal type
Marvil permeability
It is desirable to know the permeability of the
13
test
existing surface to evaluate the need for pretreatment or increase in binder application rate
Suggested reference road surface temperatures for correction of the ball penetration values are given in
Figure 3-1. It should be noted that for northern KwaZulu-Natal and Zululand the KwaZulu-Natal Department
of Transport uses 30 C and 40 C respectively as reference temperatures.
Notes:
The following comments from practitioners could assist in evaluating the embedment potential:
During testing, observe whether the steel ball has broken or displaced the existing surfacing
aggregate, or whether it has indeed penetrated into the existing surface. If the measurement after
one blow is the result of displacement or breaking of aggregate, the measurement value is taken as
zero;
Measurement should be taken preferably during the warmest part of the day and close to time of
seal construction;
Measurements inside and outside of the wheel tracks provide additional information regarding the
variability of embedment potential;
When sealing on newly constructed natural gravel or crushed stone bases, it is suggested that
penetration values be used without correction for temperature;
Some authorities report that they have had much success with the use of two-thirds of the corrected
ball penetration values on primed G1 bases for design purposes;
Some practitioners suggest measurement of penetration after a first and second blow using only the
second measurement. Although the second set of results confirm embedment potential, the rational
design method is based on results from only one blow in accordance with the standard test method.

25
If there is any doubt with regard to skid resistance, crack activities and deflections and if the resources are
available, the following tests will provide valuable information:
Crack Activity Measurements

(refer paragraphs 6.6.1 and 6.6.2)
Crack Activity Meter
Deflections
Benkelman beam, Deflectograph,

Deflectometer
Skid resistance measurements
SCRIM , British pendulum tester (method ST2 in

11
15
TMH6) , Grip tester
3.5
Falling Weight
14
SAMPLING AND LABORATORY TESTS
Laboratory tests can be grouped according to their purpose i.e:
Suitability of materials for seals
Design
Quality control

26
MAP-SA.DRW
ZIMBABWE
NAMIBIA
55.0
CHIPINGE
BEIRA
FRANCISTOWN
BOTSWANA
WINDHOEK
MESSINA
MOCAMBIQUE
NORTHERN PROV.
WALVIS BAY
50.0
GABORONE
55.0
MPUMULANGA
45.0
45.0
NORTH WEST JHB
KEETMANSHOOP
MAPUTO
40.0
FREE STATE
KWAZULU/
NATAL
50.0
BLOEMFONTEIN
NORTHERN CAPE
40.0
LESOTHO
45.0
45.0
DURBAN
40.0
50.0
WESTERN CAPE
CAPE TOWN
45.0
45.0
MOSSEL BAY
EASTERN CAPE
EAST LONDON
PORT ELIZABETH
16
Figure 3-1 Road temperature isotherms for correction of ball penetration test results (After Marais, 1985) .

27
3.5.1
Tests to determine the suitability of materials for seals
During the process of selecting an appropriate seal type, it should be ensured that suitable materials are
available at reasonable cost.
Material from existing crushers or natural sources (e.g. river beds) can be sampled and tested to determine
the suitability of its application in specific seals. The following tests will provide sufficient information to
evaluate the suitability of aggregate:
For large aggregate seals
17
Gradation, Fines content and Dust content
TMH1 method B4
Hardness (10 % FACT)
TMH1 method B1 or method B2
17
17
Flakiness
TMH1 method B3
Polished Stone Value (PSV)
SABS method SM 848
Absorption
TMH1 method B14
Harmful minerals
SABS method SM 834
Durability (Weathering) (Durability Index)
HIGGS, 1976
Soundness
AASHTO method T104
Adhesion
TMH1 method B11
18
17
19
20
21
17
For sand seals and slurry seals

17
Sieve analysis
TMH1 method B4
Sand equivalent
TMH1 method B19
17
Note:
In cases of large projects in remote areas, where there are no crushers, it might be worthwhile to investigate
the local geology and the use of a mobile crushing plant.
3.5.2
3.5.2.1
Tests required for design purposes

Full TRH3 Rational Design method (pp 107-149)
22
The charts in APPENDIX E are based on this method.

The design method is reproduced in APPENDIX K of this document and requires results from the following
laboratory tests:
Flakiness Index
Average least dimension (ALD)
Hardness - 10% FACT
Modified tray test (TRH3, 1986, pp 149-150)

determine:
-
Effective layer thickness (ELT)

Void content in stone layer (V1)
Void content in bulk aggregate (Vb)
22
, provided in this document as APPENDIX L, to

28
3.5.2.2
Practical and theoretical spread rates of aggregate (calculated from modified tray test and
from ELT, V1, Vb respectively.
Simplified TRH3 design method (APPENDIX C)
22
for single and double seals
The design method is dependent on the aggregates conforming to specifications as given in Chapter 8 and
is based on assumptions with regard to ELT and V1 . The method as described in Chapter 7 of this document
requires results from the following tests.
17
Average least dimension (ALD)
TMH1 method B 18(a)
Flakiness index (F1)
TMH1 method B18(b)T
Specifications for seal aggregates are given in Chapter 8 of this document. The following tests are required
to check these specifications:
Single seals and double seals
23
Grading, Fines content and Dust content
SABS method SM 829
Hardness
TMH1 method B1 or B2
Flakiness
TMH1 method B3
Polished stone value (PSV)
SABS method SM 84818
17
17
Slurry seals
Hardness of parent rock
TMH1 method B1 or B2
Grading
TMH1 method B4
Sand equivalent
TMH1 method B19
Immersion index
TMH1 method C5
17
17
17
17
Aggregates
17
Aggregate crushing value (ACV)
TMH1 method B1
10% FACT
TMH1 method B217
Flakiness Index
TMH1 method B3
Sieve analysis
TMH1 method B4
Binder to aggregate adhesion
TMH1 method B11

Modified Vialit Adhesion Test
17
(16)
17
24
(SABITA Manual 15, Test 9.6 )
Average Least Dimension (ALD)
3.5.3
TMH1 method B18(a)
17
Tests required for purposes of quality control
The tests required for purposes of quality control are dependent on parameters specified. Recommended
specifications are given in Chapter 8 of this document and will, therefore, not be further discussed in this
chapter.

29
4 SELECTION OF APPROPRIATE SURFACINGS

4.1
GENERAL
The selection of appropriate surfacings for both new construction and reseals, based on the experience of
road authorities and practitioners, is discussed in this chapter.
Although this document deals only with surfacing seals, it is important to understand the limitations of a
surfacing seal. Recommendations with regard to the most appropriate surfacing type will, therefore, include
asphalt surfacings. However, the most appropriate type of asphalt surfacing for given situations will not be
discussed.
The factors influencing the performance of surfacings (discussed in Chapter 2) should be taken into account
in the decision process.
The recommended process for selecting a surfacing or seal is as follows:
Obtain all relevant information as discussed under pre-design investigation (Chapter 3).
Divide the road into uniform sections of similar existing condition and required characteristics
Identify appropriate surfacings for each situation.
Compare initial and life-cycle costs.
Compare the influence of other factors, e.g. knowledge, skills and available plant of potential
contractors.
Final selection.
For surfacings on new construction, the most important influencing factors, which identify those surfacings
which will perform well under specific situations are provided in Table 4-1 to Table 4-4. A process is followed
whereby inappropriate surfacing types are eliminated.
4.2
SURFACINGS SUITABLE FOR LABOUR-ENHANCED CONSTRUCTION
Surfacings suitable for labour-enhanced construction are discussed in Chapter 11.
4.3
SURFACINGS ON NEW CONSTRUCTION
A surfacing on new construction is defined as the first surfacing on a newly constructed road or street.
Guidelines for the selection of appropriate initial surfacings are discussed under the following headings:
Traffic volume
Traffic actions
Gradient
Surface texture required
Construction techniques

30
Environmental conditions
Quality of the base
Special conditions
Initial cost basis for comparison.
The recommended surfacings are based on history of good performance. However, certain seals which are
not recommended for specific situations may still perform reasonably well and their performance will depend
largely on the skills and experience of local practitioners in the areas in which they are used.
Because of the simplified process incorporated in the tables below, the decision-maker is advised to study
Chapter 2 and to incorporate additional information obtained during the pre-design investigation (Chapter 3).
4.3.1
Traffic volume
Traffic volume is expressed as the number of equivalent light vehicles (elv) per lane per day, as follows:
ELV = L + 40H
where
L = Number of light vehicles/lane/day
H = Number of heavy vehicles/lane/day
It is usual practice to use surfacing seals for roads carrying from about 125 to 20 000 equivalent light
vehicles (elv) per lane per day. For roads carrying more traffic than this, an asphalt surfacing is usually
recommended. However, there are surfacing seals, both in this country and elsewhere, which have
performed well under much greater volumes of traffic (up to 60 000 elv). For roads carrying greater traffic
volumes, all aspects relating to the materials, design and construction of the surfacing seal should be studied
very carefully.
Lighter types of surfacing seals, such as sand seals, small aggregate seals and slurry seals should only be
used as initial seals for roads carrying up to 2000 elv per lane per day. Where these seals are used for roads
carrying greater volumes of traffic, it is possible that the polishing effect of the traffic may lower the skid
resistance unduly. Larger sizes of stone should be used for roads carrying traffic near the top end of the
range, since heavier traffic causes greater embedment of the stone.
Table 4-1 gives guidelines on seal types appropriate for different traffic categories.
The following abbreviations are used in Table 4-1 - Table 4-4:
S3
Sand seal
S7
S1
Coarse slurry seal

Single seal
S2(9)
S2(13)
Double seal with 9,5 mm aggregate and sand

Double seal with 13,2 mm aggregate and sand
S4(13)
Cape Seal with 13,2 mm aggregate and one layer of slurry
S2(13/6)
S2(19/9)
Double seal with 13,2 mm aggregate and a layer of 6,7 mm aggregate

Double seal with 19 mm aggregate and a layer of 9,5 mm aggregate
S2(19/6)
S4(19)
Double seal with 19 mm aggregate and one or two layers of 6,7 mm aggregate
Cape Seal with 19,0 mm aggregate and two layers of slurry
AC
Asphalt

31
Ta b l e 4- 1 - Gu i de li n es for i ni t ia l s u rf a c i ng s f o r d i ff e r e nt t ra f fi c v ol um es
RECOMMENDED SURFACING TYPES FOR INITIAL SURFACING

TRAFFIC VOLUME
S3
S7
S1
S2(9)
S2(13)
S4(13)
S2(13/6)
S4(19)
(elv/lane/day)
S2(19/9)
AC
S2(19/6)
< 750
750 - 2000
2000 - 5000
5000 - 10000
10000 - 20000
20000 - 40000
> 40000
Notes:
a - Good performance has been noted in several cases. The use of modified binders and trials on site can
reduce risks in these situations. Typical problems expected are bleeding and loss of skid resistance
x-
Not recommended
4.3.2
Traffic actions
Table 4-2 gives appropriate seal types for different traffic and road type combinations, based on experience
in South Africa.

32
Ta b l e 4- 2 - Gu i de li n es for s u rf ac i ng t y pe s f o r d i ffe r e n t t r af f ic a n d r o ad t y pe c o m b i na t io ns
RECOMMENDED SURFACING TYPES FOR INITIAL SURFACING

S3
S7
S1
S2(9)
S2(13)
S4(13)
S2(13/6)
S4(19)
TURNING ACTIONS
S2(19/9)
AC
S2(19/6)
Residential - developed
Residential -developing
Urban with occasional
Rural with occasional

heavy vehicles
heavy vehicles
Urban with many heavy
vehicles
Notes:
a - Only thick slurries (>10mm)
b - Preferably blinded with coarse sand
x-
Not recommended
4.3.3
Gradients
On steep gradients, at traffic circles or in places where frequent stopping and starting occurs, traffic imposes
such great stresses on the surfacing that a surfacing seal is liable to be damaged, particularly in its early life.
For these special conditions the choice of surfacing type and the design are most critical. A normal single
seal is likely to prove inadequate even for light traffic conditions. Under these conditions, surfacing seals in
which binders with higher viscosity than normal (modified binders) are used, together with the use of
precoated stone, or seals with a relatively fine texture finished off with a fog spray, or seals in which the
stone particles are firmly held in place by slurry, will perform better.
Table 4-3 gives appropriate seal types for different road gradient categories.

33
Ta b l e 4- 3 - Re c o m m en de d in i ti al s u r fa c i n g t y p es f o r d i f fe r en t ro a d g r ad ien t c a t eg o ri es
RECOMMENDED SURFACING TYPE FOR INITIAL SURFACING

S3
S7
S1
S2(9)
S2(13)
S4(13)
S2(13/6)
S4(19)
GRADIENT
S2(19/9)
AC
S2(19/6)
<6%
6-8%
b,c
a,d
b,c,d
c,d
a,c,d
c,d
c,d
8 - 12 %
a,b,c
c,d,e
a,c,d,e
d,e
c,d,e
d,e
c,d,e
12 - 16 %
a,c,d
a,d
a,c,d
a,d
a,c,d
> 16 %
Notes:
a - Not on stabilized base-courses constructed with fine material.
b - Not if channelling of water flow is expected because of soil wash - common in developing areas.
c - Not if urban drainage systems (kerbs) are present.
d - Not if communal water systems are present, since these result in detergents being washed onto the
road with consequent erosion of the bitumen.
e - Not on gradients above 10 per cent if channelling of flow is expected because of soil wash - common in
x-
developing and hilly areas.

Not recommended.
4.3.4
The majority of surfacing seals will normally lend themselves to simple maintenance techniques, such as the
application of diluted emulsions or slurry seals. The application of diluted emulsions has been found to be
cost-effective where the seal is beginning to ravel. If this is done before the seal starts to disintegrate, the life
of the seal can be prolonged.
In Table 4-4 the maintenance capabilities of road authorities are categorized and recommendations on
appropriate seals for different situations are made.

34
Ta b l e 4- 4 - Re c o m m en de d in i ti al s u r fa c i n gs fo r di f f e re n t m a i nt e na nc e c apa b il i ti es
RECOMMENDED SURFACING TYPE FOR INITIAL SURFACING

MAINTENANCE CAPABILITY
S3
S7
S1
OF ROAD AUTHORITY
High (Can perform any type of
S2
S2
S4
S2
S4
S2(19/9)
(9)
(13)
(13)
(13/6)
(19)
S2(19/6)
AC
maintenance whenever
needed)
Medium (Routine
maintenance, patching and
crack sealing on regular basis,
but no MMS#)
Low (Patching done

irregularly, no committed team,
no inspection system)
None
Notes:
a - Only thick slurries (>10mm)
b - Rural areas only
c - The performance of surface seals is sensitive to design and construction problems.
# - It is not essential to have a maintenance management system (MMS), but its existence is indicative of a
x-
certain level of capability and sophistication.

Not recommended.
4.3.5
Surface texture required
Since the skid resistance of smooth-textured (fine) surfaces decreases much more rapidly with an increase
in vehicle speed than that of rough-textured (coarse) surfaces, it is more important to provide a roughtextured (coarse) surface for rural high speed roads than for city streets. Smooth-textured surfaces are also
desirable for city streets since they are both easier to clean and generate less noise.
There is a limit to the coarseness of texture of the surface because of the nuisance of tyre noise, its effect on
riding comfort and the problem of windshield damage by large loose stones.
For single seals the largest size of stone generally recommended is 13 mm (19 mm in exceptional cases).
The higher the operating speed, the greater the texture depth required. Texture depths in excess of 0.7mm
are recommended for operating speeds of more than 80 km/h. The greater the risk when braking, the higher
the Sideways Force Coefficient (SFC) required.

35
4.3.6
Availability of aggregate
For seals to perform effectively on high volume roads, aggregate of good quality should be used. To
increase the probability of a long maintenance-free life, consideration should be given to the importation of
better quality materials if the stone available locally is of poor quality.
For lightly-trafficked roads consideration could be given to relaxation of some standards. Where suitable
sand is available, it is usually worth considering one of the seals incorporating sand.
4.3.7
Construction techniques
Although seal construction techniques are basically the same, irrespective of the type of seal, the experience
of the construction team should be taken into consideration in the selection of the seal to be used. Also,
some types of seal are also more "forgiving" than others, lending themselves more readily to the construction
of an acceptable quality wearing surface.
Conventional double seals (incorporating two layers of aggregate) or Cape Seals (incorporating a layer of
aggregate followed by one or two applications of slurry) normally give good results. As the binder is applied
in up to three applications, there is room for correction. Stone retention is good, since the lower layer of
stone is wedged or grouted in by the succeeding layer. In a conventional double seal, retention of the second
layer of stone can easily be brought about by the use of pre-coated chips or the application of a fog spray. In
addition, its higher total binder content, by comparison with that of a single seal, makes the surfacing less
permeable.
Single seals are more sensitive than double seals to the rate of application of binder, since there are less
voids available and a small error in the application rate may have a significant effect on the percentage of
voids filled. This is particularly true for single seals when small sizes of aggregate are used. Aggregate loss
may also be greater, although this, to a certain extent, may also be overcome by pre-coating of the
aggregate. It is essential not to apply too much or too little aggregate, but to achieve a shoulder-to-shoulder
pattern in the completed seal. Careful brooming and rolling are necessary to ensure that the abovementioned objective is met. It should also be ensured that the aggregate particles are properly orientated
and embedded in the binder film.
Sand seals also require experience in rolling and back-brooming techniques.
The experience of the construction team in the application and spreading of slurry, especially in the proper
use of squeegees, could make a substantial difference to the life of slurry seals and Cape Seals. Pneumatic
rolling of slurry seals is recommended in order to provide a less permeable surface.
Note:
Construction guidelines are covered in detail in Chapter 7.
4.3.8
Environmental conditions
Although the temperatures prevailing in different areas of the country affect the choice of grade of binder and
its rate of application, they have very little bearing on the choice of type of surfacing seal. In wetter areas it is
desirable to use a surfacing which is as impermeable as possible, to prevent ingress of water into the
underlying layers and to prevent the possibility of stripping of the binder in the surfacing itself. Wellconstructed seals and Cape Seals will meet this requirement.

36
Several practitioners recommend the application of a fogspray and a blinding layer of coarse sand on single
seals when sealing close to winter. This action reduces the risk of whip-off of the aggregate whilst the binder
is still fresh.
Where roads or streets are used to carry storm water, single seals or thin seals are not recommended
because of the risk of erosion. Table 4-3 may be used as a guideline for the selection of type of seal.
4.3.9
Quality of base
Since surfacing seals are relatively thin, any imperfections in the finish of the base will be reflected to the
surface and will have an adverse effect on the riding quality of the road. This is particularly true of single
seals (since the layer is only a single stone thick), and also of sand seals (which could be only 3 mm thick).
In the case of multiple seals, minor undulations and depressions in the base may, to a small extent, be
evened out. Some authorities have had good success in this regard, with the use of inverted double seals
(smaller aggregate followed by the larger aggregate).
On relatively soft bases, such as those constructed with natural gravel or emulsion treated gravel where
significant embedment of the surfacing stone is likely, good results will be obtained if inverted double seals
or large-sized stone is used, for example if 19 mm stone is used in a Cape Seal or a double seal.
Where a satisfactory finish to the base profile cannot be assured, or where appreciable embedment of the
surfacing stone is likely, a surfacing seal should not be used. Consideration should then be given to the use
of an asphalt surfacing or to strengthening of the base, e.g. by stabilization.
4.3.10 Special conditions
In cases where the base has a high salt content, the surfacing seal should be designed to be as
impermeable as possible and it should be placed as soon as possible after the base has been primed (Refer
to TRH1).
4.3.11 Initial cost basis for comparison
4.3.11.1 Annual cost basis for comparison
The different types of surfacing seals vary in cost and have varying maintenance-free lives. One method of
comparing costs is to calculate the annual cost over the maintenance-free period. This method of analysis is
based on the assumption that the maintenance carried out is independent of the original type of surfacing
seal used, which is not necessarily the case in practice.
To do this, use is made of the capital recovery factor, which gives an annuity which will return a given
present payment plus interest on the unreturned portion in "n" receipts.
A = P
Where
[ i(1+i) ]
n
[ ( 1 + i ) 1]
A = the annuity (or annual cost)

P = the present amount (or construction cost)
n = the maintenance-free period in years
i = the current discount rate

37
In the above equation the expression in square brackets is the capital recovery factor, which can be
determined from standard tables for various periods and at various interest rates.
A sensitivity analysis should always be carried out to evaluate the influence of different possible scenarios,
e.g. by using discount rates varying from 4 per cent to 10 per cent.
Example of the use of the method:
The annual costs of two surfacing seals, A and B, are to be compared. Type A costs R900 per unit length
and gives an initial maintenance-free life of 8 years, whereas Type B costs R1 200 per unit length, but lasts
10 years.
Annual costs using an interest rate of 6 per cent
A=
B=
900 x 0,161*
1 200 x 0,136*
=
=
R145
R163
* Capital recovery factor calculated from the above formula or obtained from standard tables.
On the grounds of economy, Type A is preferred to Type B.
4.3.11.2 Relative costs of construction
Some relative costs of construction for different surfacing seal types are given as a guide in APPENDIX C.
The initial maintenance-free life of these surfacing seals can vary considerably, depending on conditions; it
has usually been found to be between 5 and 10 years. Where information on maintenance-free life is
available, the two examples cited above illustrate one method which can be used to compare costs in
practice.
4.3.11.3 Comparison of life-cycle costing
A more accurate approach to the economic evaluation of different seals would be to incorporate all expected
costs and benefits over a specific analysis period. Costs would, therefore, also include maintenance costs of
the seal (e.g. application of diluted emulsion) and increased maintenance costs of the pavement structure.
The benefits can, to a certain extent, be quantified by the reduction in road user costs as a result of slower
deterioration in road roughness and the effect on vehicle operating costs.
Note:
It should be noted that the results of such analysis are highly dependent on the assumptions made. This
analysis should only be done on suitable seal types that have been pre-selected according to the parameters
given in Table 4-1, Table 4-2, Table 4-3 and Table 4-4
4.4
RESEALS (MAINTENANCE)
4.4.1
The decision to reseal
The decision on whether or not to reseal depends mainly on whether the surfacing is achieving the purpose
for which it was applied in the first instance, or on the risk of not achieving this. The basic purposes of a
surfacing are:
38
to provide a safe surface in all weather conditions (good skid resistance, no loss of aggregate, etc)
to prevent or minimize vertical ingress of moisture into the pavement layers
to prevent tyre contact with, or erosion of, the base layer.
It may not be necessary to reseal, as other maintenance strategies, such as patching or crack sealing, may
be more cost-effective in certain cases to reinstate the surface to an acceptable condition.
Considering the first aim, the definition of a safe surface is related to the risk of collisions. It does not mean
that all roads should have surfaces with high skid resistance, e.g. roads in dry areas, smooth textured roads
with low traffic volumes and roads with alignments of a high standard may still have adequate skid
resistance.
Provided the pavement layers are not moisture sensitive and the volume of heavy vehicle traffic is low,
ingress of moisture can be tolerated to a certain extent before resealing is considered necessary. (For
example: stabilization cracks tend to reflect through conventional binder surfacings within three to five years.
Experience with stabilized pavements in South Africa indicates that the rate of pavement deterioration is
slow until pumping of fines starts to occur. In such cases it is usually more cost-effective to do crack sealing
than to apply a new seal.)
Visually assessable types of distress indicating the need for reseal are related to the basic purposes of a
surfacing, as shown in Table 4-5.

39
Ta b l e 4- 5 - V is u al l y as s es s a b le at t r ib u te s i nd ic a tin g a n ee d f o r re s e a l
Basic functions of a surfacing
Surfacing failures
Cause of failure
Visually assessable
distress
To prevent ingress of water
Porous surfacing
Dry binder
Too little binder
Dry binder
Voids
Stone loss
Poor surface drainage
Surfacing cracks
Dry binder
Premature cracking
Surfacing cracks
Dry binder
Structural cracks
Various mechanisms
Structural cracks
Pumping
Loss of stone/ravelling
Surfacing cracks
Potholes
Dry binder
Structural cracks
Surfacing failures
Surfacing cracks
Dry binder
Structural cracks
Smooth surface
texture
Flushing/bleeding
Embedment
Flushing/bleeding
Surfacing texture
Polishing
Tyre abrasion/poor
stone
Polishing
Rutting
Densification of base
or pavement failures
due to water ingress
Rutting
To protect base from traffic

wear
To provide skid resistance
Depending on the quality of the existing surfacing, some of the criteria for selecting a new seal could be of
less importance when considering reseal types. The condition of the existing road structure and surfacing
plays a major role in the selection of an appropriate reseal type. However, It is still necessary to consider the
suitability of the various types of seals to particular conditions.
The following road surface conditions normally indicate that resealing or seal maintenance is required:
(a)
Lean and dry appearance of an old seal caused by ageing of the binder, which has become hard and
brittle.
(b)
Loss of aggregate from the seal caused by ageing of the binder, insufficient binder, chemical
decomposition of the stone or by the use of dusty stone during construction.
(c)
A seal which is bleeding and has a smooth surface texture caused by excess binder. Such a seal will
last a long time and will also have low permeability but, because of its low skid resistance, it may be a
hazard to the travelling public. Where a road surface is rich in binder or is only bleeding slightly, the

40
decision on whether or not to reseal should be based on the overall surface texture, skid resistance,
geometry, traffic speeds and risk of accidents.
(d)
A seal which is cracked and permits the ingress of water into the underlying pavement. There are
several types and causes of cracking, and an understanding of the cause is essential to the selection
of an appropriate remedial measure. For example, the road surface may exhibit crocodile cracking
caused by fatigue of the pavement layers. In this case a reseal alone may not be effective and partial
reconstruction or pre-treatment in the form of structural patching may be necessary. Cracks as such
do not necessarily spell disaster, but their causes should be determined and crack development
monitored.
(e)
A seal with low skid resistance and a fine surface texture or aggregate which has polished under
traffic.
4.4.2
Typical types of reseals
The seal types most commonly used for resealing, and the conditions under which these seals are used, are
indicated below:
4.4.2.1
Single seals with 19 mm; 13,2 mm; 9,5 mm or 6,7 mm aggregate
The greater the traffic volume the larger the stone size used. When 19 mm ,13,2 mm or 9,5 mm aggregate is
used with emulsion, a second spray of binder is added, followed by a thin layer of crusher sand if required to
accommodate traffic immediately. This considerably reduces the risk of stone loss and hence the risk of
broken windscreens. Precoating of the aggregate should be considered when hot binders are used.
4.4.2.2
Slurry seal
Slurry seals can be applied effectively to roads with a varying surface texture, for example where the
aggregate has stripped in patches, where the road has been extensively patched, or where only the wheel
tracks are fatty. A uniform texture results from a slurry application and it is, therefore, commonly used as a
pre-treatment before a stone seal is applied.
Because of their thicker applications, rapid-setting slurry seals are often used to even out small irregularities
and ruts.
Notes:
Care should be taken not to construct the reseal too soon after the slurry seal has been applied as punching
of the aggregate will take place, which may result in bleeding of the surface.
Slurry seals should not be used on smooth-textured surfaces, especially in hilly environments with steep
grades and sharp curves or at intersections because of the risk of shoving.
4.4.2.3
Surfacing enrichment
The life of a seal can be extended by the application of a surfacing enrichment spray in the form of a diluted
emulsion or invert emulsion, provided the texture and voids in the surfacing are such that the mixture can
penetrate into the seal and does not remain on the surface.
Note:
Rejuvenators have been used with success on lightly trafficked roads.

41
4.4.2.4
Diluted emulsion plus slurry
When a dry porous seal is treated with a slurry seal, the existing seal should be pretreated with diluted
emulsion to prevent the trapping of air voids in the old seal or loss of binder from the new slurry. This could
cause the binder to strip from the aggregate and could result in the failure of the seal.
4.4.3
The choice of the type of reseal
With all the possible pavement distress types, severity and extent of occurrence having been taken into
account, a very large number of possible conditions could exist, making the selection of the most appropriate
seal very complex.
In many cases one particular type of seal will provide the most effective solution. However, there is often at
least one alternative which appears to be equally effective. The final choice will depend mainly on wide
experience and mature judgement, economics and on the construction capabilities of the resealing unit or
contractor.
The influence of some of the most important factors is discussed below and recommendations from the road
authorities regarding actions currently considered to be the most cost-effective for the specific conditions are
given.
4.4.3.1
Rutting
The typical crossfall of paved roads is 2 per cent. This implies that, for a rut width of 1 m, water will start to
pond when the depression is deeper than 10 mm. However, roads may be found where the crossfall is
inadequate, resulting in ponding of water in ruts less than 10 mm deep. A reduction in the risk of aquaplaning
can be achieved by:
Application of a coarse aggregate seal to dissipate water
Application of a coarse slurry (not recommended by all road authorities because of bad experience with
stripping in wet conditions).
Where rut depths are greater than 10 mm and there is little evidence of other types of distress, the following
measures are considered to be the most appropriate:
Application of coarse rapid-setting slurry - usually polymer-modified. (This is often done in two
applications, firstly in the wheel tracks and then over the whole road width.)
Application of an asphalt overlay or inlay. The use of asphalt is still regarded as a more reliable
measure than that of slurry seals on more important roads with high volumes of traffic.
In cases where deep ruts and cracking occur, it is considered essential to apply a stone seal on top of the
slurry as soon as the embedment potential allows it.
4.4.3.2
Surface texture
Fatty surfaces
The need to rectify fatty surfaces is dependent on skid resistance risks. If the risk is low it is not considered
essential to improve this condition. Where the risk is high, a S1(13,2) single seal or a S2(19/6) double seal is
often applied, with modified binders if necessary. In certain cases, especially where there is a significant

42
amount of excess binder, some authorities prefer the application of double seals or inverted double seals.
Modified binders are used with higher traffic volumes as this type of seal tends to be less sensitive to
bleeding. On important roads asphalt is used at a much earlier stage if this type of problem occurs.
Medium to fine texture
Single stone seals are directly applied on this type of surface, the size of stone being dependent on the
traffic volume and on the severity of the type of distress.
Medium to coarse textures
Depending on the type and severity of distress, various strategies can be followed, e.g.:
Application of diluted emulsion
Small stone single seal such as with 6,7 mm stone
Texture treatments with sand seals, Grit seals or slurry seals.
The application of larger aggregate single seals is not recommended unless the surface is pre-treated or
modified binders with high application rates are used. (The practical maximum binder application rate is
usually insufficient to fill the voids in the existing surface and to bind the new aggregate.) This situation
usually results in loss of stone.
Varying textures
In this case varying texture refers to a situation where the wheel tracks are fine textured or fatty and the
area between the wheel tracks has a coarse texture.
It is not considered essential to reseal just because of this variation. When it becomes necessary to seal a
road with varying texture, the choice depends on the ability of the type of seal selected to rectify this specific
situation for a reasonable period of time. The choice is highly dependent on the traffic volume and on the risk
of low skid resistance.
One strategy is to prepare the surface for the next stone reseal with a texture treatment such as a sand seal
or slurry. In this regard the following may be recommended:
Application of a sand seal where traffic volumes are low, if this is cheaper than a fine slurry
Application of a medium or fine slurry on roads with higher volumes of traffic if the risks associated
with low skid resistance are not great
Application of a coarse slurry where skid resistance risks are high
Application of a coarse, rapid-setting slurry on high volume roads, roads with little room for deviations
or on roads with small irregularities, such as rutting or small undulations.
Depending on the structural condition of the pavement, these texture treatments may act as seals for several
years before further action is required.
4.4.3.3
Loss of aggregate
Three different situations are identified. If very little loss of aggregate has occurred and the situation is
stable, there is no real need to improve the current condition. If the situation is not stable, or if there is a
potential for loss of aggregate, e.g. because of dry binder or voids in the surfacing, diluted emulsion is
applied to prevent further deterioration. In cases of severe loss of aggregate (coarse texture) the situation

43
can be rectified by the application of a texture treatment as discussed previously.

4.4.3.4
Pavement condition
As the severity and extent of cracking and patching increase, more binder is needed to prevent reflection of
the distress. Single seals with large aggregate, or double seals, are used on more lightly trafficked roads with
severe pavement distress to extend the life of these pavements. The use of modified binders to deal with this
type of situation is becoming more common.
The choice of a reseal as a holding action is often considered by road authorities when major rehabilitation
cannot be executed immediately. There are many examples on South African roads where holding actions
have extended the service life of pavements by more than ten years. The tendency in recent years is to
make use of modified binders and/or geotextile seals for this purpose.
4.4.3.5
Traffic
There is general agreement among road authorities that seals have an upper traffic limit, below which seals
can be applied cost-effectively. A traffic volume of 40 000 equivalent light vehicles per lane per day is
regarded the upper limit, beyond which asphalt surfacings are usually applied. This limit is not rigid and may
be influenced by factors such as road importance, construction quality and sophistication, time delays and
the funds available.
In addition, the volumes and types of heavy vehicles, as well as their speed and turning actions, determine
whether a seal would be appropriate. Asphalt surfacings are often used on roads with much lower traffic
volumes, particularly at intersections with stopping and turning actions, or on climbing lanes.
The use of modified binders has improved the performance of stone seals on highly trafficked roads,
especially because of their tendency not to bleed and their ability to reduce stone loss.
The general trend with lower traffic volumes is to reduce the aggregate size to 6,7 or 9,5 mm. This has the
effect of reducing the binder application and thus of reducing the costs of the reseal.
Here again other factors often contribute to a final decision of whether or not to use a 13,2 mm aggregate
such as:
-
the availability and cost of smaller stone
pavement condition (the greater the severity of the distress, the greater the quantity of binder
needed)
embedment potential
the risk of a sudden increase in traffic volumes

difference in cost effectiveness for the specific conditions.
4.4.3.6
Construction experience
The reseal teams of some road authorities, as well as those of some contractors, have built up experience in
the construction of specific types of seal only. In cases where various alternatives are considered, those
types of seal with the least risk of construction problems are recommended.

44
4.4.3.7
Noise levels
High noise levels are not acceptable in urban areas. It is, therefore, recommended by some road authorities
that the maximum size of stone used in the top layer should not exceed 9,5 mm. Because of the high traffic
volumes on some provincial or national routes in urban areas the application rate required for a 9,5 mm
single seal is too low to be sprayed accurately with conventional binders and the only alternative is to make
use of double seals, normally with modified binders. This alternative also reduces the risk of windscreen
damage on these roads.
Selection diagrams
Figures D-1 to D-5 in APPENDIX D can be used to select the appropriate types of reseal for different
situations.
Note:
The appropriate stone size is not provided in these figures. Although the general rule is to increase the
stone size with higher traffic volumes, the purpose of the new seal must also be taken into account e.g. a 6,7
mm seal could be applied on an open textured existing 13,2 mm seal, even if the traffic volumes are high.

45
5 CRITERIA FOR CHOOSING A BINDER

5.1
GENERAL
The purpose of this chapter is to identify those factors influencing the selection of a specific type and grade
of binder and to discuss the benefits of the appropriate application of specific binders, as well as the potential
problems resulting from wrong decisions.
Recommendations are given for different traffic categories and climatic conditions. In addition, guidelines for
the cutting back of bitumen on site are given.
5.2
FACTORS INFLUENCING BINDER SELECTION
The choice of the type of bituminous binder depends on:
Type and purpose of seal
Climatic conditions
Durability of binder and long-term performance
Price of binder at time of application
Convenience of application
Compatibility with aggregate
Traffic
Road geometry
5.2.1
Type and purpose of a seal
The purpose of a seal can govern the selection of a binder, for example:
Hot modified binders allow for a thicker film of binder, which enhances the ability to retard crack
reflection and ensures rapid adhesion with the aggregate when traffic has to be accommodated
immediately after resealing. They are less sensitive to bleeding under high traffic volumes than
unmodified binders and have better elastic properties, enabling them to accommodate high deflections
and low temperatures.
Texture treatments with slurry require the use of emulsions.

46
Practical hints
Bitumen emulsions should be used for fog sprays since they penetrate better than other types of
binder, thus ensuring that the binder lies between the aggregate particles, with only a very thin film of
binder on top of the aggregate. This reduces the possibility of pick-up when the road is opened to
traffic.
In the case of sand seals, the binder should be a penetration grade or cut-back bitumen, depending on
temperature conditions, or a bitumen emulsion. If emulsion is used, care should be taken to avoid the
formation of a wave of emulsion in front of the curtain of sand being spread when a mechanical
spreader is used. This can be done either by travelling at low speed when spreading the sand, or by
waiting until the emulsion has started to break before applying the sand.
When a layer of coarse aggregate is followed by slurry, penetration grade bitumens will be suitable
as a tack coat. Because emulsion has a low viscosity, it penetrates better into the voids of the
underlying aggregate layer than penetration grade or cut-back bitumens and does not leave a thick
film of bitumen covering the top of the aggregate. Bitumen emulsion should therefore be used for the
penetration coat.
Cut-back bitumens are not recommended for use in the lower layers of seal construction, as the
volatile constituents may take considerable time to evaporate.
For the manufacture of slurry the choice is between cationic or anionic stable-mix type bitumen
emulsion. In most cases anionic stable-mix type bitumen emulsion should prove to be satisfactory for
the production of slurry. Cationic stable-mix type bitumen emulsion is usually preferred when the
aggregate for the slurry is prone to premature stripping, as is often the case when the aggregate blend
has a high proportion of natural sand and/or when the road has to be opened to traffic shortly after the
application of the slurry.
5.2.2
Climatic conditions
The selection of binder will depend on the climatic conditions pertaining, e.g. in South Africa there is the hot
summer rainfall area with dry cold winters in the central parts of the country, while in the southern part of the
country cold wet winters and hot dry summers prevail.
Penetration grade bitumens can be modified to accommodate most of the temperature conditions in South
Africa by being cut back in the field. Alternatively emulsions can be used.
For successful seal work the most advantageous weather conditions are those which are "settled" and which
allow relatively accurate predictions to be made of the minimum temperature for the ensuing 24 hours after
spray operations. Hence dry winter or dry summers can be more readily accommodated in the seal design.
Note:
Although the surface may look dry, moisture can be trapped in the underlying layers if these are sealed
during the rainy season. This can result in higher moisture conditions in the base layer and in the softening
thereof, which will permit punching of the seal aggregate, resulting in bleeding.

47
Table 5-1 shows the types of binder recommended for different traffic and climatic conditions. In some cases
other types of binder have been used with success. These, however, require specific knowledge and
experience of materials used and of local conditions.
Because of their quicker breaking action, cationic emulsions perform better than anionic emulsions in humid
or cold weather, or when moist aggregate has to be used from the stockpiles.
5.2.3
Durability and long term performance of binders
Penetration grade bitumens, cut-back bitumens and bitumen emulsions are durable and consequently are
suitable for single and double seals.
Experience in South Africa has shown that polymer-modified binders are superior to conventional binders. In
this regard a further distinction should be made between homogeneous and non-homogeneous modified
binders, as there is a marked difference between the ability of homogenous binders and that of nonhomogenous binders to retain their superior properties. (Refer to APPENDIX B for life expectancy.) The type
of binder used can dictate the time required before the road is opened to traffic.
5.2.4
Price of bitumen at time of application
Although the life-cycle cost of a seal strategy using a more expensive binder may be less than that when a
less expensive one is used, sufficient funds are often not available at the time of construction to allow the
best product to be selected. A typical example is the use of a modified versus a conventional binder.
In many instances the decision to reseal (even with a conventional binder) is more important than selection
of the type of binder.
5.2.5
Convenience of application
All the types of binder used in seal construction require heating to bring them to a suitable spraying viscosity.
Bitumen emulsions are convenient to apply, since they require less heating than other types. With bitumen
emulsions there is also less risk of damage by overheating than there is with binders containing volatile
inflammable constituents. Furthermore there is no fire hazard.
5.2.6
Compatibility with aggregates
The properties of the aggregates used for sealwork in South Africa vary a great deal. A binder should be
selected to ensure good adhesion with the specific aggregate to be used. For example: cationic bitumen
emulsions will be found to be more suitable than anionic emulsions when aggregates such as granites or
quartzites are used. Precoating of aggregate is also used to improve adhesion. (Refer to test methods Chapter 8.)

48
Practical hints
Dusty aggregates should not be used. However in low-risk situations where only dusty aggregate is
available, it is recommended that the material be washed or re-screened. If aggregate containing more
dust than is normally acceptable has to be used, then a bitumen emulsion or even a cut-back bitumen
rather than a penetration grade bitumen should be used; with bitumen emulsions the aggregate should
be damp before application. Alternatively, when penetration grade bitumen is used, aggregate can be
precoated to offset the influence of the dust.
5.2.7
Traffic
The type and volume of traffic are the main criteria to be considered during the selection of the binder. On
high-volume roads with heavy traffic the amount of penetration grade bitumen, or of residual binder if
emulsion is used, is too little to allow sufficient structural strength to develop to hold the aggregate in place
during the critical 24 to 48 hour period immediately after spraying. An alternative binder may have to be
selected which will allow sufficient binder to be sprayed to hold the aggregate without possible "bleeding"
taking place, e.g. polymer-modified binders will meet this requirement.
5.2.8
Road geometry
Polymer-modified binders, especially non-homogeneous binders, are often selected to minimize the risk of
bleeding on steep gradients or at intersections.
The spillage of fuel at corners, intersections and parking areas can cause severe bleeding or ravelling of the
bituminous surfacing. In the past tar products have been used with great success. However, as discussed in
paragraph 2.7.2, tars are no longer used in this country. Currently, the trend is to use bitumen binders and to
seal the surface with protective agents, of which several are commercially available. These protective agents
may be either sprayed on at approximately 0,6 /m or applied with a squeegee (if manufactured as a creamy
mix, similar to slurry).
Recommended binders are given in Table 5-1.

49
Ta b l e 5- 1 - Re c o m m en de d B in de r s
Traffic
(elv/l/d)
<10 000
Winter : Dry
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
80/100 pen bit +

cutter * (b)
MC 3000
Emulsion (80/100
pen base bitumen)
Lowveld - 80/100
pen bitumen
Modified hot binder
or emulsion *(d)
(i)
Summer: Dry
Winter and Rain *(c)
Summer and Rain *(c)
(i)
80/100 pen
bitumen
(ii) 65% emulsion
(80/100 pen base
bitumen)
(iii) Highveld -80/100
pen bitumen
(iv) Modified hot
binder or
emulsion *(d)
(i)
Cationic emulsion
(quick setting)
(ii) MC3000
(iii) Modified hot binder
*(d)
(i)
80/100 pen
bitumen + 2%
cutter * (a)
(ii) Cationic emulsion
*(d)
(i)
10 000 20 000
80/100 pen bitumen

+ cutter *(b)
(ii) Modified hot binder
or emulsion *(d)
(i)
80/100 pen
bitumen
(ii) Modified hot
binder or
emulsion *(d)
(i)
Modified hot binder

or emulsion *(d)
80/100 pen
bitumen + 2%
cutter *(a)
(ii) Cationic emulsion
*(d)
20 000 +
(i)
(i)
(i)
Modified hot binder

*(d)
(i)
Modified hot binder

*(d)
Modified hot
binder *(d)
Modified hot binder

*(d)
*(a) When surfacing is carried out in wet summer months during a period when the weather is
unpredictable, e.g. with possible showers in the afternoon, it is advisable to add 2 per cent of
approved cutter to the binder and to use precoated aggregate.
*(b) During the dry winter months it is possible to predict the approximate minimum temperature
to be expected for the ensuing 24 hours and to estimate the appropriate amount of cutter to
be added. This could vary from 1 to 10 per cent, depending on the minimum temperature. In
temperatures lower than 5C, the use of winter grad e modified binders is recommended.
Expected short and medium term temperatures can be obtained from the South African
Weather Service.
*(c) When surfacing is carried out in the rainy season, both summer and winter, there are periods
of dry spells when surfacing can be done. In such cases the binder selected should
preferably be quick setting and the binder should have good adhesion properties.
*(d) Specific formulation of polymer-modified hot binder (homogeneous or non-homogeneous) or
emulsion, designed for local conditions.

50
5.3
FACTORS INFLUENCING SELECTION OF THE GRADE OF BINDER
The appropriate grade of binder depends mainly on:
Purpose of the binder, i.e. precoating, tack coat, penetration spray etc.
Road surface temperature

minimum temperature at time of application and shortly afterwards - early loss of stone could
-
occur as a result of inadequate adhesion of hard binders

minimum temperature during the life of the seal - brittle fracture could occur later in the life of the
seal due to the use of a hard binder

maximum temperature during the life of the seal - this could cause softer binders to become too
soft, with consequent loss of stone, particularly in the early part of the life of the seal
Road geometry
steep gradients could cause softer binders to run off during construction
curves and intersections could lead to traffic-induced damage on seals with softer binders when
hot or on those with harder binders when cold. Recommended maximum gradients for different
types of binder are given in Table 5-2.
Traffic
in the early life of the seal traffic actions, particularly turning actions, could result in stone loss
when softer binders are used
Pavement deflection
-
high deflections could lead to cracking of hard binders, particularly at low temperatures
Aggregate characteristics
the better the adhesion of the binder to the aggregate, the harder the binder can be
-
pre-coated aggregates will adhere to harder binders.
Ta b l e 5- 2 - Re c o m m en de d m a xi m um g ra d ie n ts fo r a pp li c a t io n o f bi nd e r ty p e s
Binder type
Bitumen grade:
80/100 pen
150/200 pen
Cutback bitumens: MC3000

MC 800
Emulsions:
60%
65%
Application viscosity
Maximum gradient
40 - 100 cSt
40 - 100 cSt
12%
10%
3000 - 6000 cSt

800 - 1600 cSt
8%
6%
20 - 50 Saybolt Furol secs

51 - 200 Saybolt Furol secs
6%
8%
Note:
These values are only approximate and highly dependent on road temperatures, texture and the permeability
of the existing surface. The operators own experience should be added to this table to obtain more reliable
values.
The maximum gradient refers to the maximum gradient resulting from the vertical alignment and
camber/elevation of the road, and not only to the vertical alignment.

51
5.4
CUTTING BACK OF BITUMEN
The effective viscosity of the bitumen at time of application may be changed to accommodate local
conditions during construction.
Before the bitumen is cut back, the expected maximum and minimum temperatures for the ensuing 24 hours
should be ascertained. During the summer months, i.e. November, December, January and February,
temperatures are usually most accommodating but work can be affected by sudden drops in temperature
due to rain and hail. It is not advisable, therefore, to do any surfacing work if wet weather is anticipated
(continuous rain). Thunderstorms are usually unpredictable and allowance should be made by introducing 1 2 per cent aromatic paraffin into the bitumen as a safety precaution.
Guidelines for cutting back 80/100 pen bitumen are provided in APPENDIX I.
Note:
Only petroleum-based cutters should be used with bitumen. (Power paraffin, Illuminating paraffin)

52
6 SURFACE PREPARATION/PRE-TREATMENT
6.1
INTRODUCTION
The performance of a seal is highly dependent on proper preparation and, if necessary, on pre-treatment of
the existing surface and pavement structure. The purpose of this chapter is to discuss the importance of
scheduling repairs and pre-treatments and to give some guidance as to how repairs and pre-treatments
should be done, both in the case of new construction and reseals.
6.2
SCHEDULING AND COORDINATING REPAIRS AND PRE-TREATMENTS
6.2.1
General
Provision of a seal necessitates proper management of the total works involved. This includes scheduling of
all activities prior to surfacing, which include the following:
Repair of potholes, pavement and/or surfacing failures and edge breaks
Crack sealing
Smoothing out of undulations to improve the riding quality
Filling of ruts
Treatment of dry or porous areas or the addition of a tack coat
Treatment of fatty areas, e.g. by rolling in chips (elementary in situ armour plating)
Texture treatments to provide a uniform texture
Cleaning of existing surfaces
Reconstruction of small areas if required, replacement or provision of culverts
Provision of sub-surface drainage
Reinstatement of service trenches
Regravelling of shoulders.
Planning and scheduling of these activities are of the utmost importance. For example, services such as the
provision or repair of cable ducts, piping, sub-surface drainage etc, should be completed before surfacing
operations begin. Scheduled road-marking should be postponed until the new surfacing has been laid.
6.2.2
Timing and opening to traffic
Repairs and pre-treatment usually require time to settle before a reseal can be applied, for example:
All continuously graded asphalt work, whether it be skim coat applications or repair of road failures,
should be open to traffic for at least 8 - 10 weeks before any seal work is carried out. Premature
sealing will result in excessive embedment of aggregate.
Roads on which any pre-treatment was done using slurry seals should be open to traffic for at least 4 6 weeks (preferably 12 weeks) before any seal work is carried out.
Any new services which have to be installed, such as extra culverts, service ducts, water main ducts,
etc., should be programmed for installation well ahead of any rehabilitation work. When trenches are
backfilled, the upper 300 mm of backfill should be constructed with carefully selected material.
Possible treatment of this material could include, for example, the addition of emulsion (1,5 per cent

53
residual bitumen) and 1,5 per cent cement, if proven to be satisfactory in testing or in previous works.
This emulsion-treated base (ETB) may be taken to the same level as the surrounding existing surface
levels. Alternatively, on roads with high traffic volumes, the upper 150 mm may be backfilled with a
bitumen-treated base (BTB).
Practical hint
Conduct ball penetration tests at regular intervals. When the ball penetration values during the
warmest part of the day become fairly constant less than 2 mm, then seal work may be carried out.
Should ball penetration values stay above 2 mm and seal work cannot be postponed, the implications
of fattiness or bleeding and reduced skid resistance must be evaluated.
6.3
TREATMENT OF NEWLY CONSTRUCTED BASE MATERIAL PRIOR TO

SURFACING
6.3.1
General guidelines
Before a newly constructed base is primed, the following aspects should be checked and rectified if
necessary and there should be an appropriate time interval before sealing:
The shape of the road should conform to longitudinal and transverse levels as specified.
Any slacks which may have been built into the road should be rectified. These slacks often occur at
the joints between adjacent sections, and where deviations cross over new work.
Any loose layers which may have occurred during the cutting of final levels should be removed and
rectified with asphalt after priming. These loose layers often occur on stabilized bases and on G1
bases which have been slushed.
All loose material should be properly broomed off the newly constructed base prior to priming, leaving
a sound hard base ready for priming. (This also applies to slushed fines from a crushed stone base,
which is not necessarily loose.) Care should be taken during surfacing of a natural non-plastic gravel
base not to over-broom the surface, or to destroy the specified shape or surface texture of the road.
In the latter case it would be more appropriate to spray water onto the base and roll the surface with a
steel-wheeled roller just prior to priming, ensuring that a smooth, tightly knit and uniform surface is
obtained.
Depending on the type of surfacing to be applied, any areas of the road which would detract from the
riding qualities of the road should be rectified with coarse slurry or asphalt after the road has been
primed. This rectification specifically applies to roads which are to receive a single or double seal or,
to a lesser extent, a Cape Seal. Asphalt surfaces are more accommodating of small inadequacies in
the final surface of the newly constructed base than are seals.
All dust and deleterious matter should be removed from the primed surface before any tack coat is
sprayed. Where the primed surface has been used by construction vehicles and/or by public traffic, it

54
will be necessary to wash off any clay or other contamination of the primed surface.
Where sand seals are to be applied, it is recommended that the surface be watered, broom-dragged
and rolled with a steel wheel roller. This process should continue until a smooth, well-knit surface has
been achieved, free of roller track marks, irrespective of whether or not the specified densities were
achieved with the initial compaction. The road should be primed before the surface has dried out
completely (at about 50 per cent of optimum moisture content).
After all the loose material has been broomed off the base and just before the prime is applied, a light
spray of water is applied to break the surface tension of the base material and to settle any loose dust.
Note:
The base should not be flooded with water - only a very light application of water is required.

55
Practical hints for base finish

After the base has been compacted in the normal manner and when the final levels are being cut,
there is often a problem of the grader dragging the larger aggregate along the surface, forming minor
longitudinal grooves. At this stage, the blade of the grader should be adjusted to the spreading
position, i.e. not at a right angle to the surface but as flat as the adjustments will allow. Then, if the
surface is watered and the minor windrows are swept longitudinally backwards and forwards across
the road, the coarser material will roll free and the finer material will fill the voids in the surface. While
the grader is "sweeping" the surface, a heavy pneumatic-tyred roller should follow in tandem. It
should be ensured that the material has sufficient moisture for the compaction effort to be effective
and that lamination does not occur. Care should also be taken to ensure a true cross section.
In order to obtain the final finish, the surface should be kept damp and then broom-dragged, with a
heavy steel-wheeled roller following in tandem.
If this method is used it is possible to achieve an extremely smooth and satisfactory surface.
Note:
The following alternative procedure can only be used if the P.I. of the base is less than 8.
Instead of a prime, consideration could be given to the following alternative method of preparing the
final surface before sealing:
Once the normal compaction has been completed and just before final levels are cut, the
"mulch" or 25 mm of loose material in the surface is sprayed with a diluted emulsion. Stable
grade anionic emulsion is diluted with 10 parts of water to 1 part emulsion. The loose material is
moved by grader in small windrows across the road surface and back, with the pneumatic roller
following in tandem. The surface is kept continuously "wet" with the diluted emulsion until a
smooth compact surface is obtained, free of ruts or holes caused by the cutting of final levels.
The road can be opened to slow-moving traffic as soon as final rolling has been completed and
when the surface has been allowed to dry for 1 hour. After a day or two, depending on the
condition of the base surface, a final spray of the 1 to 10 diluted emulsion can be applied to the
road.
The road can be left open to traffic until a sufficient length of road has been completed to
accommodate a full tank load of bitumen for the application of the final spray.
The advantages of this process are that there will be no areas of uncompacted material in ruts or
holes and that it is a relatively easy operation. Small irregularities can be rectified during this period
with hand-mixed materials of the same composition as that used for the finish.

56
6.4
REPAIR AND CLEANING OF EXISTING SURFACES PRIOR TO SEALING
6.4.1
Cleaning of surfaces
Cleaning of the existing road surface is important and sometimes difficult, but has to be carried out
meticulously.
Dust and loose material can generally be removed by hand brooming and/or by rotary brooms.
However, on surfaces which are open textured, it may be necessary to use compressed air.
Clay and animal droppings. This can be a problem and it may be necessary to use water, brooms and
spades. It is essential that this work be done meticulously. Clay contamination is often more serious
at the edge of the road, on curves and at traffic crossings. Where deviations have been used and they
cross over the pavement, care should be taken to remove all dirt from the pavement, especially if a
double seal is being applied and the first layer has been trafficked.
6.4.2
Road studs should be removed and the resultant patches repaired.

Repairs to Existing Surfaces
Before an existing surface is resealed, it is strongly recommended that the road be inspected and all failures
repaired, as this will extend the life of the road. Sealing over failed areas is a waste of valuable road funds
and is regarded as a short-sighted policy.
A visual assessment of road failures is a prerequisite before repairs of the failures are undertaken. In
addition to the information contained in Table 1-1, the following information will assist in the selection and
design of appropriate repair measures:
Type of failure, viz: surfacing, base or subbase.
Extent of the failure. If the area which has failed exceeds 15 to 20 per cent of the total area,
particularly in the wheel paths, it may be more economical to reconstruct the road, or specific sections
of the road.
The causes of the failure should be established as these will determine the kind of repairs required.
The original specifications and construction details should be known, as these will determine what kind
of material is required for repairs.
The most effective method of repairing bleeding surfaces is to roll in additional stone without applying
binder. However, as bitumen loses its tackiness shortly after application, the aggregate will not bond
with the bleeding area unless this tackiness is restored by rejuvenation of the binder.
This is achieved by one of the following methods:

57
Power paraffin is applied to the bleeding surface by means of a broom or a hand-held sprayer. As
soon as the bitumen becomes tacky, precoated stone (6,7 or 9,5 mm) is spread on the surface and
rolled in with a pneumatic-tyred roller.
6,7 mm aggregate is thoroughly precoated with power paraffin or Sacresote/Petrosote at 9 to 12 /m3.

This is then spread over the affected area and rolled in with a pneumatic-tyred roller.
Where there are large areas of bleeding, a light application of bitumen emulsion could be applied on a
hot day. This is diluted with water in a 50:50 ratio and applied by a distributor at an application rate of
between 0,7 and 1,0 /m3. This is then followed by an application of 6,7 or 9,5 mm aggregate, which
is then rolled in with a pneumatic-tyred roller.
These measures only apply to the repair of bleeding areas. If the road is to be resealed, a suitable sized
(13,2, 9,5 or 6,7 mm) is spread shoulder-to shoulder directly onto the bleeding surface prior to the application
of any binder. The size of aggregate to be used depends on the softness of the bleeding areas, i.e. on the
severity of the bleeding, and hence on the penetration of the stone. The tack coat is then sprayed over this
layer of stone and the construction of the seal is completed.
This method, which is currently used by the Gauteng Department of Transport, was used for many years by
the former Transvaal Roads Department and has given excellent results.
6.5
SURFACE PREPARATION/PRE-TREATMENT
There are sound and logical reasons for pre-treating an existing surface before the road is sealed with a
single or double seal. The following serve as practical guidelines:
If the surface is porous, this porosity can be reduced by spraying a diluted emulsion or applying a
sand seal to choke the voids in the surface. If this is not done, the binder of the seal will slowly soak
into the existing surfacing during warm weather, resulting in loss of aggregate.
If the surface is not uniform, it is almost impossible to design for correct application rates, resulting
either in a bleeding surface in parts or loss of aggregate in others. Uniformity of the surface can be
assured by applying a thin (texture) slurry seal or a fogspray plus slurry to the existing surface,
depending on the age and dryness of the surface. Alternatively, and on low volume roads (less than
750 elv per lane per day), sand seals may be used to create a uniform texture.
If the road surface is uneven and/or has ruts in the wheel paths, these should be rectified, possibly by
the application of a skim coat of continuously graded fine asphalt. The smoother the surface, the
longer the life of the road. Rapid-setting slurries have been used with success for this purpose.
If the road is cracked, with either crocodile cracks or transverse/longitudinal cracks, the causes of the
cracking should first be established and the cracks rectified by sealing or patching before treatment is
effected. See Table 6-1 for recommended treatments.

58
Ta b l e 6- 1 - Re c o m m en de d t re a tm en t s f o r d ef ec t iv e s u r fa c i ng s
Condition of Surface
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Non-uniform Surfaces
e.g. Richness in wheel paths
and dryness on edges and
centre line of road occurring
non-uniformly throughout the
road section.
Recommended Treatment
Fog spray dry areas with diluted emulsion and slurry seal the
section. If the surface is uneven the texture slurry should
preferably be applied by hand squeegees - not by machine.
Porous Surfaces
e.g. Old continuously graded
asphalt surfaces.
Spray a diluted modified emulsion to inhibit seepage of the binder.

Blind with clean, washed sand to prevent pick-up (if necessary).
Uniform Dry Surfaces

At edges and centre line of
road.
Fog spray only the widths which are dry. This process only applies
if the affected areas are uniformly distributed along the road.
Uneven Surfaces
Causing ponding on the road or
poor riding qualities.
Corrugations.
Fog spray and apply a skim coat of hot bitumen fine graded
asphalt. Corrugations can be taken out with a quick-setting
cationic modified emulsion slurry.
Rutting in Wheel Paths
Fog spray the area containing the rutting and apply a hot bitumen
asphalt skim coat
OR
Depending on the depth of the rut a modified emulsion (cationic)
slurry can be applied. If the rut is deep, coarse slurry should be
used (either anionic or modified cationic slurry, depending on
intensity of traffic.) Alternatively, a rapid setting slurry can be
applied.
OR
Apply a diluted emulsion (if dry and porous) and cover with slurry
seal.
OR
In case of varying texture and fattiness in the wheel tracks, apply
6,7 mm or 9,5 mm aggregate with or without a very light binder
application, only in the wheel tracks before resealing
6.
Existing Repaired Areas
(a)
Repairs which are open graded

and probably showing some
signs of ravelling.
(b)
Unstable or uneven asphalt

repairs.
7.
Service Ducts (both existing

and new)
(a)
Existing service duct crossings

which are showing signs of
slumping or are in poor
condition
Remove the existing patch and 150 300 mm of the adjacent

existing surface. Tack with diluted emulsion. Apply hot bitumen
asphalt.
Remove 150 mm layer of the backfill and replace with ETB (1,5%
residual bitumen 1,5% cement) and enrich the final 25 mm with
diluted emulsion. A premanufactured Bitumen/Rubber patch can
be applied if the road is to be resurfaced OR remove 25 mm of the
ETB and replace with hot bitumen asphalt when convenient.

59
Condition of Surface
Alternatively, removed 150 mm and replace with BTB.
(b)
New Services
Carry out compaction in normal manner and apply 2 x 150 mm

layers of ETB as above or a 150 mm layer of BTB.
8.
Major Slacks in Major Roads
(i)
Determine the extent of slack.
(ii)
Stringline the slack to determine the quantity of material

required to rectify the slack.
(iii)
Tack the affected area with 20 30% diluted emulsion.
(iv)
On a hot mid-summer day spread a continuously graded

asphalt with a grader, using a heavy pneumatic-tyred roller in
tandem to compact the material.
(v)
The binder to be used can be an 80/100 pen bitumen in a hot

climate and 150/200 pen bitumen in a cool climate.
(vi)
If the slacks are in excess of 100 m, carry out the same

exercise as above with ETB prepared and mixed off site using
2% emulsion in the ETB or use a BTB.
(vii) Use the normal method of applying asphalt i.e. with an

asphalt paver, in layers not greater than 25 mm in thickness.
In the case of BTBs, layer thicknesses should not exceed
75 mm.
9.
Bleeding Surfaces
(i)
Apply power paraffin to the bleeding surface by means of a

broom or a hand-held sprayer. As soon as the bitumen
becomes tacky, spread precoated stone (6,7 or 9,5 m) onto
the surface and roll it in with a pneumatic-tyred roller.
OR
(ii)
Thoroughly precoat 6,7 mm stone with power paraffin or

3
precoating fluid at 9 to 14 /m . Spread this over the affected
area and roll it in with a pneumatic-tyred roller.
OR
(iii)
6.6
Where there are large areas of bleeding, apply a light

application of bitumen emulsion on a hot day. This should be
diluted with water in a 50:50 ratio and applied by a distributor
3
at an application rate of between 0,7 and 1,0 /m . This is
then followed by an application of 6,7 or 9,5 mm aggregate,
which is then rolled in with a pneumatic-tyred roller.
CRACK SURVEY, IDENTIFICATION OF PROBLEMS AND TREATMENT OF

CRACKS
Cracks will occur in the surface of any road sooner or later, depending on the degree and intensity of
maintenance by the road authority concerned.
The type of cracking will, to a large extent, depend on sub-surface conditions, the method of construction
and on the materials initially used for construction.

60
Broadly speaking, and for purposes of crack treatment, cracks can be classified as active cracks and passive
cracks. The treatment of cracks will depend on the type of crack.
A question that may be asked is - whether cracks should be treated and repaired. In general, the sooner
cracks are treated/repaired, the longer the life of the road will be.
6.6.1
Active Cracks
Most cracks have some activity between the crack walls. Active cracks in this case refer to the typical
block/stabilization cracks which occur on a large number of South African roads. Active cracks generally
occur as reflection cracks on the surface of semi-rigid pavements, i.e. in pavements which have one or two
layers stabilized with lime and/or cement. The initial cracking is caused by shrinkage of the system after
curing, after which movement is generated by expansion and contraction resulting from temperature
changes. The passage of traffic will add to this movement in both horizontal and vertical directions,
especially if the subbase does not give adequate support.
In wet weather this movement will cause "pumping" to take place, resulting in the transportation of fines from
the lower layers of the system to the surface, where they will be visible. There could also be an uneven buildup of the coarser material between the layers close to the crack, causing secondary cracking of the system.
These stabilization cracks occur both transversely and longitudinally and allow the ingress of water into the
system. Longitudinal cracks, however, although not subject to pumping to the same extent as transverse
cracks, act almost like a "catchwater drain" for collecting water in the system. They normally occur along the
construction joints in the system. If these active cracks are sealed timeously, i.e. after one wet season, when
the tell-tale evidence of pumping is observed, the system can be kept intact for an extended period. If this
crack treatment is deferred for 2 or 3 wet seasons, the excessive transportation of fines and the build-up of
the coarse material (lesser fines) will result in secondary cracking, block cracking and in the formation of
potholes.
Once secondary cracking has taken place, care should be taken to establish whether or not the resultant
"blocks" are loose or rocking. No purpose will be served by sealing cracks round "loose" blocks. These
blocks should preferably be removed/replaced.
Where a road has been kerbed and guttered or where a concrete side drain abuts onto the asphalt surfacing,
the longitudinal joint acts as an active crack because of the differential coefficient of expansion of the two
materials. This joint tends to open up with time and to act as a catchwater drain and will divert water into the
system. This water will accumulate at the low points of the road, causing hydraulic pressures to develop in
the system.
A similar phenomenon will occur to a greater or lesser extent at the interface between plastic shoulder
material and a stabilized or unstabilized non-plastic base. It should be noted that sealing of the cracks
without attending to the source of the water entering the system will only partially solve the problem. If water
enters the system and there is no drainage/exit of the water, a major problem may arise. If the rate of entry
of water into the system is greater than the exit/drainage rate, the passing of heavy truck traffic over the
system will generate sufficient hydraulic pressure to burst through any seal placed over the section.
See Table 6-2 for the treatment of active cracks.

61
6.6.2
Passive Cracks
Passive cracks can include all other cracks, such as fatigue cracks, surfacing cracks, longitudinal cracks and
parabolic cracks caused by slippage of the fill. Before any treatment is carried out on the cracks, it is
essential to establish the cause of the cracking and whether the resultant "blocks" or segments are loose or
rocking and whether these cracks are surfacing cracks or deeper.
degraded to a cracked surface should also be established.
The extent of the area which has
See Table 6-3 for the treatment of passive cracks.

6.6.2.1
Fatigue cracking (crocodile cracks)
Fatigue cracking is related to high deflections, repetitive loading and type/quality of the surfacing. Fatigue
cracking usually occurs after a passage of time and is usually confined to the wheel paths. It has been
observed that the occurrence of these cracks may be due to the presence of a soft, thin layer between the
base and the surfacing, usually associated with an absence of rutting.
If cracking occurs in isolated areas, further investigation should be done to establish the quality of the
material(s) below the surface. It may be necessary to replace the layers in the pocket failure. These local
failures may, however, be caused by ponding of water on the road, resulting in degradation of the road
structure and surfacing, the material itself being adequate and similar to the adjacent material. Any defect in
the shape of the road should also be rectified before it is surfaced.
6.6.2.2
Shrinkage/ageing cracks (surfacing cracks) and secondary cracks
Crocodile-pattern cracks often occur as a result of ageing of the binder in the surfacing caused by UV
radiation and by oxidation of the material. Also, thermal shrinkage of the surface may cause cracking as can
a lack of binder in the surfacing. Such a surface will show no signs of depressions/failure in the lower layers.
It will have a uniform "level" surface. These cracks will deteriorate with time and with the ingress of water in
conjunction with increases in traffic volumes. Here again, it is important to know the age of the road and
surfacing. There could, therefore, be an overlap in the designations of fatigue and shrinkage cracks.
If this crack pattern occurs over most of the road, if the shape of the road is sound and if the age of the road
is known to exceed 6 or 7 years, these cracks may, with confidence, be designated as shrinkage/ageing
cracks and a definite system of repair proceeded with.
6.6.2.3
Deep longitudinal/parabolic cracks
Typical parabolic cracks can occur on high fills or on low fills on "unstable" subgrade. Before the slip on a fill
is treated it might first be necessary to establish whether the whole fill is stable enough or whether any
(dangerous) complete slippage is possible. The resources for doing any major earthworks may not be
available and the crack treatment would then be regarded as a holding operation which should be monitored
regularly. Slippage can be distinguished from differential settlement by the shape and extent of the crack
line.
Longitudinal cracks are often caused by active subgrades and moisture movements or by poor shoulder
support. These cracks should be sealed as soon as possible to prevent the ingress of moisture.

62
Ta b l e 6- 2 - Re c o m m en de d t re a tm en t s o n ac t i v e c r ac k s (s t ab il i z a ti o n c ra c k s )
Information Required/Investigations
PRIMARY CRACKS
1.
Establish whether base is cement treated (CTB) or
lime treated (LTB).
CTB cracks occur at 1,5 - 3,5 m intervals.
LTB cracks occur at 4 - 7 m intervals.
Note: Large slabs are normally not loose and do

not rock. It is when these slabs break up
forming secondary and tertiary cracks that
they should be inspected for their integrity.
2.
Establish the number of points at which pumping is
taking place and the reasons for the ingress of water
apart from the cracks, as well as the source of water.
(a)
Dense shoulders built with clayey (high PI)

gravel boxing in the base and inhibiting free
drainage.
(a)
Special sub-surface drains in the centre line

of the road and/or herringbone drains may
be required.
(b)
Water ponding on the shoulders and seeping

into the base via cracks or between surface and
base or base and subbase.
(b)
Repair shoulders to slopes, giving a free flow

of water away from the surface.
(c)
Side drains not deep enough to cut off water

from higher ground which is forced by hydraulic
pressure under the drain into the centre of the
road system.
(c)
Repair, deepen side drains. Line the side

drains with weepholes in wall of side drains
remote from the road.
(d)
No sub-surface drains through cuttings, ditto (c).
(d)
Construct sub-surface drains if drainage is a

problem.
(e)
If the road is kerbed and guttered - the

longitudinal joint between surfacing and the
gutter collects water and directs it into the
system - resulting in a build-up of water
pressure at low points in the system.
(e)
Clean the joint properly and seal. Widen the

new seal to overlap this joint.
(f)
Porosity of the surface should be established.
(f)
This condition can be rectified with a seal.
(g)
Establish the width and extent of cracks.
(g)
Repair as described in Table 6-4.
SECONDARY CRACKING
Primary cracks deteriorate into secondary cracks with
the transportation of fines when pumping occurs.
1.
Are the secondary cracks pumping? Establish

the number of points which are pumping.
1.
Treat drainage as above in (2).
2.
Are the blocks loose and rocking?
2.
If blocks are loose or rocking, they should be

removed.

63
Information Required/Investigations
3.
Establish the origin of the water which is

causing the pumping.
3.
The source of the water should be

established as for the primary cracks and
treated as above in (2).
Ta b l e 6- 3 - Re c o m m en de d t re a tm en t s f o r p as s i ve c ra c k s
Investigation Information Required
Crocodile cracks
1.
2.
3.
4.
Determine the extent of the affected area.

Determine whether there is deformation of
the surface.
If pumping is evident, determine source of
water.
Establish whether the "blocks" are loose or
firmly in place.
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
Treat drainage as in (2) under

Primary Cracks in Table 6-2.
See Table 6-4 for method of repair.
Longitudinal and parabolic cracks

1.
2.
3.
4.
Determine the extent of the crack.

Determine the cause of the crack.
Determine the depth of the crack.
Determine the width of the crack.
)
)
)
)
)
See Table 6-4 for method of repair.

64
Table 6-4 - Recommended methods of crack repair

Type of Failure/Crack
Method of Repair
1.
Active Primary Stabilization Cracks

which are less than 3 or 4 mm wide
1.
Remove all loose material in cracks by means of

compressed air.
2. Using a pressurized insect spray can (4 Bar pressure),
spray into the cracks an approved water soluble weed
killer if necessary.
3. Allow crack to dry out.
4. Prime the crack with an inverted emulsion prime, using
the same type of pressurized spray can. (A modified 10
litre insect spray can is most suitable if the lance is
extended and the nozzle replaced with a 3 mm nozzle spraying a thin jet and not a flare).
5. Allow prime to cure for 48 hrs or sufficiently long to
allow the subsequent application to adhere.
6. Spray into the crack a modified emulsion containing 4
to 5% of nett rubber in nett bitumen. This can be mixed
on site using an emulsified rubber (anionic) with a 60 to
70% anionic emulsion.
7. The application of the modified emulsion may have to
be repeated twice or three times to fill the crack.
8. Excess binder on the surface should be smoothed out
so that it does not form a ridge.
Precautions
(i) Cleanliness and neatness of operation is essential.
Over-spraying of the surface should be avoided.
(ii) The modified emulsion should be screened into the
spray can to avoid blockages.
(iii) The equipment should be thoroughly cleaned at the end
of the working day by washing with water and dieseline.
2.
Secondary Stabilization Cracks (Block

sound)
Treat as above, ensuring that the blocks are not rocking.

Loose blocks should be removed.
3.
Stabilization Cracks (primary) - wider

than 4 mm.
1.
2.
Hot bitumen rubber (BR) sealant can be obtained from

commercial sources and applied but, if it is decided to
use the BR method, it is advisable to carry out steps 1 6 above, using only one application of modified
emulsion.
Hot BR is not always available and the following
process can be used (follow the suppliers instructions):
Repeat steps 1 - 6 as above and fill the crack with a
slurry made with crumb rubber as follows:
SABITA specifications for rubber crumbs from
pneumatic tyres are to be used, viz. Grade 2, Type 3,
mixed in the following proportions:
20 litres of rubber crumb
5 litres of modified stable grade 60% anionic
bitumen emulsion
litre of cement
Water as necessary to improve workability
of the mix.

65
Method of Repair
Note:
Several products are available on the local market which
can be used for crack sealing as recommended by the
manufacturers.
Ta b l e 6- 5 - Re c o m m en de d m e th o ds of c r ac k r e pa i r
Method of Repair
4.
Crocodile Cracks on sound base and

there is no block movement. (Only
applies when cracks are spalled).
4.1
Isolated small areas (5 10 m)
Tack coat of emulsion + patch (premanufactured bitumen

rubber commercial supply).
4.2
Medium areas (10 20 m)
Fog spray with diluted emulsion 1 : 3 + slurry seal.
4.3
Large areas.
Fog spray with diluted emulsion 1 : 3 + slurry seal.
Note:
If the crocodile cracks on a sound base are
still fine and there is no spalling, the section
can be resealed without pre-treatment.
5.
Crocodile Cracks on sound base but

where the blocks are loose.
Neatly remove the loose blocks, tack the excavation with 1 :

3 diluted emulsion and apply hot asphalt, (continuously
graded fine, or medium, depending on the depth of
excavation), applied in one or two layers, depending on the
thickness.
(25 mm = 1 layer; 100 mm = 2 layers). Roll with small
pedestrian vibratory roller.
Note:
When the surface is tacked, the vertical sides of the
excavation should also be tacked.
6.
Crocodile Cracks on unsound base

and subbase
1.
Excavate the failed/unsound base and subbase and

treat with ETB in separate 100 mm layers. The sides
of the excavation should be treated with diluted
emulsion. Compact the layers up to the level of
surrounding existing surface. Enrich the top of the
base with diluted emulsion. Tack with emulsion and
apply premanufactured bitumen rubber patch. This
treatment is recommended if the road is to be resealed
or overlaid.
OR

66
Method of Repair
2.
Treat as above up to 25 mm from final surface and

apply hot asphalt, OR take base to the level of
surrounding surface and excavate when suitable to
depth of 25 mm below surrounding levels.
OR
3.
Tack excavation and apply black base under special

circumstances e.g. when rapid repair is required
under heavy traffic conditions.
Notes:
Do not repair base or subbase failures with concrete.
Do not use cement stabilised material to repair unstabilised
base layers.
Do not use expensive black base to repair unstabilised
layers.
Do not use open-graded asphalt material for repair
patching.
Do not use asphalt containing volatiles where the road is to
be resurfaced in the near future. Alternatively, the asphalt
should settle under traffic for a minimum of 8 weeks before
it is sealed.
Deep Longitudinal Cracks

These often occur on fills or where the
road passes over heavy clays. They
tend to be wide and deep.
1.
Caulk the crack with a 50 / 50 lime / fine sand slurry

to within 100 mm of the surface.
2.
Allow the water to evaporate until the slurry is just

damp.
3.
Prime and apply modified emulsion as above.
4.
Apply / introduce rubber crumb slurry.
Note:
The above only describes one method. Other methods and
commercially available products can be used.

67
7 DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF SEALS

7.1
INTRODUCTION
In this chapter the purpose is to guide the reader in the design and construction of typical seals used in
South Africa. Important aspects relating to the design and construction of common types of seals are
addressed under the following headings:
7.2
PRIME COATS
7.3
7.4
SAND SEALS
SLURRY SEALS
7.5
CAPE SEALS
7.6
7.7
SINGLE AND DOUBLE SEALS USING CONVENTIONAL BINDERS

SINGLE AND DOUBLE SEALS USING MODIFIED BINDERS
7.8
7.9
COMBINATION BINDER DOUBLE SEALS

DILUTED EMULSIONS/ FOG SPRAYS
Seal types not commonly used in South Africa are briefly discussed in paragraph 7.10.
These are:
Choked seals
Split seals
Geotextile seals
Inverted Double Seals
Otta seals and graded aggregate seals
Stress-absorbing membrane interlayers (SAMIs)
Ultra-thin asphalt
Note:
The recommendations regarding the construction of Cape Seals and single and double seals, with both
conventional and modified binders are similar. These are given in paragraph 7.11.
7.2
PRIME COATS
Recommendations for prime coats and bituminous curing membranes are discussed in detail in the
companion documents DRAFT TRH1 and SABITA Manual 26 and are summarized below:
Prime coats are not essential but reduce the risk of failures resulting from small imperfections in the
upper part of the base. In addition, they:
-
promote adhesion between the base and the surfacing;

help to seal the surface pores in the base;
help to strengthen the surface of the base by binding the finer particles, and
provide the base with a temporary protection against the effects of weather and traffic.
Curing membranes are used to:

prevent loss of moisture in cementitious stabilized materials ;
-
prevent carbonation of, or salt migration in, the base, and

provide a waterproof membrane to protect the base from the damage caused by surface water.

68
The main aspects to be taken into consideration in the selection of the type and grade of prime or
curing membrane are the weather conditions, the absorptive characteristics of the base and whether
or not the base is chemically stabilized.
The use of quick-drying primes should be limited to special circumstances, such as when the road has
to be surfaced as soon as possible, when cold, wet conditions occur, or when the base is very dense.
Suitable spray rates vary between 0,65 and 1,0 /m for both prime coats and curing membranes.
Priming should not be carried out when the surface temperature is below 10 C, in strong wind or
when rain threatens.
Priming should be done when the base has dried to approximately 50 per cent of optimum moisture
content.
If traffic has to be accommodated on the road before the prime or curing membrane has dried out, the
surface should be covered with a blinding layer of small aggregate (6,7 mm nominal single size).
Commonly used primes are:
Inverted bitumen emulsion prime

MC 70 or MC 30
7.3
SAND SEALS
7.3.1
General
The success of sand seals depends on the quality of the finish of the base. A brief description of ways of
attaining the required quality is given in paragraph 6.3 as a practical hint, as this is regarded as a most
important aspect for a long-lasting surface.
Generally sand seals are not recommended as initial seals for roads on which the traffic exceeds 750 ELV
per lane per day. However, as a reseal or texture treatment numerous examples exist where sand seals
have performed exceptionably well on roads carrying up to 3000 ELVs per lane per day. The success of
sand seals on higher volume roads relates to a coarse grading (2.0 mm - 4.75 mm) with a low dust content
(minus 0.075 mm). The material falling into this category is often referred to as Grit.
Should a sand seal be selected as the initial seal, experience indicates that provision must be made to
reseal the road within three years. Timeous reseal, even with another sand seal, could result in a service life
of the second seal in excess of ten years.
Design
There is no specific design method for sand seals. A nominal bituminous binder application rate of 1,0 /m
residual binder is recommended.

As a rule-of-thumb the binder is applied at the following rates:
2
Penetration grade bitumen
1,1 - 1,3 /m

69
Cut-back bitumen
Emulsion
1,2 - 1,4 /m
2
1,4 - 1,6 /m
The selected application is a function of the purpose of the seal, the porosity and texture of the existing seal,
the grading of the sand, the prevailing temperature and the expected traffic
2
Thereafter the sand is applied at a rate of between 200 and 100 m /m and rolled. For one to two weeks,
depending on the traffic, the excess sand is swept back towards the wheel tracks to prevent fattiness and
pick-up.
Notes:
A sand texture treatment differs from a conventional sand seal in that the minimum quantity of binder is
2
3
applied and the sand application rate is reduced to approximately 300 m /m
Excellent performance on roads carrying up to 3000 ELVs per lane per day has been recorded using coarse
graded sands and precoated coarse sand. Precoating eliminates dust during construction, reduces the need
for back sweeping and requires a lower rate of binder application.
Moist aggregate reduces dust during construction and improves adhesion when using emulsions or cut-back
bitumen.
2
A higher application rate of aggregate (120 100 m /m ) is normally required when applied by hand.
7.3.2
Aggregate
Normally river sand or crusher dust is used for sand sealing. The sand should be screened to eliminate
pebbles larger than 6,7 mm. These pebbles are often quartzitic with large crystals and when applied and
rolled, although they partially penetrate the surfacing, they tend to shatter under steel wheel rollers and to
form incipient potholes.
The recommended grading of the sand is given in Chapter 8; Table 8-4
7.3.3
Binder
Typical binders used for sand seals are given in Table 7-1.
Ta b l e 7- 1 - B i nd e rs us ed f o r s an d s e al s
Summer
Winter
65% or 70% Cationic Emulsion
65% or 70% Cationic Emulsion
(Base bitumen - 80/100 pen.)

80/100 pen. bitumen
(Base bitumen 150/200 pen)

150/200 Pen. bitumen
150/200 pen. bitumen

MC 3000 cut-back bitumen

Note:
Sand seals are highly sensitive to rain within hours of construction. Coarse graded precoated sand seals
with cut-back bitumens are sensitive during and immediately after construction to road surface temperatures
above 50 C. MC 800 cut-back bitumen should only b e used on very low volume roads.
Several products are marketed in South Africa as bituminous dust palliatives and have been used with
success to provide dust-free surfaces. These products are often mixtures of hydrocarbons or tar and cut-

70
back bitumens, applied at approximately 1,4 /m and blinded with sand. The average effective life of these
surfacings is 3 years on lightly trafficked roads.
7.3.4
Construction
The success of a sand seal is dependent on the finish of the base and on the construction technique
employed. The recommended construction procedure is described below.
The primed base should be swept clean of all loose and foreign particles. The bituminous binder should be
applied at the required rate and sand should be applied immediately to obtain maximum wetting of the sand
by the binder. If a mechanical spreader is used, care should be taken to avoid the formation of a wave of
emulsion in front of the curtain of sand being spread if the binder used is a bitumen emulsion. This can be
done either by the mechanical spreader travelling at low speed while spreading the sand, or by waiting until
the emulsion has started to break before the sand is applied.
As soon as a complete layer of sand has been applied, rolling with a 6 to 10 ton pneumatic-tyred roller
should commence. After the entire surface has had four passes of the roller(s), the road should be opened
to traffic and any loose sand should be swept back onto the road. This should be repeated over a period of
one to two weeks. This is particularly important on curves and on gradients. If a second seal is required,
work should not commence until the road has been trafficked for eight weeks. All loose sand on the existing
surface should then be removed, and the application of binder and sand and after-care treatment should be
resumed as described above.
All areas showing signs of distress should be repaired before the second seal is applied.
Proper maintenance of a sand seal will result in an extension of the functional life of the seal. Scouring of
the road shoulders and the growth of vegetation on the road shoulders should be prevented.
Note:
Please also refer to paragraph 6.3 - Practical hints for base finish. Although initial rolling with a 5 to 8 ton
steel wheel roller is recommended by several practitioners, excellent performing sand seals have been
constructed using only light steel wheel rollers (3 tons)
7.4
SLURRY SEALS
7.4.1
General
A slurry is a homogenous mixture of fine aggregate, stable-mix grade emulsion (anionic or cationic) or a
modified emulsion, water and filler (cement or lime). Slurry seals are used as maintenance treatments and
for new surfacing on roads and airfields. They are also used to provide a homogenous texture to the existing
surface prior to resealing.
The design of the slurry is such that:
The mixture is easily applied by hand by rubber squeegees or by mechanical spreaders i.e. the
mixture will have a creamy consistency, which will allow it to flow readily into surface voids and
interstices
The hardened product will have sufficient binder not to ravel but stable enough to carry the wheel
loads without bleeding or deformation.

71
7.4.2
7.4.2.1
Materials
Aggregates
The most suitable aggregates are crusher dusts. The grading of the material depends on, and is determined
by, where the slurry is to be applied and on its purpose. Table 8-5 and Table 8-6 give some guidance on
suitable aggregate gradings.
On account of their generally rounded particles, natural sands should be used with caution, preferably with a
maximum of 50 per cent in a blend with crusher dust. As sands also contain large amounts of quartzitic
material, it would be advisable to test for stripping by using test TB 115 of the International Slurry Surfacing
25
17
Association or the Immersion Index Test (TMH1, test method C5) .
7.4.2.2
Fillers
Cement or lime acts as a catalyst to keep the mix consistent and to improve the flow and workability of the
slurry. Cement or lime should be added to all slurries, as with most aggregates there is a tendency for
diluted emulsion to segregate from the larger sized particles. This emulsion then tends to float upwards to
the surface of the spread slurry.
7.4.2.3
Water
The addition of water is necessary in order to obtain the correct slurry consistency. As a guide 160 litres of
water per cubic metre of dry aggregate should be added. This, however, will vary with the type of aggregate
and the prevailing temperature on site. On hot days extra water will be required to obtain the correct
consistency for uniform spreading.
The pH of water used for the dilution of anionic bitumen emulsion should be between 7 and 9 and for that of
cationic bitumen emulsion between 4 and 7. Water with a pH value outside these limits should be checked
for compatibility with the emulsion. In addition to the pH requirement, if the total dissolved solids count is
greater than 500 ppm, the water should be tested for compatibility with the emulsion. Generally the water
content is about 10 per cent by mass of dry aggregate. The use of excess water should be avoided.
7.4.2.4
Emulsion
The following types of emulsion are used extensively in South Africa for slurry seals:
EMULSION TYPE BASE BITUMEN
Stable grade anionic emulsion
Stable grade cationic emulsion
using 80/100 penetration grade in summer

using 150/200 penetration grade in winter
using 80/100 penetration grade in summer
using 150/200 penetration grade in winter
Quick setting cationic emulsion

Quick setting modified cationic emulsion

72
Note:
In hot climates it is recommended that 80/100 penetration grade bitumen be used in all the emulsions.
As regards modified emulsions, various polymer modifiers are available and the supplier of the binder is
advised to select the modifier compatible with his bitumen and certify the percentage modifier introduced.
The addition of modifiers improves the strength (initial stiffness) of the mix as well the aggregate/binder
adhesion. Improvement of flexibility resulting from the addition of polymers is not noticeable in slurry seals.
In general, three per cent of polymer solids (by mass of bitumen) is regarded as the minimum amount of
modifier to be added. This, however, should be established by the laboratory doing the mix design.
7.4.3
Design of Slurry Seal
The design of slurry mixtures is based on semi-empirical methods or on experience.

applications of slurry seals have lead to different design approaches.
The different
These applications can be
summarised as follows:
7.4.3.1
Texture treatment
The purpose of a texture treatment is to pre-treat an existing coarse or variable texture surfacing to obtain a
uniform fine texture before a single seal is applied. A 2 - 3 mm thick layer of fine slurry is applied, preferably
by hand. The ideal emulsion content is dependent on the aggregate type and on the grading, the time
before the single seal will be applied, the traffic conditions on the road and on the thickness and method of
application.
Typical emulsion contents used are given in Table 7-2.
Note:
The construction of small experimental sections, trafficked for a week, usually provide sufficient information
to enable the appropriate emulsion content to be selected.
7.4.3.2
Slurry seal
Medium and coarse slurries are often used as seals on sound pavement structures. One semi-empirical
method which has yielded useful results is to determine the residual bitumen content of the slurry according
26
to the hot-mix Marshall design procedure . The binder mixed with the aggregate is a 80/100 penetration
grade bitumen and the optimum bitumen content is taken as the value which gives maximum stability. The
residual binder content of the slurry should be selected in terms of:
traffic, and
aggregate grading and apparent maximum relative density of combined aggregate.
Table 7-2 may be used as a guide in respect of traffic.

Notes:
When the Marshall approach is used, it should be borne in mind that the optimum bitumen content is
established on a compacted sample. All the slurry seal calculations are based on uncompacted material,
e.g:
If the optimum bitumen content is 8 per cent obtained at a density of 2415 kg/m, then the quantity of
residual binder would be 193,2 /m compacted.

73
If the material were loose and a bulking factor of 1,4 were applied, the quantity of residual binder in 1
cubic metre would be 138 litres, i.e 193,2/1,4. This would give 230 litres of 60% emulsion per cubic
metre of aggregate (loose).
The moisture content of the aggregate should be checked daily so that the emulsion content in the mix may
be adjusted if required
Ta b l e 7- 2 - B i nd e r c on t en t o f s l u r r y
ELV/lane/day
Percentage of residual bitumen in

mix by mass of aggregate
Typical emulsion contents for

texture treatments
3
> 10 000
6-8
180 - 200 /m
1000 - 10 000
1000
8 - 10
10 - 12
200 - 220 /m
3
220 - 260 l /m
Cape Seal (new construction)
10 - 12
Note:
Percentages given are by mass of loose dry aggregate and not by mass of the total mix.
The residual bitumen contents given in Table 7-2 are based on the aggregate having a maximum relative
density of 2,65. Adjustments to the percentages of residual bitumen can be made for aggregates with
different maximum relative densities by multiplying the given bitumen contents by a ratio of (2,65/X), where X
is the maximum relative density of the aggregate to be used.
Variation in the grading of slurry aggregate delivered often result in uncertainty regarding the required binder
content. A practical method to determine the appropriate binder content in a site laboratory is as follows:
3
Several slurry mixtures are made up, varying the emulsion content from 180 /m to 240 /m
The slurry mixtures are poured into Marshall briquette moulds to approximately 15 mm in depth
Samples are heated overnight at 60 C to allow wa ter evaporation
Samples are then compacted using the Marshall hammer - 150 blows (only one side)
The ideal binder content would result in:
No plastic deformation at the edges (between the hammer and the side of the mould)
Dark grey to black coloured specimens, slightly pliable when broken in two
A dull brown colour indicates too low binder content.

This method is currently referred to as the Colas method
7.4.3.3
Slurry for Cape Seals
A mix consisting of 100 parts aggregate to 20 parts stable grade emulsion (60 per cent) by mass is
recommended, irrespective of traffic density. Only in exceptional circumstances should consideration be
given to a reduction in the emulsion content. The cement content should be between 1 and 2 parts. The
water content may be varied, but it will normally be about 15 parts to give a flow of 30-40 mm using ASTM
27
28
test method D 3910 or Western Cape Provincial Administration Method CPA C1 .

74
Note:
The appropriate binder content in the slurry used with a Cape Seal depends on whether the traffic will drive
directly on the slurry or on the top of the large aggregate (single seal - first layer). If the slurry is applied
using hand tools, it will flow between the large aggregate particles, irrespective of the shape of the road. In
this case the slurry will be able to accommodate a high binder content without any risk of bleeding.
However, if the slurry is applied with a spreader box on an uneven surface, there will be areas where the
slurry will cover the large aggregate and will, therefore, be in direct contact with the tyres. In this case, it is
recommended that a lower binder content be considered, similar to the binder content of a slurry applied as
a slurry seal.
7.4.4
Batch mixing
Batch mixing can be done in a concrete mixer, of either the tilt or non-tilt type. Small quantities may be
mixed in a wheel-barrow.
For large quantities where thick layers of slurry are required, i.e. in excess of 3 mm, mechanical equipment
and spreader boxes are used. (This does not apply to true Cape Seals.)
The sequence of filling the concrete mixer is:
a) Aggregate is put in first.
b) Active filler is added slowly, care being taken to ensure that no lumps of cement/lime are added. Mixing
continues until a uniform mix of aggregate and filler is obtained.
c) Water is added until all the particles have been coated with water - there should be no dry fines in the
mix. If this is done efficiently, the risk of balling of the mix is avoided.
d) Lastly, the emulsion is added. It may be prudent to dilute this emulsion before it is introduced to the
mixer.
e) If necessary, water is added to obtain the required consistency.
The resultant slurry should be a smooth, creamy, uniform free-flowing mix, free of lumps and balling. There
29
is a simple test which can be carried out to determine the correct consistency . (See APPENDIX G.)
7.4.5
Preparation of Surface
Before the slurry can be applied to an existing road surface, all failures, potholes and crack treatment should
be carefully and efficiently attended to. The road surface should be cleaned of all deleterious material and, if
necessary, washed and broomed. Edge failures should also be repaired.
Once the road has been cleaned, the surface is dampened slightly just prior to application of the slurry.
There should not be any pools of free water in depressions or in minor cracks which have not been sealed.
7.4.6
Tack Coat
Under normal conditions, a tack coat is not required unless the slurry is being applied to an old porous or
oxidised surface. If it is decided to apply a tack coat, a diluted emulsion spray consisting of 1 part of
emulsion to 3 parts of water may be applied at the rate of 0,7 /m. This may be applied either by hand or
by a distributor. The use of a motorised hand-sprayer is very useful, especially where extra emulsion is
obviously required in particular areas.

75
7.4.7
Adjustment of emulsion content due to expansion of moist sand
Ideally, the sand used for the slurry seal should be dry before the required volume of emulsion is mixed in.
The volume of sand conforming to the grading specifications as shown in Table 8-5 and Table 8-6, typically
expands by up to approximately 5 per cent of its dry volume as the moisture content increases, after which,
when saturated, it decreases again to approximately its original dry volume. This phenomenon creates a risk
of too much binder being added to the slurry mixture.
A practical method of determining the approximate moisture/volume expansion of sand is as follows:
a)
Fill a container of known volume with sand from the stockpile. Dry the sand and determine its
volume. Calculate the moisture content and volume expansion.
b)
A moisture/volume expansion curve can be derived in a laboratory for a specific sand, by adding
water to dried samples and measuring the change in volume.
c)
Fill a container of known volume with sand from the stockpile. Saturate the sample with water and
determine the reduced volume of sand. Although not necessarily correct, the saturated volume is
taken as being similar to the dry volume for calculation of the required amount of emulsion.
Note:
The method of filling the container is not defined and the packing of the moist sand may be different in the
slurry machine.
7.4.8
Weather Limitations
Limitations to be observed are:

a)
Minimum temperatures and time of opening to traffic
Slurry type
Min. Road Temp.
Opening to traffic
Normal anionic or cationic slurry
7 C
Min. 3 hrs . after laying **
Rapid setting slurry
4 C
Min. 45 - 60 mins. after laying
Note:
** Cold weather affects the time taken for the emulsion to break and may cause segregation of aggregate
and migration of the emulsion to the surface. Generally speaking, it should be applied during dry periods
and, if these periods occur in winter months, the process should cease 3 hours before the late afternoon
drop in temperature, (in the case of normal anionic slurries). Quick setting slurries are more accommodating
to lower temperatures.
b)
High temperatures
Special measures to reduce the road temperature will be required during hot weather, e.g. a light spray of
water could be applied, or work could be carried out in the cool part of the day.
c)
Rain
Care should also be exercised when slurry seals are applied when inclement weather conditions are likely,
i.e. rain.

76
7.4.9
Precautions
The grading selected should be appropriate for the work/problem the slurry is intended to cover.
If a slurry is too wet it will tend to run off and, if it is too dry, it will be difficult to spread the material
uniformly. (Refer to APPENDIX G - Consistency test.)
The addition of 1 - 2 per cent of filler (cement or lime) should be carefully controlled and monitored. If
too little filler is added, problems of segregation and flotation may occur.
Fine-graded slurries should not be used for thick applications, or coarse-graded slurries for thin
applications.
The source of the water to be added to the mix should always be checked before work commences.
The moisture/volume expansion should be checked daily so that the emulsion content can be adjusted
if necessary.
7.4.10 Rapid setting slurry

Rapid setting slurries are preferable to conventional slurries in the following cases:
Where the surface is uneven because of bumps, slacks, etc, i.e., where the riding quality is poor or
where rut depths exceed 10 mm. The required thickness will influence the choice of maximum
aggregate size.
Where traffic has to be accommodated on the road soon after application. The material should be
capable of carrying traffic within 60 minutes of laying.
Unpredictable weather conditions.
Some design aspects to consider:

The slurry system should be a process whereby a modified bitumen emulsion with rapid-curing
characteristics, independent of ambient temperatures required for evaporation of the water phase, is
combined with high quality aggregate in a purpose-designed machine to apply a continuous cold mix.
The combined aggregate gradings should comply with the requirements given in Table 8-5 and Table 8-6.
Samples of aggregate should be submitted to the supplier of binder well in advance of the start of operations
so as to enable the compatibility of the proposed source to be assessed.
Marshall Criteria
27
The modified Marshall test (ASTM D 1559) could be used to determine the optimum binder content. This
test should be used with caution as the microsurfacings are 10 mm thick and behave differently from a
63,5 mm thick standard Marshall specimen. However there is a school of thought which believes that a
minimum Marshall stability of 7 kN is acceptable. The voids in mix may range from 6,0 - 8,0 per cent.
Immersion Index
This provides an indication of water sensitivity and stripping (minimum 75 per cent).
Mineral Filler Content
1 - 2 per cent Portland cement or lime (by mass of dry aggregate) should be incorporated in the mixture.
Notes:
If the dust content (< 0.075 mm) is less than 7 per cent - 1 per cent of filler should be added.

77
If the dust content is greater than 7 per cent - 1,5 per cent of filler should be added.
Although the ideal dust content range is considered to be between 5 and 12 per cent, successes have been
achieved with dust contents of up to 20 per cent.
Bituminous Binder Content

Ultimately, the accepted bituminous binder content of the microsurfacing which is in accordance with the
grading categories and type of application should be decided on after the mix has been designed and
approved, following the placing of an acceptable trial section.
7.5
CAPE SEALS
7.5.1
Design
Cape Seal consists of a single seal of 13 mm or 19 mm aggregate, penetrated with a binder and covered
with a slurry seal. If 19 mm aggregate is used, the slurry is applied in two layers.
The total quantity of binder required for the 13 mm or 19 mm aggregate is calculated according to the single
seal design method using the minimum binder requirement to hold the aggregate.
The binder is split in two applications as follows:
Tack coat:
Either a hot binder or bitumen emulsion is used. Hot binder is often preferred as this is
normally the most economical.
Penetration coat: A mixture of equal parts of 60% stable grade emulsion and water applied at a rate of 1,0
2
/m is recommended.
Notes:
The stable mix grade emulsion used in the slurry seal may also be used for the cover spray. If available, this
may be the most desirable.
Compatibility of the water to be used with the emulsion for the cover spray should be checked. Water which
is fit for drinking is usually suitable for the dilution of cationic (spray grade and stable mix) and anionic stable
mix emulsions. In all cases the water should be added gradually to the emulsion. Anionic spray grade
emulsion should never be diluted on site.
Where emulsion is used for the tack coat, it is possible that the calculated spray rate will exceed the
2
maximum permissible spray rate of 1,5 /m if the cover spray remains at 1,0 /m using 1 part emulsion to 1
2
part water. In such cases the first spray should be 1,5 /m and the rest of the binder should be sprayed in
the second spray in the ratio of 2 parts emulsion to 1 part water.
The maximum spray rate should be reduced with steep gradients and smooth surface textures.
In exceptional cases, where diluted emulsion cannot be used for the cover spray, undiluted emulsion may be
used.
7.5.2
Selection of Aggregate
The quality of the aggregate should conform to SABS Standard Specifications
31
as given in Chapter 8.
The size of the aggregate will depend on the traffic using the road and on the texture required for appropriate
skid resistance. The following is given as a guide:
78
< 10 000 elv/lane/day

> 10 000 elv/lane/day or situations requiring high skid resistance
13 mm
19 mm
The 19 mm aggregate allows more binder to be applied with less risk of bleeding.
It is also more
accommodating with high volume turning actions or when used on a natural gravel base course (allowing
more penetration of the larger aggregate into the base course).
7.6
SINGLE AND DOUBLE SEALS USING CONVENTIONAL BINDERS
7.6.1
Basic design principles for single and double seals
Most of the seal design methods used in South Africa evolved from Hansons concept of partially filling the
voids in the covering aggregate and that the volume of these voids was controlled by the Average Least
Dimension (ALD) of the sealing chips. Through formal and informal experiments and experience, different
institutions have refined their methods over a period of 30 years to provide guidance to designers in the
design of seals within their areas of jurisdiction.
For various reasons, the recommended application rates for apparently similar situations, calculated
according to the different methods, are different. During the compilation of this document, several logical
reasons were found for these differences. The main reasons are:
Most design methods recommend only one application rate for a given situation, whereas theory and
practice indicate that a range of application rates could suffice.
Perceptions of the ideal aggregate matrix differ. The more open the aggregate matrix, the more
binder can be accommodated (in case of low flakiness aggregate).
Perceptions of the ideal texture depth differ, which may be related to the maintenance strategy of the
authority, the risk of bleeding and poor skid resistance.
Climatic differences.
Different sources of binders.
To a large extent the design method described in this section satisfies the requirements of the major road
authorities.
The principles applied are as follows (see also Figure 7-1):
a)
The minimum amount of voids to be filled with binder to prevent stone loss when there is no
embedment, is 42 per cent for single seals and 55 per cent for double seals.
(Wetting 30 per cent of the aggregate height, as shown in Figure 3-1, requires approximately 42 per cent of
the voids to be filled.)
b)
The amount of void loss due to traffic wear is dependent on the hardness of the stone and traffic as
given in APPENDIX K, Table K-5. For purposes of simplification it is assumed that the hardness is
not less than 210 kN (10% FACT).
c)
The required texture depth to provide adequate skid resistance is taken as 0,7 mm. However,
design charts are available for seals with low ALDs and for texture depths of 0,3 mm and 0,5 mm.

79
d)
The degree of embedment during construction may vary but, for simple design purposes, it is taken
as 50 per cent of the embedment with time.
e)
The total embedment potential is determined from corrected ball-penetration tests (test method ST4
12
in TMH6) .
f)
The effective layer thickness (ELT) of a single seal is a function of the average least dimension
(ALD).
g)
ELT = 0,85679 x ALD + 0,46715 mm.
h)
The effective layer thickness of a double seal is a function of the sum of the ALDs of the two
aggregates.
i)
(ELTd) = 0,86028 x (ELT1 + ELT2) + 0,19188 mm.

(The ELT and percentage voids for any aggregate/binder combination may be determined by the
modified tray test). (See APPENDIX L.)
j)
The percentage void content in the aggregate layer is a function of the ELT.
k)
Estimated void content for a single seal (%) = 45,3333 - 0,333 x ELT.
2
Estimated void content for a double seal (%) = 63,01263 + 0,04743 x ELTd - 2,41172 x ELTd.
void loss due to aggregate wear
total voids
minimum
voids to be
filled
30 %
ald
maximum
voids to be
filled
100 %
texture for
skid resistance
void loss due to

embedment
Figure 7-1 Principles applied for design of the binder application rate
7.6.2
Design process for single seals
The following procedure is given as a guideline:

a)
Equivalent light vehicles (ELV)
Obtain or determine the most probable traffic scenario for each unique section per lane. (Recent traffic
counts should be used.)
Total ELV/lane/day = Number of light vehicles + (Number of heavy vehicles x 40).
b)
Potential embedment
12
Calculate the average corrected penetration from at least ten ball penetration tests (TMH6 - Method ST4)
80
12
per road section. (Refer to Figure 3-1 for suggested road temperatures, T0 as described in Method ST4) .
Note:
Additional guidelines on interpretation are provided in paragraph 3.3.
c)
Minimum and maximum binder application rates
Use the average least dimension (ALD) and the required texture depth, together with the average corrected
ball-penetration value and read off the theoretical minimum and maximum residual binder application rates
(net cold binder) from the relevant charts in APPENDIX E.
Note:
Aggregate samples should be taken on site and not from stockpiles at the crusher.
One of the major reasons for differences in application rates by various road authorities lies in the required
texture depth after the service life. The design charts (APPENDIX E) make provision for texture depths of
0,3 mm, 0,5 mm, 0,7 mm and 1,0 mm where appropriate.
Use straight line interpolation if the ALD falls between those supplied on the charts.
d)
Adjustments (refer to paragraph 7.6.3.3)
Existing texture
12
Measure the average texture depth (TMH6 - Method ST1) and use Figure 7-2 to determine the
quantity of extra binder required to prevent whip-off on coarse textures.
Climate (See Figure 1-3).
-
The design curves are appropriate for moderate climates.

Subtract up to 10 per cent of the net cold binder for wet or humid areas (Weinert N-value < 2).
Add up to 10 per cent to the net cold binder for dry areas (Weinert N-value > 5).
Slow-moving and channelised traffic

-
Obtain information regarding the typical speed and actions of heavy vehicles for specific uphills,
downhills, stopping places, turning places and sections where heavy vehicle speeds are low and
reduce binder content with up to 10 percent to prevent bleeding and fattiness.
Note:
Sections where binder application should be reduced relate to the speed of heavy vehicles and not the
gradient. Reduction of the binder application rate is normally required when the speed of heavy vehicles
reduce to below 40 km/h
Aggregate spread rate
Decide on the appropriate matrix of aggregate by referring to APPENDIX F and add up to 10 per
cent binder for the medium-dense or up to 20 per cent binder for the open shoulder-to- shoulder
matrices.
Note:
This adjustment is only valid for aggregates with low flakiness indices (guideline < 10%) and only if there is a
specific need for these type of aggregate spread.
81
e)
Sensitivity analysis
It is important to note that variations of input parameter values will occur and that different assumptions used
in the design process may be valid. It is, therefore recommended that the sensitivity of these parameters to
the minimum and maximum application rates be analysed. Extreme scenarios would result from the
following:
Minimum:
Highest expected traffic

Highest ball penetration (Average corrected ball penetration + 1 Standard deviation)
Smoothest texture (Average texture depth - 1 Standard deviation)
Lowest design ALD (Average texture depth - 1 Standard deviation)
Lowest expected traffic
Maximum:
Lowest ball penetration (Average adjusted ball penetration - 1 Standard deviation)

Coarsest texture (Average texture depth + 1 Standard deviation)
Highest design ALD (Average texture depth + 1 Standard deviation).
f)
-
Practical minimum and maximum binder application rates

Select possible binders from Table 5-1 (Chapter 5).
Convert to hot spray rates of the appropriate binders using Table 7-3.
Check for practical minimum spray rates (accuracy) = 0,7 /m (hot).
Check for practical maximum spray rates to prevent run-off by evaluating the maximum
2
gradient/cross fall combination, texture and binder viscosity (approximately 1,75 /m for hot
conventional binders and 1.5 /m for emulsions).

Note:
Each type of binder has its own minimum practical spray rate. Cognisance should be taken of this. In the
case of polymer-modified binders, it should be borne in mind that the use of minimum spray rates will tend to
defeat the object for which the polymer-modified binder was selected in the first place.
g)
Final decision and specification of a target spray rate.
It is essential that the contractor be given a specified application rate for each unique road section.
In selecting the target application rate cognisance should be taken of the 5 per cent permissible variation in
4
binder application rates (See COLTO specifications ).

The final decision should be supported by documentation stating the input parameters and the rationale for
adjustments.
h)
Policy and maintenance strategy
Evaluate the policies and strategies of the road authority concerned with regard to maintenance (risk of
aggregate loss) and required skid resistance (risk of fattiness) as well as the level of uncertainty with regard
to traffic. If there is a high level of uncertainty with regard to traffic and the ability exists to add binder
(application of diluted emulsion) when necessary, a strategy can be followed of applying the minimum
amount of binder.
i)
Select appropriate binder application rates for each unique road section.

82
Existing Texture Adjustment

0.45
0.40
<2000 elv
0.35
3000 elv
0.30
4000 elv
0.25
5000 elv
0.20
>10000 elv
0.15
only modified binders
or split applications
0.10
texture
treatment
recommended
0.05
0.00
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
Existing texture depth

Figure 7-2 Binder adjustment for existing texture
7.6.3
Design process for double seals
7.6.3.1
Application rate
The steps are similar to those taken for the determination of application rates for single seals except for the
following:
a)
The design ALD of the double seal is calculated as follows:

Design ALD (double seal) = ALD of first layer + ALD of the second layer.
b)
Use the relevant charts in APPENDIX E to determine the total binder application rate required for the
double seal.
c)
Binder distribution
Current practice differs from one road authority to the next with regard to the split in binder between the tack
coat and penetration coat. However, it is generally agreed that this split is governed by the minimum
application rates required for each layer to prevent whip-off or by the minimum rate that can be sprayed
accurately (in the case of a fog spray).
The following guidelines may be used:
Determine the total net cold binder required for the double seal.
-
Subtract half of the binder required for the fog spray e.g. 0,33/2 = 0,17 /m (if a fogspray will be
applied). It is assumed that only half the binder will flow down - the remainder will stick to the top
and sides of the aggregate, i.e. will be non-effective in terms of filling the voids.
The minimum quantity of net cold binder required for the penetration coat depends on the aggregate size of
the second layer. (Table 7-4 may be used as a guideline.)

83
If traffic has to be accommodated on the first layer (this is not recommended), it is advisable to design the
next layer separately as a second single seal.
The minimum quantity of residual binder required for the tack coat depends on the size of the aggregate
used in the first layer. (See Table 7-5.)
The concepts of adjustment and sensitivity analysis of application rates, as used in the single seal design,
should also be used in the design of double seal. They are not repeated here.
Concept of risk
Areas are indicated on the design graphs where the use of the curves constitutes a risk. Theoretically, in
these areas the application rate is too low to prevent whip-off but is also too high to ensure the required
texture depth. Therefore, the probability of the seal having a shorter life than normal is very high.
Ta b l e 7- 3 - F ac t o rs fo r c o n v e r t in g n e t c o l d r es i dua l bi nd e r t o ho t s p ra y r a te s a n d s to r ag e a n d
s p r a y in g t em p e ra t ur e s
Type of binder
Conversion ***
factor
Spray temperature
(C)
Max. storage
temperature (C)
Cutback bitumen
MC 3000
1.19 1.27
130 - 155
100
MC 70
MC 30
1.63 1.72
1.88 1.99
60 - 80
45 - 65
Ambient
Ambient

150/200 pen
80/100 pen
1.09
1.09
145 - 185
160 - 200
115
125
Polymer modified bitumen

S-E1
1.08
165 - 190
150
S-E2
Bitumen rubber (S-R1)
1.06
1.07
165 - 190
195 - 205
150
-
60% emulsion
1.68
60
Ambient
65% emulsion
70% emulsion
1.55
1.44
60
70
Ambient
Ambient
Bitumen emulsions
Note:
*** Binders from different sources have different temperature conversion factors. The user should refer to
the manufacturer.
Ta b l e 7- 4 - Mi n im um qu an t i t y of ne t c ol d b i nd e r re q ui r e d f o r p en e t ra t io n c o a t
Aggregate size in top layer

Minimum net binder required
4,75 mm or less
0,3 /m
6,7 mm
0,6 /m
9,5 mm
2
0,7 /m
Ta b l e 7- 5 - Mi n im um qu an t i t y of ne t c ol d b i nd e r re q ui r e d f o r t ac k c o a t

84
Aggregate size
9,5 mm
0,5 /m
No traffic
13,2 mm
0,7 /m
19,0 mm
1,0 /m
Notes:
These figures should be adjusted to hot spray rates with a suitable binder type to ensure that a minimum hot
2
spray rate of 0,7 /m is achieved.

If sufficient binder remains after deduction of the minimum residual binder required for each layer, a decision
has to be made as to whether this remainder should be added to the tack coat or to the penetration coat.
Guidelines in this regard are based on the shape of the second layer aggregate and are as follows:
Rounded aggregate
Flaky aggregate
Add remainder to penetration coat

Add remainder to tack coat
Intermediate
Divide the remainder 50:50 between the tack coat and penetration coat.
Rule of thumb: Some experienced seal designers recommend the following split for double seals
(percentage of total net binder):
Fog spray
Precoated stone
Non-precoated stone
2
0
(0,8 1,1 /m ) hot diluted emulsion
Tack coat
Penetration coat
7.6.3.2
55%
45%
50% of remaining net binder

50% of remaining net binder
Aggregate spread rate
The optimum binder application rate is highly dependent on the spread rate of the aggregate. In theory, with
cubical aggregate, the more closely the particles lie together, the less binder the aggregate can
accommodate before flushing will occur. The general belief is that the first layer of single sized aggregate
should lie shoulder-to-shoulder. However, the interpretation of shoulder-to-shoulder differs between road
authorities.
The flakiness of the aggregate also influences the ideal spread rate. Theoretically, the more flaky the
aggregate, the less aggregate is required per unit area to obtain a shoulder-to-shoulder mosaic. However,
if the flaky aggregate is allowed to lie flat, there will be less voids available to accommodate the binder.
Therefore, in order to obtain sufficient voids and texture in the seal, some authorities believe in increasing
the aggregate spread rate as the Flakiness Index values increase.
The spread rates in Figure F-1 of APPENDIX F are based on a Flakiness Index of 15 per cent. The
recommended spread rates for lower and higher Flakiness Indices vary by between 2 and 4 per cent for
each 5 per cent difference in the Flakiness Index value. The higher the Flakiness Index, the higher the
recommended spread rate.
Notes:
2
3
Aggregate spread rates are expressed in m /m . Lower values therefore imply greater aggregate volumes
per unit area.
The ideal spread rate will depend on the specific aggregate and should finally be determined on site by
spreading the aggregate to obtain the required matrix and by measuring the bulk volume used to cover a
specific area.

85
7.6.3.3
Adjustments
Adjustment for existing surface texture

Additional binder is required on coarse-textured surfaces to ensure that there is sufficient tack coat on the
aggregates in new seals to prevent whip-off. However, very coarse-textured surfaces should be pre-treated
as described in Chapter 6 before single seals can be constructed with success.
Figure 7-2 may be used as a guideline to adjust the net cold binder based on the texture depth of the
existing surface.
Notes:
Adjustment of binder content because of surface texture is only applicable to hard surfaces (surfaces with a
corrected ball penetration of 3 mm or less).
In cases of texture depths of >0,63 mm, a texture treatment is recommended when conventional binders are
used with single pre-coated aggregate seals.
If a modified binder is used, the maximum texture depth may be increased to 1 mm. (This is based on
experience with improved adhesion and higher possible application rates)
If the binder is applied in two applications, (tack coat and penetration coat), e.g. double seals or single seals
with a fog spray, the maximum allowable existing texture depth may be increased to 1 mm.
Establish whether upward adjustment is indeed required by spreading the seal aggregate on the existing
surface. Should the new aggregate fit into the old seal e.g. new 6,7 mm on existing coarse 13,2 mm seal or
9,5 mm on existing 19,0 mm Cape seal, no adjustment is required.
Adjustment for climate
Experience in the northern parts of South Africa indicates that seals in similar situations and with similar
application rates in different climates will perform differently. For example, seals in the north-western parts
tend to become dry and brittle whilst seals in the hot humid areas of Mpumalanga Province tend to become
fatty. As stated in Chapter 1, South Africa is divided into three zones, namely dry, intermediate and humid.
The climatic factors influencing the performance seem to be closely related to temperature and humidity and
8
coincide with areas defined by certain Weinert N-values .

N = 12Ej/Pa
where
Ej is the calculated evaporation during January and

Pa is the total annual precipitation
When using conventional binders, the minimum application rates determined in paragraphs 7.6.2 and 7.6.3
may be reduced by up to 10 per cent in areas with N-values of less than 2 and increased by up to 10 per
cent in areas with N-values greater than 5. (Refer to Figure 1-3.)
Notes:
Experience indicates that this adjustment is not applicable to modified binders.
Adjustments for steep gradients and slow speeds.
86
Steep gradients (typically climbing lanes) tend to become fatty. This is probably because of slower heavy
vehicle speeds and the effect of higher traction of the vehicle tyres. Downward adjustments, up to 10
percent should be considered based on heavy vehicle speeds, volume and channelised trafficking due to
limited lane widths.
The movements and speeds of heavy vehicles should be determined on site. In rolling terrain, vehicle
speeds are usually still high at the bottom of steep grades due to the momentum gained on the downhill, and
are usually low past the crest. Reduction is typically required on sections with heavy vehicle speeds of 40
km/h or less.
Notes:
Downward binder adjustment might also be required on downhills as a result of braking actions.
In urban environments where frequent stops occur, heavy vehicles tend to stay in the lower gears. In these
situations binder application rates should be reduced by 5 to 10 per cent.
It should be borne in mind that asphalt surfacings are more suitable than seals in areas with severe turning
actions, acceleration and deceleration. (Refer to Chapter 1.)
Adjustments for aggregate spread rate
A more open shoulder-to-shoulder matrix, as recommended by the Provincial Administration of the Western
Cape, can theoretically accommodate up to 30 per cent more binder in a single seal than the dense matrix
recommended by the Gautrans Department of Transport, provided that the aggregate has a low flakiness
index. (Refer to APPENDIX F).
The appropriate aggregate matrix must be decided upon. In this regard Figures F-3 to F-4 (APPENDIX F)
can be used as a guide.
Although the binder application rate may be increased by up to 10 per cent for the medium dense and by
up to 20 per cent for the open shoulder to shoulder matrices, the flakiness of the aggregate, the use of
steel wheeled rollers for initial rolling and the viscosity of the binder at application temperature may reduce
the need for additional binder quantities.
Notes:
This adjustment only applies to single seals and only if very low flakiness aggregate is used (<10%)
Over chipping or even dense chipping prevents orientation of the aggregate to its ALD and would require
more binder than a dense shoulder-to-shoulder matrix (after rolling) to prevent whip-of
On highly trafficked roads, the final recommended binder application rate and stone spread rate should only
be established on site after construction of a trial section.
Adjustments for porous surfaces
Porous or dry surfacings tend to absorb binder, often resulting in loss of aggregate from the new seal.
Depending on the type of binder used and other factors, this absorption may occur over a period of time.
Increasing the application rate for the reseal may result in excess binder and bleeding. It is therefore
recommended that porous and dry surfacings be treated with diluted emulsion prior to sealing and that no
adjustments be made for loss in binder on account of porosity. (Refer to Chapter 6).

87
Adjustments for fatty surfaces

Although there is a tendency to reduce binder application rates on fatty surfaces, it is believed that the
corrected ball penetration value already makes provision for this phenomenon. High ball penetration values
would indicate that larger aggregate should be used.
Notes:
Areas with excess binder should rather be pre-treated as describe in paragraph 6.4.2
Adjustment for no traffic
Newly constructed roads are often not trafficked for some time after construction. The recommended
practice in such cases is to evaluate the situation just before the road is opened to traffic by driving over the
section and observing any loss of aggregate. Application of a diluted emulsion spray will assist in preventing
loss of aggregate.
Notes:
Care should be taken to differentiate between excess aggregate (over-application) and true aggregate loss.
Seals on surfaced shoulders should be designed as separate lanes, in which factors such as potential traffic,
gradients and whether the shoulders are used as climbing lanes, are taken into consideration.
As areas on the outside of curves usually carry less traffic than those on the inside, the application rates may
be adjusted upward to prevent loss of aggregate.
Adjustment for cold micro areas
Shady or cold areas (under/on bridges or next to trees) are prone to aggregate loss. Current practices to
reduce the risk of aggregate loss in these areas are:
-
Sensitive areas are constructed separately, close attention being paid to temperatures,
application rates and immediate extra rolling.

Application of emulsion fogspray and sand blinding.
Selection of different binder. Penetration grade binders are not recommended unless they are cut
back or modified.
Increase of binder application rates by between 15 to 30 per cent.
Tight traffic control.
Notes:
In cases where emulsion is used, sufficient time should be allowed before these areas are opened to traffic.
Adjustment for porous seal aggregates
32
Aggregate which meets the requirements of TRH14 usually has low binder absorption properties. Where
absorptive aggregate is used (water absorption greater than 2 per cent), it is recommended that the
aggregated be precoated rather than that the binder application rate be increased.
Adjustment for construction traffic
A particularly severe condition is encountered when a newly laid surfacing seal is trafficked by heavily loaded
trucks engaged in the construction of other parts of the road. This situation should be avoided if possible.
However, if construction traffic cannot be kept off the new surfacing, the expected traffic should be
incorporated in the calculation of the design traffic.

88
Adjustment for stone and sand seal combinations

Single seals are often blinded with a coarse sand or grit to prevent initial aggregate loss. Experience
indicates that the total binder content, calculated for the single seal, may be increased by between 20 and 40
per cent. The penetration coat usually consists of an emulsion or diluted emulsion.
7.7
SINGLE AND DOUBLE SEALS USING MODIFIED BINDERS
7.7.1
Introduction
Experience with modified binder single seals over twenty years has shown that considerably higher binder
application rates can be tolerated in modified binder seals than in seals with conventional bituminous
binders.
The previous version of the TRH3 (1998) suggested an approach towards the design of modified binder
application rates, assuming less embedment of aggregate and an increase in voids due to less orientation of
the aggregate. Based on specific studies, the ring and ball softening point and equivalent traffic volumes
were used to quantify the increase in binder application rate. The results compared well with appropriate
application rates determined from field experiments and ten years experience using 13,2mm and 9,5mm
aggregates and mainly non-homogenous binders.
Where the non-homogenous modified binders were favoured from 1985 to 1995, the use of homogenous
modified binders has increased dramatically over the past decade. Experience gained through design,
application and performance monitoring resulted in the following important conclusions regarding the TRH3
(1998) modified binder designs namely:
Design application rates for non-homogenous modified binder single seals are still appropriate.
Design application rates for homogenous modified binder single seals are too low (in the order of 10 15%).
Design application rates for homogenous modified binder double seals are too high (in the order of
10 %).
Due to insufficient experience at that stage, no guidelines were provided regarding the design of seals
making use of a combination of conventional and modified binders.
The purpose of this section is to address the mentioned shortcomings and to ensure more appropriate
designs.
7.7.1.1
Single seals with modified binders
The majority of practitioners in South Africa are of the opinion that the appropriate application rate for a
particular modified binder is a function of the appropriate conventional binder application rate and specific
properties of the selected modified binder.
In addition to all factors incorporated in the conventional design application rate, experience in various parts
of the country indicates that the shape of the aggregate, the spread rate, rolling type and effort as well as
temperatures within a few days after construction could drastically impact on the initial performance of
modified binder seals.

89
It is acknowledged that much research work is still required to perfect the theory of application rate design,
taking into account all factors influencing initial and long term performance.
Therefore, the decision has been made, for purposes of this version of TRH3, to document best practice
from experience without substantiating the methodology in terms of current theory.
In order to utilise the rational application rate design curves for conventional binders a single function is
applied to increase the calculated application rates for each of the hot homogenous and non-homogenous
modified binders. These functions are based on experience and opinions of a panel of current practitioners.
7.7.1.2
Conversion factors for hot modified binders
a)
Non-homogenous modified binder (Bitumen Rubber)
Typical conversions from net cold conventional binder to net cold non-homogenous modified binder vary
from 1.4 to 2.0 with a typical value applicable to 8,0 mm ALD aggregate of between 1.5 and 1.9 times the
application rate appropriate for a conventional binder. Some practitioners hold the opinion that the lower
conversion factor should apply for high heavy vehicle volumes.
This relates to approximately 1.65 and 2.1 times the minimum net cold conventional binder to obtain the
appropriate hot application rate for Bitumen Rubber (Non-homogenous binder).
2
The absolute minimum practical application rate is 1.8 /m for the summer grade products and 1.6 /m for
2
winter grade products (Suppliers generally recommend a minimum of 2.0 /m )

2
Although non-homogenous binders have been applied at rates of more than 5 /m for 13.2 mm seals, the
2
general consensus is than a 3.2 /m maximum hot application rate is sufficient, even for 19.0 mm seals to
perform well.
Notes:
Due to the sensitivity of fattiness during the first hot season, the use of winter grade products are not
recommended by several road authorities.
2
Due to the minimum application rate of 1.8 /m , small aggregate e.g. 6,7 mm cannot be applied in a single
layer without bleeding. The smallest aggregate recommended is 9.5 mm.
Aggregate used with non-homogenous modified binders are normally precoated to improve adhesion.
Based on the experience of practitioners and in order to utilise the rational design procedure for single seals
with conventional binders the following procedure is recommended:
Calculate the minimum net cold application rate for a conventional binder
Adjust the application rate by multiplying the net cold conventional application rate by the relevant
adjustment factor in Table 7-8
Convert to hot application rate (Typical adjustment = 1.07 x net cold binder)
Allow for allowable tolerance (i.e. add 5% to minimum application rate)
Limit the maximum application rate to 3.2 /m , regardless of traffic volumes
Should the calculated rate be less than the minimum practical application rate either:

90
Adjust to the minimum application rate (1.8 2.0 /m ) dependent on supplier, but take into account
the risk of bleeding or that the surfacing life might be reduced due to insufficient texture depth, or
Specify a larger aggregate size that would result in application rates higher than the practical minimum
b)
Homogenous hot modified binders (Polymer modified)
Initial experiments with 13.2 mm single seals in the Northern parts of South Africa applying polymer modified
2
2
binders at application rates between 1.2 /m and 1.8 /m indicated a low sensitivity to variation. The best
2
results on medium to fine textured roads were obtained with application rates varying between 1.4 /m and
2
1.6 /m .
Since then numerous roads have been resealed using both SBR and SBS polymer modified binders, mainly
with precoated aggregate. Feedback from practitioners indicated that the application rates as calculated
through the suggested process in TRH3 (1998) are too low, resulting in several cases of early aggregate
loss.
Through back calculation of documented guidelines and rationalization of several opinions, conversion
factors from conventional to homogenous modified binder of between 1.1 and 1.4 as recommended in
Table 7-6 and Table 7-7 provided more appropriate design application rates.
The simplified process of calculating the design application rate for a modified binder single seal is as
follows:
-
Calculate the minimum net cold application rate for a conventional binder
Adjust the application rate by multiplying the net cold conventional application rate by the relevant
adjustment factor in Table 7-6 or Table 7-7

Convert to hot application rate (Typical adjustment = 1.08 x net cold binder)
Allow for tolerance (i.e. add 5% to minimum application rate)

2
Limit the maximum application rate to 2.6 /m
Should the calculated hot application rate for a 13,2 mm single seal be less than 1.3 /m adjust to
2
1.3 /m
Note:
Application rates obtained through the multiplication factor are applicable only if the rational design method is
applied.
Ta b l e 7- 6
A d ju s t m e n t fo r S - E 1 b in d er ap p li c a t ion
S-E1 ADJUSTMENT (Conventional to modified binder)

Split application
double seal
Traffic (ELV)
Single seal
Double Seal
< 5000
1.3
1.1
1.2
5000 - 20000
1.2
1.0
1.1
> 20000
1.1
1.0
1.0
Ta b l e 7- 7
A d ju s t m e n t fo r S - E 2 b in d er ap p li c a t ion
S-E2 ADJUSTMENT (Conventional to modified binder)

Traffic (ELV)
Single seal
Double Seal
Split application

91
double seal
< 5000
1.4
1.2
1.3
5000 - 20000
1.3
1.1
1.2
> 20000
1.2
1.0
1.1
Ta b l e 7- 8
A dj us t m e n t fo r S - R 1 b in d e r a pp li c a t ion
S-R1 ADJUSTMENT (Conventional to modified binder)
7.7.2
Split application
double seal
Traffic (ELV)
Single seal
Double Seal
< 5000
2.0
1.8
5000 - 20000
1.9
1.7
> 20000
1.8
1.6
Modified binder double seals
Following the publication of TRH3 (1998) several modified binder double seals have been constructed.
Results and feedback from practitioners indicate that the application rates as calculated using the 1998
version are too high resulting in bleeding and fattiness on the higher trafficked roads.
Current opinions are that the design charts used for conventional double seals are suitable for determining
the appropriate application rates for modified binder double seals and that very little further adjustment is
required.
The only difference from the current conventional binder design practice is that the design ALD for the
modified binder double seal is taken as the sum of the ALDs of the two aggregate sizes.
Note:
Current practice applied by various practitioners with the design of the conventional binder double seals is
to:
add half of the top layer ALD to the bottom layer ALD to obtain the design ALD for the typical 1
seal
add the ALDs of both aggregates to obtain the design ALD for the typical double seal (refer Figure
7-1).
7.8
COMBINATION BINDER DOUBLE SEALS
7.8.1
Background
Various approaches have been applied with the design of seals using more than one type of binder. The
most common procedure applied is to design the double seal as two individual single seals ignoring the
increase in binder required for the second layer as a result of the texture created by the first layer.
Notes:
Although good performance has been observed on low volume roads, the application rates calculated are
considered too high for highly trafficked roads.
The results obtained for application of inverted seals e.g. 6,7mm + 13,2 mm are too low.

92
7.8.2
Recommended approach
Recent experience suggests that the total binder calculated for the conventional binder double seal is
appropriate with slight adjustments for homogenous modified and combination binder seals (Conventional
binder and homogenous modified binders).
The design process is summarised as follows:
Add the ALDs of the two aggregate layers
Determine the appropriate total binder application rate (conventional double seals)
Distribute the net cold binder between the tack coat, penetration coat and, if required, half of the fog
spray
Apply a single factor adjustment when homogeneous modified binders are used (Refer to Table 7-6
and Table 7-7)
The minimum recommended hot application rates for each coat is as follows:
Ta b l e 7- 9 - Mi n im um re c o m m e nd e d a pp li c a t io n ra t es
Aggregate size
Binder
Coat
Minimum hot application

2
(/m )
19,0mm
Polymer modified
Tack
1,1
13,2 mm
Polymer modified
Tack
1,0
9,5 mm
Polymer modified
Tack
0,9
9,5 mm
Polymer modified
Penetration
0,8
9,5 mm
Conventional
Penetration
0,8
6,7 mm
Polymer modified
Penetration
0,8
6,7 mm
Conventional
Penetration
0,7
4.75 mm
Conventional
Penetration
0,7
Fog spray
Conventional
Fog spray
0,8
Note:
The first layer of aggregate is normally precoated. A diluted (30% or 40%) conventional 65% Cationic Spray
grade emulsion is recommended as a fog spray.
7.8.3
19 + Double 6,7 Seal
This seal, consisting of a closely knitted 19,0 mm layer and two 6,7 mm layers has become popular as a
reseal measure on relatively high volume roads e.g. 5000 40000 ELVs.
The first 6,7 mm aggregate layer is either applied as a dry layer or adhered to the 19,0 mm aggregate with a
2
light binder application e.g. 0,8 /m Cationic spray grade emulsion.

Note:
Current practice suggests that the surface is rolled with a five to eight ton steel wheel roller after application
of the first 6,7 mm aggregate.
Typical designs for three traffic scenarios are provided in Table 7-10. Corrected ball penetration = 1,5 mm
2
and existing texture depth adjustment = +0.2 /m .

93
Ta b l e 7- 1 0 - Ty p i c al de s ig n s f o r t he 1 9. 0 + do u ble 6 ,7 m m s ea l
Dry method
Wet method
ELV
5000
10000
20000
5000
10000
SE-2 tack coat
1,4 hot
1,3 hot
1,1 hot
1,4 hot
1,3 hot
19,0 mm
70 m /m
70 m /m
70 m /m
70 m /m
Cat 65% penetration cost

2
6,7 mm choke
300 m /m
300 m /m
300 m /m
1,1 hot
155 m /m
1,1 hot
3
155 m /m
1,0 hot
3
155 m /m
1.0 hot
1.0 hot
Total net binder
2.45
2.35
2.1
70 m /m
250
250
250
m /m
m /m
1,0 hot
1,0 hot
1,0 hot
155
155
2.45
m /m
m /m
2.35
155
2
1,1 hot
70 m /m
1.0 hot
m /m
Fog Spray (50/50 Cat 65%)
1,1 hot
3
1.1 hot
m /m
6,7 mm
1.1 hot
2
SE-2 penetration coat
20000
2.1
Notes:
The Wet Method refers to the process whereby the first 6.7 mm aggregate is applied after a slight
application of binder.
The total net cold binder rates suggested relate well to the calculated values using the rational design
method for double conventional binder seals with total ALD (16 18 mm).
The ideal aggregate spread rates of the 6,7 mm layers are dependent on the shape, spread rate and rolling
strategy on the 19,0mm layer.
2
The first (dry layer) spread rate typically varies between 220 and 350 m /m while the second (final) layer
2
3
spread rate varies between 150 and 170 m /m .
Care should be taken NOT to over-apply the dry layer aggregate as this will result in insufficient binder to
hold the final layer of 6,7mm aggregate.
7.8.4
Non-homogenous modified binder seals
Double seals with non-homogenous binders as well as non-homogenous binder in combination with
homogenous binders have been constructed with success. At time of this publication, no formal guidelines
were available, mainly due to differences in the properties of available non-homogenous binders.
Notes:
Several 19,0 + 9,5 mm double seals have been constructed with success using non-homogenous modified
binders as well as combinations of non-homogenous and homogenous modified binders. The nonhomogenous binder is normally applied as the tack coat.
2
The typical recommended application rate of the tack coat varies between 2.3 and 2.6 /m and compares
well with a single seal design for the relevant ALD and traffic situation.
The appropriate application rate of the penetration coat is highly dependent on the size, shape spread rate
and rolling strategy of the 9,5 mm aggregate. Good performing seals have been constructed with:
large cubical 9,5 mm aggregate (ALD = 7 mm) applying a penetration coat of non-homogenous modified
2
binder at 2.5 /m using only pneumatic rollers on both layers

94
smaller and more flaky 9,5 mm aggregate (ALD = 5.5 mm) applying a penetration coat of non-homogenous
2
modified binder at 1.8 /m using a steel wheel roller for the initial roll on the 19,0mm aggregate followed by
pneumatic rollers
Appropriate homogeneous modified binder penetration coat application rates for this double seal type vary
2
between 1.0 and 1.5 l /m , dependent on how well the smaller aggregate fits into the available texture/voids.
7.9
DILUTED EMULSIONS/ FOG SPRAYS
7.9.1
Application
Diluted emulsions are typically used for the following purposes:
Cover spray on newly constructed single or double seals.
Prevent/stop/ reduce aggregate loss on a newly constructed seal.
Enrichment of dry/porous surfacings, often as a pre-treatment before resurfacing operations
Finishing of natural gravel base layer on low volume roads prior to surfacing as discussed in
paragraphs 6.3 and 7.3.
7.9.2
Cover spray on newly constructed single or double seals
On new construction double seals, the fog spray is usually applied one day after the application of the
second layer of aggregate. Excess aggregate should be broomed off before application of the fog spray.
Wetting of the surface before application of the binder improves the penetration of the emulsion. However,
care should be taken that ponding of the water does not take place during this wetting process.
2
Application rates are in the order of 0,8 - 1,0 /m of a 50:50 emulsion/water mix. Some practitioners believe
that half of the nett cold binder applied here should be subtracted from the total binder content of the seal
before the distribution between the tack coat and penetration coat is calculated. This is because
approximately half the total binder does not penetrate into the interstices between the chips and is not part of
the effective binder content, but remains as a coating on the surface.
A split application of binder in single seals is common in certain parts of South Africa, especially when using
emulsions.
7.9.3
Prevent/stop/ reduce aggregate loss on a newly constructed seal
Aggregate loss sometimes occurs soon after construction due to various reasons such as:
Too low application rates
Faulty binder
Cold temperatures
Excessive delay in application of aggregate (especially Modified Binders)
One of the most cost-effective ways to prevent stripping could be to add a final application of binder to the
seal in the form of a diluted emulsion.
Due to the fairly coarse texture of the new seal and the need to create a bond between the aggregate as
shown in Figure 7-3, a rapid setting emulsion is considered appropriate for this situation.

95
Figure 7-3 Bond created between aggregate particles with rapid setting emulsions
Recent experience favours the application of fog sprays on precoated modified binder seals when sealing
close to winter.
7.9.4
Enrichment sprays on dry/porous surfacings
The life of a seal and of certain asphalt surfacings can be extended by the application of diluted emulsion.
The number of possible applications during the life of the seal is dependent on the required texture depth
and on the voids within the seal but could be applied up to three times during the life of a single 13,2 mm
seal, each time extending the effective life of the seal with up to three years.
The general opinion with enrichment sprays is to get as much as possible new binder as deep into the
existing seal as possible. Experience indicates that diluted emulsion applications:
rejuvenate the existing binder;
drastically reduced permeability of the existing surfacing;
improve the performance of follow-up resurfacings (slurry seals and stone seals)
With reference to the above, the appropriate type of binder would be a low viscosity stable binder that could
flow around the existing particles, penetrate and fill up from the bottom. Refer to Figure 7-4.
Figure 7-4 Penetration of low viscosity stable emulsions

There is no formal design procedure to determine the required application rate or water/emulsion ratio.
However, the following procedure can be used/applied to ensure good results.
Dilute a 60 per cent emulsion with an equal amount of water (i.e. to make a 30 per cent emulsion) and
2
apply on a 500 m section at 0,8 to 1,0 /m .

96
Observe to what extent penetration of the mix takes place and adjust the application rates, and if
necessary, the mix ratio (minimum 25 per cent net binder). Maximum application rates depend on the
geometry of the road.
After the emulsion has broken (but only if penetration has taken place) another application can be
sprayed the following day.
7.9.5
Finishing of natural gravel base layers
The use of diluted emulsion to improve the surface of granular base layers before sealing is described in
Chapter 6.
7.9.6
Materials
7.9.6.1
Emulsion
The following grades of bitumen emulsion are available and can be diluted with water for use as fogsprays:
Anionic or Cationic Stablemix 60%
Unfluxed Cationic Spray 60, 65 or 70%
Unfluxed Cationic Spray 65 or 70% modified with SBR latex
Latex modified cationic microsurfacing emulsion
The decision on which type of emulsion to use will depend largely on the most desirable flow characteristic of
the emulsion which is most critical to the application of the enrichment spray, namely the low viscosity
characteristics of stablemix for maximum penetration into surface voids versus the quick breaking action of
spray grades.
Care should be taken when latex-modified emulsions are diluted. These products should preferably be
diluted by the manufacturer.
Products marketed in South Africa as rejuvenators are inverted emulsions manufactured from a binder
containing bitumen, aromatic oil and a cutback medium. These products are specifically designed as
surface enrichment or rejuvenating agents. Once sprayed, it penetrates into dried and aged bituminous
surfaces, and rejuvenates the binder, thus extending the time required before resurfacing.
7.9.6.2
Water
Water used to dilute emulsion on site should be fit for drinking and should be added gradually to the
emulsion. Clear water with pH = 7 should not yield problems.
If premature breaking or scum is observed, the manufacturer of the emulsion should be consulted.
7.9.7
Selection of appropriate product
Factors influencing the selection are:
Purpose
Add binder and additional bond to prevent stripping
Add binder and rejuvenate existing surfacing
Only rejuvenate existing binder

97
Presence of sufficient voids and or texture to accommodate the additional binder
Geometry of the road increasing the risk of runoff
Weather conditions influencing the breaking time of emulsions
Traffic accommodation
Transport distance
Presence of cutters
Cationic spray grades will tend to break quicker than anionic and cationic stable mix emulsions, which are
more stable. Thus with spray grade emulsions the binder will tend to be deposited on top of the stone chips
whereas stable mix emulsions will tend to flow into the voids more easily. Cationic grade emulsions will
render improved binder/aggregate adhesion due to the chemical reaction, which takes place between the
positively charged bitumen droplets in the emulsion (and latex if used) and the free negatively charged ions
of the aggregate. A light water spray is often applied in advance to reduce surface tension and/or to cool
down the road surface.
Several examples exist where diluted emulsions have been applied with success on slurry seals and asphalt
mixes. However, this practice could result in pickup, damage to vehicles and poor skid resistance.
The prevailing weather conditions will affect the breaking of a diluted emulsion. In the case of colder
weather and in shaded areas, the lower temperature retards the breaking action of the emulsion. In the
latter instances quicker breaking Cationic spray grades should be used.
During hot weather, latex modified emulsion will tend to form a skin which could create a false perception
that the emulsion has broken. When this phenomenon occurs, total breaking of the emulsion can be delayed
for several hours. The emulsion must be checked by scratching with a knife to ensure that it is uniformly
black under the skin.
In hot weather, the residual binder film tends to become tacky resulting in pick up on the tyres. When the
expected road surface temperature is above 50 C th en a higher softening point binder such as 60/70
penetration base bitumen must be considered. As a general guideline the following closure times should be
allowed after spraying, based on prevailing weather conditions:
Hot, windy day: 2 hours
Overcast, cool day: 4 hours
There are some time and drying constraints to be considered when selecting candidate pavements for
treatment with inverted emulsion rejuvenators, particularly in cool climates.
These rejuvenators are ideal for hot, dry climates. In cool climates, the drying time will be extended, and
traffic control on roads could be a problem, although it will be less of a problem on areas such as airport
secondary runways. When applied on coarse surfaces such as chip seals, traffic can be allowed onto the
surface within 4 hours, whilst the drying/penetration time on dense asphalt surfaces could be up to 36 hours.
This limits the application to roads that:
can be closed for a period
roads with several lanes, of which one can be closed

98
where the traffic can be diverted
airport pavements
very light traffic, 2 lane roads, where single lane operation can be put in place for several kilometres.
In practice this might mean executing the work over a weekend.
The presence of cutter in emulsion is not desirable when used as an enrichment spray, as the residual
binder tends to remain tacky after breaking. It must also be noted that all standard spray grades of emulsion
are formulated with between 2% to a maximum of 5% cutter to improve the cohesion development of the
residual binder when applied in stone seals. It is therefore important that the binder supplier be requested to
omit the cutter in the emulsion formulation, when ordering spray grade emulsions for fogspraying purposes.
The bitumen emulsion is normally diluted in a 1:1 ratio with water. This ratio can be varied to overcome
certain constraints. However the lowest recommended binder content is 25% m/m of the diluted emulsion.
Diluting the emulsion further will weaken the electrochemical charges thus rendering the end product
unstable causing Foaming.
In the event of steep grades and/or cambers it is recommended that a spray grade be used with a lower
dilution of 70:30 to prevent runoff.
If the emulsion has to be transported long distances from the source then consideration must be given to
using a higher binder content emulsion such as a cationic spray grade 70 and to rather dilute on-site to
reduce the effective transport costs.
7.10
SEALS NOT COMMONLY USED IN SOUTH AFRICA
7.10.1 Choked seals

A choked seal can be described as an open single seal, choked with a smaller aggregate, without the
application of a binder penetration coat (refer to Figure 1-2). Several roads have been successfully resealed
with choked seals consisting of 13,2 mm and 6,7 mm aggregate.
The 13,2 mm aggregate should be placed open and not shoulder-to-shoulder in order to leave room for the
6,7 aggregate.
The quantity of binder is calculated by normal methods, using the ALD of the 13,2 mm aggregate and
adjusting the quantity for the percentage of 6,7 mm aggregate that is anticipated to be used.
It is suggested that a sample be made up of the ideal mix required by placing the 13,2 mm stone in a pan,
opening up the 13,2 mm stone sufficiently to enable the 6,7 mm stone to be applied.
The ALD of the mixture can then be determined.
The sample may be screened and the application rates of the two aggregates determined.
The application rates may be compared with those obtained in the field by adjusting the gates of the
chip spreader for a dry run.
From observations, the following comments might be of value:
If binder is under-sprayed, loss of 6,7 mm aggregate will be excessive.

99
The judgement of opening up the 13,2 mm aggregate in the field to accommodate the 6,7 mm
aggregate is arbitrary and may either cause loss of 6,7 mm aggregate or flushing.
It is alleged that the noise level of a choked seal is lower than that of a single seal.
It is very difficult to place a double seal on a single lane road under traffic without deviations. It is also
very difficult to place a double seal under heavy traffic using penetration grade binders, as the quantity
of binder to be sprayed is low and the risk of bleeding is greater than if a bitumen emulsion were used.
However, if an emulsion is used, the time element for the emulsion to break comes into play.
Modified binders may be used if there are little or no volatiles in the binder.
7.1.1.
Split seals
A split seal is defined as a double seal in which the top layer of aggregate is split into two applications (refer
to Figure 1-2). The first application of the top layer is usually done without a penetration coat.
Because of problems regarding the availability of 13,2 mm aggregate, 19,0 mm + 6,7 mm double seals were
constructed on several roads, but these resulted in fairly coarse-textured surfaces. By splitting the 6,7 mm
layer (and increasing the total aggregate spread rate), a fairly smooth surface was obtained, with a texture
similar to that of a 6,7 mm single seal. Refer to par. 7.8.3.
7.1.2.
Geotextile seals
7.1.2.1. General
Geotextile seals are defined as bituminous surfacings consisting of a bitumen saturated geotextile and a
conventional seal (Refer to Figure 1-2).
A geotextile is adhered to the existing surfacing by spraying a bituminous binder tack coat and rolling with a
pneumatic roller. Dependent on the application rate of the tack coat and the preference of the engineer, a
conventional seal could be constructed directly on the geotextile, adding additional binder to compensate for
absorption into the geotextile. Alternatively, a saturation coat could be sprayed onto the geotextile and
covered with small aggregate e.g. crusher dust before the conventional seal is constructed.
2
Experience in South Africa consists mainly of seals constructed on polyester, non-woven fabric (140g/m ).
33
Although some experiments are documented , sufficient information regarding the long term performance
on the full traffic spectrum does not exist. Therefore, information provided should only be considered as
guidelines for good practice.
7.1.2.2. Design guidelines
Experience indicates that the required total application is a function of the construction procedure. Lower
total application rates could suffice if the seal is constructed in stages allowing traffic compression of the
saturated geotextile before application of a large aggregate seal.
a)
Geotextile tack coat

The purpose of a tack coat is to properly adhere the geotextile to the existing surfacing.
A variety of binders have been used worldwide with hot application rates varying from 0.6 /m to 1.2
/m . This relates to approximately 0.5 1.1 /m residual bitumen.

100
The ideal application rate is dependent on the texture and permeability of the existing surface, the
viscosity of the binder used for the tack coat, the grade of geotextile used and the traffic. The ideal
tack coat application rate is considered one where the geotextile would be saturated, without being
tacky, after rolling with a heavy pneumatic roller and 6 - 8 weeks trafficking.
Based on experience the following application rates are suggested
High traffic (ELV > 15000) and fine existing texture 0.5 /m residual bitumen
Low traffic (ELV < 5000) and coarse existing texture 1.1 /m residual bitumen
Any binder could be used provided there is sufficient time for volatiles to evaporate before application
of the stone seal and the application temperature is below the recommended temperature provided by
the geotextile supplier. A SBR polymer modified emulsion (SE-1) is preferred by several practitioners
b)
Saturation coat
Trafficking the road for 6 - 8 weeks would show whether there is a need for additional binder to saturate the
geotextile. Areas exhibiting dry/clean geotextile should be sprayed with a diluted emulsion and, if necessary,
covered with a washed coarse sand or Grit (low fines, minus 4.75 mm coarse sand).
Note:
If the probability of rain is high, the geotextile must be saturated and covered with a coarse sand
c)
Aggregate seal application rates
The seal is designed in the conventional way using TRH3.
In the case of stone seals:
Corrected ball penetration is taken as 1mm (only if not saturated)
No provision is made for additional binder due to texture depth
Do not use the minimum application rate
Add 30% additional binder to compensate for the vertical movement of the stone on the geotextile
(only if not saturated already) Better to ensure that patches are saturated.
Notes:
Should circumstances not allow for trafficking of the geotextile e.g. concern for low skid resistance or
contractual aspects, additional binder would be required to prevent whip-off.
2
additional 0.3-0.4 /m net binder required to prevent whip-off.
Experience indicates an
Due to the movement of the aggregate layer on the geotextile, it is recommended that the total binder
2
calculated is distributed to make provision for a cover spray (minimum hot application rate of 1.0 /m diluted
emulsion)
d)
Construction aspects
Rut filling and patching must be done prior to placing of the geotextile
The geotextile should be placed as quickly as possible after application of the tack coat, even if
emulsion is used.
Geotextile width should be equal to the lane width plus the overlap width/s
Overlap on the joints should be 100mm 200mm
Overlap on the transverse joint should be in the direction of traffic flow.
Do not overlap geotextile in wheel paths
Complete lay of tack coat and geotextile over full width before sealing
Rolling with a heavy pneumatic roller should commence immediately after placing of the geotextile

101
Four to five passes with a heavy pneumatic roller (17 ton or heavier) is recommended
Additional hand spray on the overlap might be required
e)
Additional comments and concerns from South African practitioners

Rapid setting slurries applied on geotextiles tend to delaminate
Tack coats without cutters are recommended
Concerns regarding milling of geotextile seals are only valid on new geotextiles. These products tend
to deteriorate within 10 years to such an extent that it could be torn by hand
Minimum fabric grade recommended is140g/m
Thicker grades might be required with larger aggregate seals e.g. 19 mm
The use of steel wheel rollers is not recommended
7.10.2 Inverted Double Seals

Inverted double seals are constructed by first applying the smaller aggregate and then the larger aggregate.
Reasons quoted for the reverse operation are:
Armour plating of a soft substrate (punching less with 6,7 mm)
Base protection during half-width construction. Sealing the new half surface width first with a 6,7 mm
aggregate is considered a lower risk than immediate construction of a double seal or a single 13,2 mm
layer.
The current approach is to design the two layers as individual single seals. However, experience indicate
that additional binder might be required to fill up the voids in the first seal e.g. 6,7 mm or that provision must
be made for an additional emulsion cover spray.
7.10.3 Otta seals and graded aggregate seals
Following excellent performance of Otta seals in Botswana using marginal quality material, several road
authorities in southern Africa have introduced the practice of graded aggregate seals. Although the design,
(1)
construction and maintenance is well described in a recent publication , it has been decided to incorporate
the basic information of the Otta seal and some local experience with graded aggregate seals into the TRH3
document.
7.10.3.1 Otta seal summary
a)
General
The Otta seal was developed by the Norwegian Roads Research Laboratory during the early 1960s and
refers to the Otta valley where it was first used.
The seal consists of graded aggregates (natural gravel or crushed rock) in combination with soft (low
viscosity) binders. From experience, three different aggregate gradings have been defined namely Open,
medium or dense.
Dependent of the circumstances a single or double layer of aggregate is constructed after which a sand
cover seal is generally applied. The total thickness of a single Otta seal is approximately 16mm. A single
Otta seal with a sand cover layer is normally used with ADT < 1000vpd.

102
b)
Key aspects
Maximum particle size (Preferred 16mm - Maximum 19mm)
Fines content (<0.075mm) (Preferred <10% - Maximum 15%)
c)
Recommended material properties
Material properties
Requirements
TMH test
method
Plasticity Index
Maximum 10
A3
Flakiness Index *
Maximum 30
B3T
Grading requirements
Sieve sizes (mm)
(% passing)
19
16
100
80 100
13.2
9.5
52 100
36 98
6.7
4.75
20 80
10 70
2.0
1.18
0 48
0 38
0.425
0.075
0 25
0 - 10
A1
Note:
Only applies for crushed rock. The weighted Flakiness Index is determined on the following fractions:
9.5 13.2 mm
6.7 9.5 mm
4.75 7.6 mm
Sand for cover seals should be clean, non-plastic and passing through the 6.7mm sieve
Aggregate strength
requirements
Vehicles per day at time of construction

< 100
> 100
Min. Dry 10% FACT
90 kN
110 kN
Min. Wet/Dry strength ratio
0.6
0.75
d)
Appropriate binders
Medium cut back binders are preferred e.g. MC 3000. However, it has been stated that cut back bitumen
manufactured in Botswana lacks long-term durability. Cutting back base bitumen on site is preferred.
Blending proportions are provided in the Table.

103
Required product
Cutter (Power paraffin) in percent of total mixture

80/100 base bitumen
150/200 base bitumen
150/200 Pen
3-5% flux oil is used instead of cutter
MC 3000
8 10 %
*5 8 %
MC 800
18 20 %
*15 18 %
*The durability of the binder can be improved by replacing 3% of the cutter with flux oil
where 80/100 penetration grade is used as base bitumen.
Experience indicates that priming is normally not required unless calcrete material is used in the base layer.
Grading envelopes
Sieve
sizes
(mm)
Open
Grading Medium Grading Dense Grading
(% passing)
(% passing)
(% passing)
19
100
100
100
16
80 100
84 100
93 100
13.2
9.5
52 82
36 58
68 94
44 73
84 100
70 98
6.7
4.75
20 40
10 30
29 54
19 42
54 80
44 70
2.0
08
3 18
20 48
1.18
05
1 14
15 38
0.425
02
06
7 25
0.075
0-1
0-2
3 - 10
TMH test method

A1
Choice of binder
Type of Bitumen
AADT at
Medium grading
Dense grading
> 1000
150/200 pen
MC 3000
MC 800 in cold weather
100 - 1000
150/200 pen
150/200 pen. In cold MC 3000

weather
MC 800 in cold weather
< 100
150/200 pen
MC 3000
construction
Open grading
MC 800
Notes:
80/100 pen. bitumen should only be used if cut back to meet viscosity requirements
Binder for sand cover seal shall be:
MC3000 for crusher dust of coarse river sand
MC800 for fine sand

104
Hot bitumen spray rates for un-primed base course (/m )

Grading
Dense
Open
Medium
AADT
<100
st
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.7
nd
1.5
1.6
1.9
st
1.9
Type of Otta seal

1 layer
AADT
>100
Double
2 layer
Single
with
1 layer
1.6
1.7
sand
Fine sand
0.7
0.7
0.6
cover
seal
Crusher dust or coarse river sand
0.9
0.8
0.7
Single
1.7
1.8
1.9
Maintenance reseal (single)
1.5
1.6
1.8
1.7
Notes:
2
Reduce application rate by 0.2 /m for the first layer on a primed base course
2
Increase application rate by 0.3 /m if the aggregate water absorbency is more than 2%
Aggregate application rates
Type of seal
Aggregate spread rates (m /m )

Open grading
Medium grading
Dense grading
Otta seals
77 63
77 63
63 50
Sand cover seals
100 83
e)
Caution
Although excellent performance has been achieved in Botswana, practitioners should take note of the
following:
The Otta seal is suited mainly for low volume roads < 1000 AADT.
Skid resistance could be suspect.
Rolling
On day of construction:
-
15 passes with a 12 ton or heavier pneumatic roller and one pass with a 10-12 ton static tandem
steel roller are recommended

Each of two days after construction:
-
15 passes with a 12 ton or heavier pneumatic roller
Maximum traffic speed of 40 50 km/hour for 2 3 weeks after construction and even longer (4 6
weeks) if natural gravel with high fines content is used.
Allow for a minimum period of 8 12 weeks between the construction of the first and second layers.

105
Accept that bleeding will occur and blinding and additional rolling might be required. Provision must
also be made in contracts to establish a team for blinding during the first hot season after construction
for up to 8 weeks.
Back brooming of the sand cover should be repeated regularly until the sand is fully embedded in the
first layer of the surfacing. This could be required for up to 4 weeks.
The surfacing could be sensitive to heavy vehicle turning and breaking actions during the early life.
Harder binder and reduced application rate required for these situations.
If possible permanent road markings must be delayed for as long as possible. For safety reasons premarking or temporary lines might be required.
7.10.3.2 Additional information on graded aggregate seals

a)
South African experience
Although numerous graded aggregate seals have been constructed in South Africa over the past thirty years
and some case studies have been documented, insufficient information exists to provide guidelines for all
traffic spectrums.
General recommendations:
Softer binders are recommended (e.g. MC3000)
Recommended binder application rates vary between 1.4 1.6 /m residual binder
Preferred aggregate (max 13,2mm)
Dust (max 5% preferred 2%)
Aggregate spread rate (0.015 m /m ) or 67 m /m
Max traffic (ADT = 1000 vpd in both directions)
7.10.4 Stress-absorbing membrane interlayers (SAMIs)

SAMIs are not, strictly speaking, seals. They are designed and constructed as single seals with modified
binders (usually bitumen-rubber). As their name implies they are applied on an existing surfacing as an
interlayer, prior to the application of an asphalt overlay. Their purpose is to accommodate and attenuate
stresses in the existing pavement and prevent or minimise their transfer to the new asphalt surfacing.
7.10.5 Ultra-thin asphalt
Ultra-thin friction course (UTFC) could be described as a paver-laid seal. Although good performance has
been observed, products applied are generally proprietary products with the result that designs are treated
as confidential. The reader is referred to the latest relevant Agrement Specifications.
7.11
CONSTRUCTION OF SEALS
7.11.1 General guidelines for construction of chip seals

Once all the checks have been meticulously carried out as described in Chapter 9, and the distributor
correctly placed on the road to be sealed, operations can commence.
a) The distributor should not commence spraying until it has reached the required speed for the specified
application rate for the binder.

106
b) Immediately after the distributor has passed over the reinforced paper joint, the two edges of the paper
strip at right angles to the edge of the road are folded over to prevent any spillage of the binder, and the
extreme edges of the paper parallel to the centre-line of the road are rolled over towards the centre of
the section, picked up in total and placed in a truck or L.D.V. to be disposed of in a suitable place.
c) The chip spreader follows immediately after the jointing material is removed. The reason for this is to
avoid holes being punched in the jointing material by the aggregate, which would result in leakage of the
binder through the jointing material onto the existing primed surface, which would cause unsightly fatty
patches in the surface at a later stage.
d) The chip spreader and the truck supplying it should be closely followed by trucks full of aggregate.
e) As each truck loading the chip spreader is emptied, it pulls out to face the oncoming traffic. Flagmen
are required to control this operation. An experienced truck driver can connect up with the chip
spreader in motion, without stopping, and this speeds up the process.
f)
The distributor could spray out its whole load in one operation, provided all the equipment is sound, the
operators are experienced and there is sufficient aggregate already loaded in the trucks to cover the
whole section. Due to the risks related to equipment problems, this practice is not recommended.
g) Immediately behind the loaded trucks, the heavy pneumatic-tyred rollers give the surface one
completed pass of the roller. One pass of a steel-wheeled roller is often applied to the first layer of a
double seal.
h) The brooms(2) are then brought on in tandem, the second broom overlapping the first broom by
metre and the rollers follow the brooms systematically. The brooms continue to broom the surface from
the centre of the road to the edge and back again. The brooms should be set so that the bristles just
touch the aggregate and do not disturb the aggregate in contact with the binder.
Note:
If emulsion is used, brooming should not take place until the emulsion has broken.
i)
The process of lightly brooming and rolling should continue until all the loose aggregate has been
placed shoulder-to-shoulder and in contact with the binder in a single layer of stone aggregate.
j)
If the gates of the chip spreader have been properly adjusted, very little if any back chipping will be
required.
k) Where the connection of the trucks with the chip spreader occurs, some over-application of aggregate
may occur. This over-application of aggregate should be removed by hand brooming the surface before
the rollers pass over the area and lock the excess aggregate in the bottom layer of stone.
l)
The joint on the centre line of the road should be given special attention. A 3 mm twine on the centre
line is used as a guide for spraying. The width of the spray should overlap the line by 100 mm. This
width can be controlled accurately by fitting fish plates next to the end nozzle.
m) Immediately after application of aggregate and brooming, the 100 mm overspray should be cleaned of
aggregate spillage while the road is still warm and before the binder has set. It is advisable for the
rollers to keep within the surfaced area and not to roll across the string line. Once this operation is
complete, the string line should be removed.
7.11.2 Specific aspects applicable to single seals
a) Rolling with the heavy pneumatic rollers should continue from the time the binder and aggregate are
applied for a minimum of 8 passes per roller width. As a guide, 2 hrs rolling with one heavy
pneumatic-tyred roller is required for every km of single lane 3,7m wide surfaced roadway. (i.e.
approximately 8 - 10 passes over each "width of roller" of surfaced width of the roadway). It is
recommended that the initial rolling (first roll) be completed within 15 min of spreading the aggregate. A
minimum of two rollers is recommended for each chip spreader.

107
b) Before the road is opened to traffic, all loose stone should be removed from the surface. The surface
should be broomed the day following surfacing to ensure there are no "flying chips" on the road. For
wide surfaces exceeding 7,4 m it is advisable to use self-propelled brooms or (preferably) vacuum
brooms to remove the unattached chips. Back-rolling the following day can further improve
binder/aggregate adhesion.
c) The rollers should be ballasted (20 ton unballasted) and there should be sufficient rollers for the work
envisaged. Efficient use of the brooms and rollers makes a significant improvement to the quality of the
final finish.
d) The quality of the aggregate should be checked before it is delivered to site. The precoating of the
aggregate should be uniformly done and the aggregate should be stockpiled at least 48 hrs before it is
used. These stockpiles should be covered with tarpaulins if the operation is done in the rainy season.
e) Stockpile sites should be carefully selected and prepared vis--vis drainage, access and possible
contamination of the aggregate (e.g. by mud).
f)
The minimum temperature which may be expected for the ensuing 24 hours should be checked.
Note:
If cutting back is allowed, the appropriate cutback material should be added and the cutback bitumen
circulated for 20 - 30 minutes before it is sprayed. (Refer to APPENDIX I.)
g) It is not advisable to use steel-wheeled rollers on single seal reseal projects if the road is deformed, as
these will damage the aggregate, riding the high spots and missing the aggregate in the cusps.
h) In a hot climate it may be necessary to keep the road closed until sunset and even to spray the
surfacing with water to cool the surfacing down before it is opened to traffic. If possible, the road should
only be opened to traffic the next morning, while the binder is still stiff.
i)
Traffic speeds should be controlled for two to three days to allow the seal to settle.
7.11.3 Specific aspects applicable to double seals

There are two different basic design approaches to the construction of the standard double seal, viz:7.11.3.1 Proper double seal (shoulder to shoulder application of both stone applications)
fog spray optional

2nd layer - stone
penetration coat
1st layer - stone
tack coat
existing substrate

108
7.11.3.2 One and a half seal (open application of coarse stone and flaky small stone)
fog spray optional

2nd layer - stone
penetration coat
1st layer - stone
tack coat
existing substrate
In the one and a half seal the first application of aggregate does not lie shoulder-to-shoulder and only part
of the second application of aggregate is locked into the voids between the coarse aggregate. The balance
of the fine aggregate is lost through whip-off as there is not enough binder on the top of the coarse chips to
hold the second application. There is a significant cost factor regarding payment for the surfacing, which is
affected by the exact quantities of aggregate used.
7.11.3.3 Discussion
It is therefore necessary to decide what precise modus operandi is to be used before commencement of the
work.
It should be noted that the process described here applies essentially to new construction.
a) Once the single layer of aggregate lying shoulder-to-shoulder has been applied, the heavy 10-12 ton
steel-wheeled roller may commence rolling, starting at the edge of the surfacing and moving a half
wheel at a time towards the centre and back again. The quality of the final finish of the road depends
on the efficiency of this operation, which should continue until a tight flat surface has been obtained. A
certain amount of crushing/splitting of the coarse aggregate will occur, but the final finish should be
"tight", uniform and "flat". On new construction a limited amount of "punching" in of the aggregate into
the base will occur, resulting overall in a "tight", flat surface.
b) It should be noted that under no circumstances should this layer be opened to traffic before the second
application of aggregate has been applied. If this road is opened to traffic for any reason, bleeding and
fattening up of the surface will result.
c) If construction traffic and/or the public use the road, re-rolling would be advisable before the penetration
coat of binder is applied.
d) Although this is not common, both applications of aggregate may be precoated. The precoating assists
in immediate adhesion of the coarse aggregate to the binder and allows effective brooming to take
place with minimum delay, without disturbing/turning the aggregate in contact with the binder.
e) If emulsion is used as a tack coat, the emulsion should be allowed to break and adhere effectively to the
aggregate before brooming commences. Brooming before the emulsion has broken will result in the
turning of the aggregate, which, in turn, will result in the aggregate sticking to the rollers and broom
bristles.
f)
It is most important to obtain the correct application of aggregate at initial application so as to reduce
brooming and the need for back-chipping as far as possible.

109
g) If emulsion is used for the penetration sprays, the precoating of the aggregate of the second application
of the aggregate must not be done with a tar-based precoating fluid but with diluted emulsion or a
commercially available bitumen precoating product
h) The quantity of binder calculated for the tack coat should be reduced to the minimum quantity of binder
required to hold the first application of aggregate in place and prevent its movement when the surface is
broomed. The balance of the binder should be added to the penetration sprays.
i)
The application of the second spray should be delayed until all the excess volatiles have evaporated.
Under no circumstances should cutback binders be used for the tack coat as subsequent sprays lock in
the volatiles which flush up during the hot season. Heavy to medium traffic using the road under these
conditions will cause excessive bleeding of the surface.
j)
Finishing of the final layer is similar to that for single seals. This is described in the section on the
construction of single seals (Section 7.6).
7.11.4 Specific recommendations for Cape Seals

After application of the first layer of aggregate the following procedures are recommended:
a) Rolling with the heavy pneumatic-tyred rollers should continue from the time the binder and aggregate
are applied for a minimum of 8 passes per roller width. As a guide, 2 hrs rolling with one heavy
pneumatic-tyred roller is required for every km of single lane 3,7 m wide surfaced roadway, i.e. approx.
8 - 10 passes over each "width of roller" of surfaced width of the roadway.
b) All loose stone should be broomed off the surface before the fog spray is applied.
c) The fog spray is usually a penetration grade bitumen or a diluted emulsion. If a cationic bitumen
emulsion is used as the fog spray, the aggregate should not be precoated with a tar-based precoating
fluid. Precoating is important in so far as it assists in the application and preparation of the first
application of aggregate.
Note:
Sufficient time should also be allowed between application of the tack coat and the fog spray, especially if
emulsion is used in the tack coat.
d) Before the slurry is applied and the surface has been exposed to the elements and construction traffic,
there probably will be some disturbance of the aggregate. It is therefore recommended that the surface
be given one complete pass with a steel-wheeled roller early in the morning before the surface has
warmed up.
e) If the surface has lain for any length of time, it should be inspected for contamination by dust, mud,
vegetable matter or water. Loose material can be removed effectively with compressed air.
f)
Depending on the texture required for the final surface, either a single or double application of slurry
may be required. This may be applied either by hand or spreader box, but the mixing should be done in
an approved mixer.
g) Care should be taken to determine the bulking of the fine aggregate used.
h) If the slurry is placed with hand labour, 13 mm diameter sisal rope (50 m lengths) should be placed on
either edge of the section to be treated with slurry, i.e. at the edge of the surface and on the centre line.
Work should be confined to these limits. The slurry should not be over-applied but levelled off neatly to
the tops of the aggregate and finished off by dragging a moist burlap over the slurry before the emulsion
breaks. If the slurry is applied with a spreader box, it is advisable to work up to approximately 100 mm
from the edge and to use squeegees to spread the slurry to the edge.

110
Note:
A better result is obtained by hand spreading. However, the slurry must be moved too far as segregation
could occur.
i)
The surface should be well rolled with a heavy pneumatic-tyred roller, preferably 24 hours after
application, in order to obtain a dense, well-knit surface. Depending on the texture required, a second
application of slurry may be required.
Note:
The final texture will also be dependent on the closeness (shoulder-to-shoulder) of the underlying aggregate.
7.11.5 Construction of modified binder seals
When the modified binder and the spray rates applicable to the traffic, foundation and surface conditions
have been selected, the following pertinent points should be observed during the construction process.
a)
All the preliminary checks applicable to normal bitumen seals, as regards setting out of the work,
traffic control, checking of equipment and aggregate should be carried out meticulously.
b)
Sufficient quantities of aggregate, corresponding to the envisaged amount of binder to be sprayed,

should be precoated 24 hours before it is required. (Some authorities specify 48 hours.)
c)
If bitumen rubber is to be used, the rubber crumbs should be tested well in advance of the work to
ensure that they comply with the specifications for grading, cleanliness, percentage of synthetic
rubber and percentage of natural rubber.
Note:
Too high a percentage of natural rubber will result in blocked jets and stoppages on site.
d)
Distributors spraying modified binders, especially bitumen rubber binders, should be tested on site
for evenness of distribution of the spray bar and for delivery of the binder by the distributor pump.
(Refer to APPENDIX J.)
e)
It is advisable and recommended that when bitumen rubber is to be used, the rubber crumb be
introduced on site, in order that the time for "digestion" can be controlled. The time for digestion i.e.,
the time between introduction of the rubber and spraying should not exceed 2 hours. The digestion
temperature should be between 180 C and 200 C.
f)
The temperature at which the selected binder is to be sprayed should be obtained from the supplier
and adhered to on the work. For bitumen rubber this could vary between 185 C and 195 C. If the
spraying temperature is too low, "roping" or "tramlines" will result when the binder is applied.
Temperature control is equally important for other modified binders.
g)
When bitumen rubber is used, it is recommended that the entire contents of the tanker be sprayed
out in one operation wherever possible, provided that all the checks for availability of aggregate,
equipment, standby equipment and area of road surface available have been carried out
meticulously.
h)
The treatment of the centre-line joint requires attention:

-
The "shoulder" end of the spray bar should be fitted with an end nozzle and fishplate.
The "centre-line" end of the spray bar should be fitted with an end nozzle but no fishplate.
After the aggregate has been applied, any aggregate which may have fallen beyond the centre-
On the return spray the end nozzle "flare" will overlap the previous spray with a small amount of
line within the sprayed "flare" of the end nozzle across the centre-line should be removed.

111
overspray on the aggregate previously applied.

Any aggregate falling on this overspray should be broomed off immediately so as to prevent the
formation of a ridge consisting of a double layer of aggregate along the centre-line of the road.
i)
The use of rotary brooms and pneumatic-tyred rollers (heavy) working in tandem to remove overapplication of aggregate/double layers of aggregate and to distribute aggregate to the uncovered
areas, is essential. This process should continue until all the binder has been completely covered
and the aggregate is lying shoulder-to-shoulder.
j)
All loose aggregate should be removed from the surface before the road is opened to traffic.
k)
Summer grade bitumen rubber should only be used between approximately the middle of September
and the middle of May, when minimum daily temperatures are 7-10 C. Winter grade bitumen
rubber may be used between the middle of May and the middle of September, when the minimum
daily temperature can fall to -4 C.
l)
Modified emulsions are more accommodating than bitumen rubber and may be sprayed in the dry
winter months, provided that the road temperature is 10 C and rising.
m)
Hot modified binders should not be sprayed in the cold months, i.e. from May to the end of August
unless a special formulation is prepared by the suppliers or construction methods or the seal type
can be changed e.g. to keep traffic off the newly constructed seal and/or change to a double seal.
Note:
Information regarding the minimum and maximum temperatures is available from the South African Weather
Service on request or from their Website (http://www.weathersa.co.za).
7.11.6 Sealing on a wet base
7.11.6.1 New base construction
When constructing a road under traffic, practitioners are often confronted to either wait for the new granular
base to dry out to fifty percent of optimum moisture content, as normally specified, or to commence with the
construction of the seal before such ideal conditions occur.
Although this situation normally only occurs on lower volume roads where insufficient funds do not allow for
temporary bypasses or proper half-width construction, a decision has to be made whether deterioration and
ravelling of the base or embedment of the seal aggregate and possible early isolated base failures would be
more acceptable.
Based on studies in South Africa regarding the moisture content of base layers, stabilising on sixty to eighty
percent of optimum moisture content, the general perception is that the lesser of the evils would be to seal
the road before the base has dried out to fifty percent of optimum moisture content.
The possibility of rain, the cohesion of the base material, traffic volumes and performance of the prime layer
should be taken into account in making such a decision.
7.11.6.2 Reseal
Sealing too soon after rain on existing porous and cracked surfaces has resulted, on several occasions, in
rapid deterioration and failures of the granular base layer. Therefore, it is recommended to allow sufficient
time for moisture to evaporate.

112
Note:
Some road authorities in southern Africa prefer to apply a diluted emulsion or a rejuvenator during the dry
season prior to the construction of the reseal.
8 RECOMMENDED MATERIAL STANDARDS

8.1
AGGREGATES
All the aggregates used in seals, whether stone, crusher dust or natural sand, should, in general, conform to
4
the recommendations given in the COLTO Specifications and comply with the requirements of SABS
31
Specification 1200 M: 1996
for grading, crushing strength, (Aggregate Crushing Value (ACV) and 10%
FACT), Flakiness Index, polished stone value, fines and dust content, adhesion and sand equivalent values
31
applicable to the aggregate for that particular purpose. SABS Specification 1200 M: 1996 has replaced
35
SABS 1083: 1976 .

The minimum specifications for aggregates and sands in surfacing seals are summarized in Table 8-1 to
Table 8-6.
The functions and performance of aggregates are discussed in paragraph 2.7.1.
Ta b l e 8- 1 - G ra d in g o f Gr a d e 1 , 2 an d 3 ag g r eg a te s fo r s u r fa c i ng s e al s
Sieve size
(mm)
Grade
37,50
26,50
19,00
13,20
9,50
6,70
4,75
3,35
2,36
Grades
1&2
Grade
3
Fines
content:
Material
passing a
0,425 mm
sieve (max)
Dust
content:
Material
passing a
0,075 mm
sieve (max)
Grade
1
Grade
2
Grade
3
Grade
1
Grade
2
Grade
3
26,5
mm
nominal
size
100
85 - 100
0 - 30
0-5
-
19,0
mm
nominal
size
100
85 - 100
0 - 30
0-5
-
Percentage passing by mass

13,2
9,5 mm
6,7 mm
mm
nominal
nominal
nominal
size
size
size
100
85 - 100
100
0 - 30*
85 - 100
100
0 - 5**
0 - 30*
85 - 100
0 - 5**
0 - 30*
0 - 5**
4,75
mm
nominal
size
100
85 - 100
0 - 30
0-5
2,36
mm
nominal
size
100
0 - 100
Grading shall comply with the requirements for grades 1 and 2 with the
following exceptions: * 0 50
** 0 10
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
1,0
15,0
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
2,0
2,5
15,0
N/A
N/A
2,0
2,0
3,0
3,5
15,0
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2,0
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,5
1,0
1,0
2,0
N/A
N/A
1,5
1,5
1,5
1,5
2,0

113
Note:
It might not always be possible to get aggregate with grading fully in specification. Relaxation of standards
could be considered for low volume roads.
Ta b l e 8- 2 - P r o pe r ti e s o f a g g re ga t es fo r s u r fa c i ng s e a ls
Grade of Aggregate
Grade 1
Grade 2 & 3
Property
Flakiness Index
[%] (max)
19,0 mm nominal size
13,2 mm nominal size
9,5 mm nominal size
6,7 mm nominal size
10 % FACT [kN] (min)
Wet to Dry Ratio [%]
Aggregate Crushing Value (ACV) [%] (max)
Polished Stone Value (PSV) (min)
25
25
30
30
210
75
21
50
Ta b l e 8- 3 - P r o pe r ti e s o f s an d fo r s a nd s e al s
Sieve Size (mm)
30
30
35
35
210
75
21
50
Percentage passing by mass
6,7
100
0,300
0 - 15
0,15
0-2
Sand Equivalent [%]: 35 minimum
Ta b l e 8- 4 - P r o pe r ti e s o f s an d fo r g r i t s ea ls
Sieve size (mm)

4,75
2,36
1,18
0,600
0,300
0,150
0,075
Sand Equivalent
[%] (min)
28
Cumulative percentage
passing
100
0 - 100
0 - 50
0 - 20
0 - 10
0-5
0-2
35
The following weathering tests may be conducted on aggregate for seals:

Sulphate soundness tests;
Freezing and thawing test;
Wetting-drying test;
Los Angeles abrasion test;
Weathering (Ethylene glycol)
31,35
None of these tests are specified in the SABS specifications

or by the Committee of Land Transport
4
Officials (COLTO) . It should be noted that not all laboratories possess the facilities to conduct these tests.
8.1.1
Relaxation of Specifications
On account of the decreasing availability of high quality aggregates, of the increasing demands made for
these and the increased costs of hauling and crushing, consideration could be given to the use of
114
31
aggregates which do not meet all the requirements of SABS 1200 M

township roads and possibly on lightly trafficked rural roads.
in seals or reseals on suburban and
36
It has been found (Wright et al ) that, by the use of marginal materials of this type, savings of up to 30 per
cent in the cost of aggregate alone could be realized, resulting in an overall saving of as much as 7 per cent
of the total cost of the seal.
In view of the fact that the design of surfacing seals is based to a large extent on aggregate size, grading
and ALD, no departure from the standard specifications for these parameters is recommended for
aggregates used in seals on lightly trafficked roads.
8.1.1.1
Crushing Strength
On lightly trafficked roads or when resealing is carried out on moderately trafficked roads on top of old
surfacings which are soft relative to a crushed stone base, the crushing strength requirements for the
aggregate may be relaxed, in view of the satisfactory performance of such aggregates in seals on relatively
lightly trafficked roads. In order to prevent crushing of the aggregate during construction of the seals (single
or double) the use of steel-wheeled rollers should be avoided on these soft aggregates.
Whereas aggregates with a maximum ACV of 21 or a minimum 10% FACT of 210 kN are recommended, it
has been found that satisfactory results have been achieved on low-to-medium trafficked roads with ACVs
as high as 30 (equivalent to a 10% FACT value of approximately 100 kN). For very lightly trafficked roads,
aggregates with ACVs of 40 have been found to be acceptable.
On high-speed rural roads, the skid resistance of the surfacing is a major functional aspect. For this reason
limits are placed on the Polished Stone Value (PSV) of aggregates, since polishing of the stone reduces the
skid resistance and, at speed, may make the surface hazardous, particularly in wet conditions, or at locations
where braking is likely to take place, such as at approaches to intersections, traffic circles, or at tight bends
where there is insufficient super-elevation etc.
37
However, it has been found
that skid resistance is rarely a problem on lightly trafficked roads carrying less
than 500 vpd and, consequently, the PSV requirement may be dropped, except, possibly at intersections
etc., as described in the preceding paragraph. The removal of this requirement, together with the relaxation
of the strength requirement should make hitherto marginal aggregates acceptable in certain circumstances
and, consequently, result in appreciable savings.
It is emphasized that this relaxation of some of the aggregate standards should not be construed as a
lowering of quality or as a means of disposing of sub-standard materials by using these to construct substandard roads in communities and suburbs whose roads carry light traffic.
The recommendation to use marginal aggregates in such roads was originally made by the Southern African
38
Bitumen Association (SABITA) and is based on the results of a survey carried out in this and neighbouring
countries in southern Africa, where high quality aggregates meeting all the requirements of the SABS
Specifications
31
are not always available.
It sometimes occurs that, while the available aggregates may comply with the relevant specifications, their
properties (such as ALD or Flakiness Index) may show great variation. This would impact on the design of

115
the seal and may make it necessary to design and apply the seal in many short sections. In such cases, the
use of aggregates which are slightly outside the specifications, but whose properties are consistent, may be
considered.
It should also be noted that aggregates which comply with all the requirements of the specifications may not
necessarily be suitable for use in surfacing seals.
If the aggregate comes from a source whose origins and geological properties are not well documented it is
essential that they be thoroughly investigated, as there are many recorded instances of apparently suitable
aggregates being totally unacceptable and performing very poorly (stripping, disintegration, extremely water
sensitive etc.).
8.2
SLURRY AGGREGATE
The aggregate used in the manufacture of slurries generally consists of crusher sand or of a blend of crusher
32
sand and natural sand. It should conform to the recommendations given in TRH 14 .
The gradings of aggregate used in slurries are given in Table 8-5 and Table 8-6. Natural sand should not
form more than 50 (COLTO specifies 25%) per cent by mass of the aggregate blend unless a cationic
bitumen emulsion is used or an adhesion agent is added.
The aggregate used in rapid-setting slurries should have the same properties as those specified for
conventional slurries. In addition they should be checked for compatibility with the emulsions to be used. The
gradings of the aggregate to be used in rapid-setting slurries are given in Table 8-6.

116
Ta b l e 8- 5 P r op e r ti es of a g g re ga t es fo r s l u rr i es
Sieve Size
(mm)
13,20
9,50
6,70
4,75
2,36
1,18
0,60
0,30
0,15
0,075
Percentage passing sieve by mass

Fine Slurry
Coarse Slurry
Medium grade
Coarse grade
Type 1
Type 2
100
100
85 - 100
100
100
85 - 100
70 -90
82 - 100
70 - 90
70 - 90
60 - 80
56 - 95
45 - 70
45 - 70
40 - 60
37 - 75
28 - 50
25 - 45
25 - 45
22 - 50
19 - 34
15 - 30
15 - 30
15 - 37
12 - 25
10 - 20
10 - 20
7 - 20
7 - 18
6 - 15
6 - 15
4 - 12
2-8
4 - 10
4 - 10
Fine grade
100
90 - 100
65 - 95
42 - 72
23 - 48
10 - 27
4 - 12
Sand Equivalent [%]: 35 (min)

Ta b l e 8- 6 - A g g re g at e g ra d in g s f o r r ap i d -s et t in g s l u rr i es
Nominal Maximum Aggregate size (mm)

6,7
9,5
13,2
OVERLAYS
RUT FILLING
Cumulative percentage passing
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80-100
100
100
66-100
60-84
100
70-100
57-75
50-70
80-100
50-75
48-85
44-62
64-80
46-60
42-56
38-57
40-55
32-47
28-43
28-43
27-38
20-34
18-30
18-33
14-24
10-22
10-20
10-20
9-18
7-16
7-14
7-14
5-15
5-10
5-10
5-10
35 min
3
3
3
3
200 /m
190 /m
160 /m
150 /m
4,75
Sieve size (mm)

13,2
9,5
6,7
4,75
3,35
2,36
1,18
0,600
0,300
0,150
0,075
Sand Equivalent
Modified emulsion
8.3
ACTIVE FILLERS
8.3.1
Cement
The cement used in slurries should be Ordinary Portland Cement and should comply with current SABS
39
specifications for cement .

8.3.2
Lime
The lime used in slurries should be slaked lime and should comply with current SABS specifications for
40
lime . A maximum of 1 - 1,5 per cent of lime (by mass of dry aggregate) may be added.

117
8.4
BITUMINOUS BINDERS
8.4.1
Unmodified binders
Unmodified bituminous binders used in the construction of surfacing seals should conform to the
specifications of the latest edition of the SABS specifications, which are listed in Table 8-7.
The functions of a binder and the types available are discussed in Chapter 5.
Ta b l e 8- 7 - S p ec if ic a ti o ns ad d ed fo r un m o d if i ed bi t um i no us bi nd e rs f or s ea l s
Bituminous binder
SABS specification
45
150/200 pen bitumen
307
80/100 pen bitumen
307
308
308
Anionic bitumen road emulsion (spray grade and stable grade)
309
Cationic bitumen road emulsion (spray grade and stable grade)
548
45
41
41
46
47
Cutback bitumens are specified in terms of the properties of the final product only. No reference is made in
the SABS specifications
41
to the properties of the cutters used in the manufacture of cutback bitumens.
If a decision is made on site to further cut back cutback bitumens or to cut back penetration grade bitumens
(to improve aggregate adhesion, facilitate the spraying of bitumen at a low residual binder application rate,
reduce the viscosity of the binder or for any other reason), the cutters used (diesel or paraffin) should comply
with current SABS specifications
42,43,44
Where paraffin is used as a cutter, care should be taken to ensure that the paraffin and bituminous binders
used are compatible. It has been found that one or other type of paraffin is more compatible with bitumens
produced by certain refineries than with those from others. While this has not been formally investigated, this
finding is based on experience in the field, where otherwise inexplicable failures have been reported.
Should it be necessary to cut back binders in the field, the manufacturer of the base bitumen should be
consulted to determine the most appropriate cutter to use.
The issue of cutting back of binders on site is discussed in more detail in APPENDIX I.
8.4.2
Modified binders
The Asphalt Academy has published a Technical Guideline for the use of Modified Binders in Road
Construction (TG1, October 2001). The TG1 document describes the different binder classifications and
applications thereof in great detail. The product requirements for binders used in surface seals as found in
TG1 (October 2001) are reproduced in this document. It is very important that the reader refers to the latest
version of TG1 as the specifications may change from time to time. The classification of modified binders for
surface seal applications is given in Table 8-8.

118
Ta b l e 8- 8 - Cl as s i f ic at i on o f Mo d i fi ed B in d er s f o r S u r f ac e S e al s
Modified Binder Class (S)
Application
S-E1
Surface Seal Hot applied
S-E2
Surface Seal Hot applied
S-R1
Surface Seal Bitumen-rubber
SC-E1
Surface Seal cold applied (emulsion)
SC-E2
Surface Seal cold applied (emulsion)
The letter codes used in Table 8-8 are defined as follows:

S SC -
surface seal applications (hot applied)

surface seal applications (cold applied)
E
R
polymer of elastomer type (e.g. SBR or SBS)

crumbed rubber
The numerical code included in the binder classification has no bearing on the modifier concentration
included in the binder but identifies the binder according to specific binder properties/requirements.
45
It is recommended that the base bitumen used for blending conforms to SABS 307 . This is applicable to
both the hot- and cold-applied binders.
The properties for hot applied polymer modified binder for surface seals are given in Table 8-9. Table 8-10
contains the properties for cold applied modified binders for surface seals. The properties of bitumen-rubber
binders used in surface seals are contained in Table 8-11. The test methods with MB pre-script refer to the
test methods contained in the TG1 (October 2001) document.

119
Ta b l e 8- 9 - P r o pe r ti e s o f h o t -a p pl ie d m od i fi e d b ind e r s f o r s u r f ac e s ea ls
Property
Unit
Softening Point (R&B)

Dynamic Viscosity @ 165 C
Ductility @ 15 C
Force Ductility @ 15 C
Min/Max
Binder Class
Test Method
S-E1
S-E2
Min
MB-17
50
57
Pa.s
Max
MB-18
0,55
0,55
cm
Min
MB-19
75
(*4)
AASHTO: TP5
Report
Report
MPa
AASHTO: TP1
Report
Report
Elastic Recovery @ 15 C
Min
MB-4
50
70
Flash Point
Min
ASTM: D93-97
230
230
Stability (R&B diff. @ 60 C)
Max
MB-6
Min
MB-7
90
90
MB-5
Report
Report
MB-5
Report
Report
Complex Shear Modulus (G*/sin @

(*2)
10 rad/s)
Creep Stiffness:
Rheometer
Bending
Beam
Adhesion @ 5 C
Torsional Recovery @ 15 C
(*3)
Properties after ageing (RTFOT)
Report
50
(*1)
Report
MB-3
Difference in Softening Point
MB-17
-2 to +8
- 2 to +8
Elastic Recovery @ 15 C
Min
MB-4
40
50
Mass Change
Max
MB-3
1,0
1,0
Dynamic Viscosity @ 165 C
Pa.s
MB-18
Report
Repo rt
MB-5
Report
Report
*Notes:
There is a possibility that the Report only test properties could in future form part of the specifications. It is
recommended that, wherever possible, they are carried out at the commencement of the project in order to
develop a local database for these properties.
According to SHRP methods.
Based on Austroads method: This is a relatively cheap, quick and simple test which shows great promise as
a quality control tool on site.
No values are given but the test may be utilised to rank various binders according to the improved properties
required.

120
Ta b l e 8- 1 0 - P r op e r ti es o f c o ld - a pp li e d m o d if i ed b i nd e rs f or s u r f ac e s e a ls
Binder Class
Min/
Max
Test
Method
(%
m/m)
MB-22
65-68
70-73
65-68
70-73
second
s
MB-21
51-200
51-400
51-200
51-400
g/100
ml
Max
MB-23
0,5
0,5
Particle charge
MB-24
Positive
Positive
Sedimentation after 60
rotations
SABS
548
Nil
Nil
Property
Modified Binder Content
Viscosity @ 50 C
(Saybolt Furol)
Residue on sieving
Unit
Properties of recovered binder residue

Softening point
MB-20
SC-E1
SC-E2
(*1)
Min
MB-17
48
55
Ductility @ 15 C
cm
Min
MB-19
75
50
Elastic recovery @ 15 C
Min
MB-4
50
55
Torsional recovery @ 15
(*3)
C
Force Ductility
MB-5
N
(*4)
(*2)
Report
Report
Report
Report
*Notes:
Recovery of binder residue may follow either the rotary vacuum evaporation method or the simple
evaporation method. As it is more practical to carry out the recovery in site conditions, it is recommended
that the simple evaporation method is used. In addition, this method retains the fluxing oil and gives a better
indication of the amount of binder that has been added. The residue obtained from the rotary evaporation
method is believed to be substantially free of fluxing oil after recovery, possibly giving a better representation
of the binder properties in-service after a period of curing.
There is a possibility that the Report only test properties could in future form part of the specifications. It is
recommended that, wherever possible, they are carried out at the commencement of the project in order to
develop a local database for these properties.
Based on Austroads method. This is a relatively cheap, quick and simple test which shows great promise as
a quality control tool on site.
No values are given but the test may be utilised to rank various binders according to the improved properties
required.

121
Ta b l e 8- 1 1 - P r op e r ti es o f bi t um en - r ub b e r f o r s u rf a c e s e al s
Property
Unit
Test Method
Binder Class
S-R1
Min
Max
Compression Recovery: 5 minutes
MB-11
70
Compression Recovery: 4 hours
MB-11
70
Compression Recovery: 4 days
MB-11
25
45
Softening Point (R&B)
MB-17
55
62
Resilience
MB-10
13
35
mm
MB-12
15
70
dPa.s
MB-13
20
40
Flow
Dynamic Viscosity (Haake @ 190 C)
8.5
PRECOATING MATERIALS
For the precoating of stone the following materials are recommended:

a) Bitumen prime (MC 30) cut back with aromatic paraffin.
b) Diluted bitumen emulsion (cationic or anionic) (water must be compatible).
c) Diesel fuel, blend of diesel fuel and aromatic paraffin.
d) Other bitumen-based precoating fluids.
8.6
TEST METHODS
All materials used in surfacing seals should comply with the relevant specifications mentioned above.
In order to ensure compliance with the specifications, all tests on these materials should be carried out
according to the following standard test methods:
Aggregates
Sieve Analysis
Aggregate crushing value
TMH1 , Method B4/SABS Method 829

17
52
10% FACT
Flakiness Index

17
54
Polished Stone Value
SABS Method 848
Fines content
Dust content

17
23
Sulphate soundness tests

Freezing and thawing test;
AASHTO T104 ;
21
AASHTO T103
Los Angeles abrasion test,

Deval abrasion test.
AASHTO T96-45
21
AASHTO T4-35
Ethylene glycol test
HIGGS, 1976
17
23
17
53
18
17
23
21
21
20

122
Sand
17
23
Sieve Analysis
Sand equivalent
Lime Saturation Factor
SABS Method 745
Al2: O3 ratio
SO3 content
SABS Method 745

57
SABS Method 741
Loss on ignition
Insoluble residue content
SABS Method 743

59
SABS Method 744
Coarse particles content
SABS Method 746
Specific surface
Density
SABS Method 748

62
SABS Method 747
Compressive strength
Transverse strength
SABS Method 749

64
SABS Method 750
Setting time
Soundness
SABS Method 752

66
SABS Method 753
17
55
Cement
Penetration grade bitumens

Penetration
Softening Point
Viscosity (before and after Rolling
Thin Film Oven Test)
56
56
58
60
61
63
65
27
67
ASTM D5 /IP 49
48
ASTM D36
27
ASTM D4402
Ductility (before and after Rolling

49
Thin Film Oven Test)

Change in mass after Rolling Thin
DIN 52013
Film Oven Test

Spot Test
ASTM D2872
21
AASHTO T102
Cutback bitumens
Kinematic viscosity
Distillation
Penetration of residue
Cutback bitumen emulsions
Viscosity
Binder content
27
27
ASTM D2170
27
67
ASTM D402 /IP 27
27
67
ASTM D5 / IP 49
27
ASTM D244
27
ASTM D244
27
Fluxing agent content
ASTM D244
Particle charge
Residue on sieving
SABS 309 /SABS 548

17
TMH1 , Method E18
Binder deposit on cathode

Sedimentation
ASTM D244
46
47
SABS 309 /SABS 548
46
47
27

123
Anionic bitumen emulsions

Viscosity
27
ASTM D244
27
Binder content
ASTM D244
Residue on sieving
Sedimentation
TMH1 , Method E18

46
47
SABS 309 /SABS 548
17
Bitumen Rubber
Refer to Asphalt Academy, Technical Guideline: The use of Modified Binders in Road Construction
(TG1, October 2001).

124
9 PROCESS CONTROL AND ACCEPTANCE CONTROL

9.1
HEADINGS
The process control of the work can be classified under the following headings:
Materials
Checking of plant
Road checks
Control checks and records
Guidelines for process control and quality control. (Refer to TRH5 . The frequency of sampling and
testing should be in accordance with the clients requirements.)
9.1.1
9.1.1.1
68
Materials
Laboratory Tests on the Aggregate
The aggregate to be used for the work should conform to the standards discussed in Chapter 8.
68
The aggregate should initially be sampled in accordance with TRH5
at the source of production and from
the stockpiles. The following tests should be performed:

Sieve analyses
Determination of ALD
Determination of Sand Equivalent value
Measurement of Flakiness Index
Determination of Polished stone value
Hardness Test (A.C.V.), or 10% FACT
Adhesion Test (Riedel and Weber)
Test for deleterious substances
The geology of the parent rock should be established in order to enable its acidity or quartz content to be
determined.
Sampling and testing should be carried out systematically as the material is delivered. The following check
tests should be carried out:
Sieve analyses
Determination of ALD
Measurement of Flakiness Index (One test done on 5 random
samples, i.e. 1 sample from each 10 m load)

125
9.1.1.2
Laboratory tests on binders (refer to Chapter 8)
9.1.1.3
As these tests are not normally done in the field, it is recommended that arrangements be made with the
supplier for a complete set of tests to be performed on each batch prepared at the refinery and, if necessary,
for determination of the constituent composition of the binder, indicating the following:
-
Asphaltenes content
Saturates content
Aromatic content
Resin content
Knowledge of the constituents of the binder will assist in the formulation of bitumen rubber binders as well as
in cutting back of the binder in the field.
Notes:
Sampling of each truck load of bitumen is required. Each 1 litre sample should be clearly marked for future
reference, indicating its application, chainages and position on the road, together with date and batch
number.
9.1.1.4
Emulsions
As these tests are not normally done in the field, the supplier should be requested to conduct a complete
series of tests on each batch of emulsion delivered in accordance with the relevant SABS Standard
46, 47
Specifications
, as follows:
Anionic Emulsion
Cationic emulsion
Viscosity at 50 C
Residual binder content
Residue on sieving
Sedimentation after 60 rotations
Coagulation value when mixed with standard dolerite chippings
Viscosity at 50 C
Residual binder content
Residue on sieving
Sedimentation after 60 rotations
Coagulation value when mixed with standard dolerite chippings
Particle charge determination
Determination of binder deposit on the cathode
The tests required on binders for seal work are summarized in Table 9-1.

126
Ta b l e 9- 1 - S u mm ar y o f r e c omm e nd e d co n t ro l t es t s o n b it um e ns d u r in g co n st r uc t io n
Tests
Bitumen emulsion
Anionic - SABS 30946
Cationic - SABS 54847
Water content
Penetration @ 25 C
Saybolt Furol Viscosity
R & B softening point
Polymer-modified bitumen
(SABITA Manual 3)50)

(SABS 307)45
Penetration (after 24 hrs curing @ 25

C)
Bitumen rubber
Ball pen.
Viscosity
Resilience
Distillation to:
190 C
225 C
260 C
316 C

Dynamic viscosity (Haake)
Cutback bitumen
(SABS 308)41
Compression recovery
5 min
1 hour
1 day
4 day
Dynamic viscosity (Haake)
Residue at 360 C
Penetration on residue
Flow
Sampling
frequency
2 x 1 from each spray tanker.

Notes :
1 x 1 to be kept on site as a
duplicate sample
3 x 1 from each delivery or

spray tanker.
3 x 1 samples from each delivery or

spray tanker.
Notes :
If the laboratory test results are
out of specification, the SABS
tests for compliance with SABS
30745 are carried out, otherwise
2 x 1 samples are kept on site
as replicate samples.
Notes :
(i) Elastic recovery at 10 C and ductility
at 10 C are tested off-site on the first
sample and thereafter only if the site
laboratory results show that the binder is
out of specification.
1 x 1 sample is kept on site as a
duplicate sample.
(ii) The penetration of the base bitumen
is usually specified.

2 x 1 samples at start of spray
and 2 x 1 samples at end of
spray.
Notes :
(i) 1 x 1 sample is kept on site
as a duplicate.
(ii) The penetration grade
bitumen should conform to the
requirements of SABS 30745
and its latest amendments at
time of tender.
3 x 1 sample from each

delivery or spray tanker.
Notes :
(i) 1 x 1 tested on site;
(ii) 1 x 1 tested off-site;
(iii) 1 x 1 kept on site.
Off-site tests are carried out
on the first sample and
when required by the
Engineer.
Notes:
It is particularly important to determine residual bitumen content values when diluted bitumen emulsions are sprayed.
The residual bitumen content of each truck load of emulsion delivered should be determined.
The residual bitumen content of each truck load of diluted emulsion sprayed should be determined.
When emulsion is used for seal work it is advisable to establish its viscosity.

127
9.1.1.5
Modified binders
Current recommendations regarding the frequency of sampling and testing for modified binders is discussed
in TG1
9.1.2
Checking of Plant
9.1.2.1
(70)
Distributor
The supervisor should ensure that the distributor has a valid certificate for spraying and that the
numbers of the pump, spray bar and dipstick are on the certificate.
He should ensure that the machine is not leaking oil, diesel fuel or bitumen.
The master screen in the system should be checked for cleanliness - especially when bitumen rubber
is sprayed or after the distributor has sprayed bitumen rubber and is currently spraying normal binder.
The supervisor should check that the nozzles are correctly set, that the nozzles at the extremities of
the spray bar are "end nozzles" and that uniform nozzles are fitted in between the end nozzles.
For checking lateral distribution of binder by distributor, the field test described in APPENDIX J should
be carried out.
He should check that all nozzles are clean by means of a trial spray well away from the road prism.
He should ensure that the distributor has proper "fish plates", one at each end of the spray bar.
He should ensure that the distributor does not start from zero speed at the beginning of the section to
be sprayed but from 4 to 5 metres before the start.
9.1.2.2
Self-Propelled Chip Spreaders
The supervisor should:
check that the "rollers" of distribution bins are not worn or bent. The roller drum support bearings must
also be in good condition
check that the conveyor belts of the chip spreader are in a good condition and not cut or worn, so as
to ensure continuous application of aggregate without breakdowns occurring
check that the gates of the bins are uniformly and correctly adjusted so as to give a uniform application
before aggregate is applied on the road
check that the sieve in front of the "roller" of the distribution box is in place and adjusted to ensure that
clean aggregate initially falls on the binder and that, if any dust is present, this falls on top of the
aggregate
A dry run should be done to ensure that application of aggregate is uniformly applied to correct
requirements
After the trial run with the chip spreader has been done for all seal work, the supervisor and operator
should agree on the application rates required. For (a) Cape Seals and (b) one and a half or double
seals, where an "open" application may be required, the reduction in application can be more
accurately established before the work commences.
9.1.2.3 Rollers
The supervisor should ensure that the contractor has at least two self-propelled pneumatic-tyred rollers fully
ballasted on site in good working condition (20 tons unballasted), depending on the daily output planned by
the contractor.
It is recommended and advisable that heavy pneumatic rollers be used for single seal reseal work. Light
128
steel wheel rollers may be used where the existing surface is smooth before the application of the fogspray.
For double seal and Cape Seal work, steel-wheeled rollers are required in addition to the heavy pneumatictyred rollers.
There should be no leaks or spillage of any kind from the equipment, e.g. (oil, fuel, etc.) on the surface of
road, either before or after the seal has been applied.
The tyre pressures of pneumatic-tyred rollers should be checked for correctness and uniformity of pressure
and should be in good condition.
Tyre sizes and shapes should be uniform. Only tyres manufactured for the purpose should be allowed.
Tyre scrapers and spray nozzles for wetting the tyres must all be in good working order.
9.1.2.4
Trucks and loader
There should be sufficient trucks in good working condition and the loader should have sufficient capacity to
enable each spray to be covered within 15 - 20 minutes of application. Trucks should be provided with
correct couplings to couple to the chip spreaders.
9.1.2.5 Rotary brooms

The contractor should have at least two rotary brooms in good working condition with uniform broom
segments.
Sufficient hand brooms and shovels should be available to remove any excess aggregate which may have
been applied at joints or truck changes and for any other emergencies resulting from breakdown of
equipment.
HINT:
When heavily trafficked roads are being sealed and the width of carriageway
exceeds 2 lanes, it is advisable to use a vacuum broom with self-propelled brooms (at
least 2) to leave the surface free of loose chips when the road is opened to traffic at rush
hour.
9.1.2.6
Water bowsers
Sufficient water trucks should be available to lay the dust on any deviation adjacent to the surfacing project.
HINT: When an emulsion binder is used and dusty aggregate is all that is available, a
light spray of water before the emulsion is applied will improve the quality of work.
9.1.3
Road checks
check that road signs and general traffic control arrangements have been made, e.g. he should make
certain that the barricades are such that traffic cannot inadvertently be directed onto the surface being
sprayed

129
check that the prepared surface to be sprayed has been approved and is ready for spraying. No
unwanted material should be carried over on the surface, i.e. mud, dust etc
ensure that the area to be sprayed is properly demarcated (with twine held down with steel nails at 5m
intervals on straight sections and at 3 m intervals on curves) to guide the distributor operator
ensure that the deviation close to the area to be sprayed is watered to control dust
ensure that the contractor has made adequate arrangements for equipment and materials to cover the
sprayed area in the specified time
check that there are no obstructions in the line of spray
ensure that, after spraying the distributor does not park on the road without a "drip strip" being placed
under the spray bar
ensure that the specified reinforced paper is available and placed properly at the beginning and end of
the section to be sprayed and that arrangements have been made to remove and dispose of the
jointing material. Special drip strips of reinforced paper may be required where the distributor is
parked on the road prior to spraying.
9.1.4
Control checks and records
a)
Single and multiple seals and Cape Seals
check that the bituminous binder is of the correct type and grade (e.g. tar, prime, bitumen or
emulsion). He should obtain the batch certificate from the binder distributor operator, stating the grade
of binder and batch number.
record the temperature of the binder and ensure that the same type of binder is always sprayed at the
same temperature
record the road and air temperatures, as well as the maximum and minimum temperatures for 72
hours
record the dipstick readings to determine the quantity of binder in the distributor. The distributor should
be parked on level ground for this purpose.
check alignment of distributor, i.e. width of spray bar + 100 mm should correspond with the distance of
the guide chain from the edge of the surface to be sprayed
check the height of the spray bar before spraying - (uniform height above surface for width of spray)
record the length and width of road sprayed and the final dipstick reading. The distributor should be
record the tachometer reading in case adjustments to the distributors speed of spray are required.
parked on a level surface. Dipstick readings should be taken by the supervisor himself.
b)
Slurry seals
ensure that the road surface is cleaned and free of dust, mud or any other deleterious material
ensure that the surface is kept damp before the slurry is applied
ensure that the grading of the aggregate is checked on a regular basis and that it is the appropriate
grading.
The bulking factor of the aggregate should be established on a regular basis before the aggregate is
introduced into the mixer and the quantities of emulsion to be added should be determined. These
results should be recorded.
The area covered for each batch should be recorded, together with the amount of emulsion used.

130

9.1.5
The air and road temperatures and the time and date of application should be recorded.
Guidelines for process control and acceptance
The quality of seal work is highly dependent on the supervision, meticulous attention to detail and to close
compliance with the specifications. The following guide lines are a summary of the various salient features of
the items covered in the construction clauses and check lists for plant, materials and construction
procedures.
All plant should be checked before work commences.
All materials should conform to the specifications and standards set for the project, even if this means
that the aggregate has to be rescreened or washed prior to use.
On single seals, after completion of the work, the aggregate should lie in shoulder-to-shoulder contact.
On double seals, the aggregate should lie as specified for double seals: in shoulder-to-shoulder
contact for the first application and as nearly shoulder-to-shoulder as possible for the second
application, after the work has been completed.
For one-and-half seals, the first application of aggregate can be opened up to receive the second
application of aggregate.
On completion of the work, all loose aggregate should be broomed off the road. This operation may
have to be repeated on succeeding days.
The application of double layers of aggregate should be avoided when aggregate is applied on the
tack coats.
Efficient rolling using heavy pneumatic-tyred rollers virtually equates to opening the road to traffic for
lengthy periods under controlled conditions. Superior performance is achieved from any seal which
has been properly rolled.
Uniform application of binders can only be achieved if the preliminary tests on the distributor are
carried out before spraying operations commence.
The control of operations at the joints of each spray by using reinforced paper (at the start and the end
of spray) is essential, as poor workmanship here may only be detected 2 to 3 years after the event.
Careful attention should be given to the skill and workmanship of the distributor operator regarding the
longitudinal joints between adjacent sprays.
The rates of application of the binder should be within specification. To obtain consistent spray rates it
is advisable to spray each load at the same temperature.

131
The degree of accuracy for the spraying of binders for acceptance should be within 5 per cent of the
specified rate.
The acceptance control of the work is dependent on each and every step of the process, e.g.:
i.
Approval of the aggregate
ii.
Approval of the precoating
iii.
Approval of the aggregate spread rates
iv.
Approval of the binder application rates
v.
Approval of the brooming and rolling
vi.
Approval of the string lining of the road and the handling of the joints, both transverse and
longitudinal.

132
10 MAINTENANCE PLANNING AND BUDGETING

10.1
MAINTENANCE PLANNING
The identification, planning, budgeting, design and execution of maintenance projects are all important
activities in the process of managing road networks. However, each of these activities requires effort from
the responsible agency and should be properly scheduled to ensure that the appropriate maintenance
actions are taken timeously. A typical remark from experienced pavement engineers and technicians is
rather seal one year too early than one year too late. Experience, therefore, indicates that deferred
maintenance is rarely an economical solution, as it often results in an expensive major rehabilitation at a cost
approximately ten times greater than that of a reseal.
Using the typical graph of pavement deterioration shown in Figure 10-1, the time needed to schedule
activities, budget, let tenders and to carry out maintenance actions, indicates that projects should be
identified at a very early stage. Based on the high percentage of roads in South Africa sealed with surfacing
6
seals as well as on their performance, a visual assessment method (TMH9) has been developed to assist in
the timely identification of reseal needs.
T im e r e qu ir e d to pr og ra m m e, bud ge t, e tc .
P r oje ct ide n tific a tion

Im p r ove m e n t d u e t o r ese a l
O ptim u m tim e to re se a l
Le ve l re q uir in g m a jor r e ha bili ta tio n
TIM E
F i g ur e 1 0 - 1 I m p o rt a nc e o f ti m el y p ro j ec t i de n ti f ic a t i on
Pavement management systems have been implemented by numerous road authorities as a tool to assist in
the identification, planning and budgeting of maintenance and rehabilitation activities.
Although sophisticated models are sometimes used to evaluate the implications of different maintenance
strategies (including types of reseals), there is a high confidence in South Africa with regard to the
knowledge built into locally developed PMS, recommending the timing of actions and appropriate measures
5
(TRH22) .

133
10.2
BUDGETING
Different approaches are used in the preparation of budgets for maintenance and rehabilitation needs,
depending on the existence and level of sophistication of PMS in operation. The following may be used as
guidelines:
The average increase in seal costs is in the order of 14 per cent per annum. (Refer to APPENDIX C
for relative costs of surfacing seals.)
The World Bank recommends that about 2,5 per cent of the road network asset value (pavement and
surfacing layers) should be allowed for per annum as an overall target maintenance budget. Historical
information from roads authorities in South Africa indicates that, on average, approximately 1 per cent
of the pavement value is required per annum to carry out routine pavement maintenance and that a
further 1 per cent of the value is required per annum to reseal the pavement at appropriate intervals.
The average life of surfacing seals is believed to be in the order of 10 years (rural roads), which
indicates that approximately 10 per cent of the road network should be resealed per year. (Refer to
APPENDIX B, Life expectancy of seals.)
Reseal needs identified by means of pavement management systems in South Africa over more than 10
years, indicate that the figure of 2,5 per cent mentioned is realistic for budgeting purposes on network level.
The complete life cycle costs should be estimated during the initial design of a facility and decisions with
regard to the pavement structure and initial surfacing should take into account the ability of the road authority
to maintain the facility. Cheaper pavements and lower cost initial surfacings usually result in more frequent
maintenance and higher recurrent costs to ensure good performance. The policy of the road authority with
regard to these issues can, therefore, govern the future maintenance budget.

134
11 CONSTRUCTION OF SEAL WORK USING LABOUR-INTENSIVE

METHODS
11.1
INTRODUCTION
Labour-intensive construction of seals can be done effectively with bitumen emulsion binders. Depending on
the type of seal, anionic or cationic emulsion may be used. The quality of the work could be equivalent to that
of a machine-laid seal surfacing, depending on the care taken when doing the work. To obtain the most
successful results, it is essential that the personnel engaged in the work are adequately trained in the use of
all the minor equipment required and are familiar with the details of the application of the various surfacing
specifications.
11.2
SEALS WHICH CAN BE CONSTRUCTED EFFICIENTLY BY LABOURINTENSIVE METHODS
11.2.1 Slurry seals

Slurry seals can be split into:
For maintenance and pre-treatment
For new surfacing
Fine slurry
Medium slurry
Medium slurry
Coarse slurry
11.2.2 Cape Seals

Cape Seals, which consist of a single seal (19 mm or 13 mm) plus a slurry, are mainly used for new
surfaces. The binder used may be either cationic emulsion for the tack coat or anionic emulsion for both the
tack coat and penetration sprays, depending on the aggregate used. The grading of the slurry aggregate for
a Cape Seal may be either medium or coarse, depending on the surface texture of the 13 mm or 19 mm
seal.
11.2.3 Double seals
Double seals consist of two applications of aggregate (13,2 mm and 6,7 mm or 9,5 mm and crusher sand)
and two applications of binder, i.e. a tack and penetration spray plus, in some cases, a fog spray. The binder
for the tack coat and penetration spray may be either cationic or anionic emulsion. An emulsion with a
bitumen content of 65 per cent is recommended in order to increase the viscosity of the emulsion.
11.2.4 Single seals
The use of single seals with an emulsion tack coat limits the size of aggregate which can effectively be used
to:
-
crusher dust or sand; or
9,5 mm or 6,7 mm aggregate.

135
These seals can be effectively used on new surfaces for low volume roads with well prepared smooth base
layers.
Cationic bitumen emulsions are used for sand seals.
Cationic bitumen emulsion is used for 9,5 and 6,7 mm aggregate. When 9,5 mm aggregate is used a
penetration fog spray is recommended.
11.2.5 Slurry bound Macadam seals
Local research since 1995 has led to the knowledge and ability to construct this high quality surfacing at
relatively low cost.
Following the preparation of the base layer and priming thereof, single size aggregate (9.5 mm, 13.2 mm or
19.0 mm) is placed on the road surface and levelled to the required thickness (not less than 2 times the ALD
of the aggregate) using thickness guides and straight edges. A pedestrian roller, without vibration, is used to
orientate and level the aggregate, where after a slurry is vibrated into the layer. If necessary, a fine slurry is
applied as a final layer.
The slurry bound Macadam has been constructed with success from 15 mm to 50 mm and is highly effective
in accommodating heavy vehicle turning actions
11.3
ADVANTAGES AND DISADVANTAGES OF THE VARIOUS TYPE OF SEAL
11.3.1 Slurry seal

If properly constituted, slurry seal is a powerful medium for multi-purpose surfacing for maintenance, pretreatment and new surfaces.
It is user-friendly and can be mixed and laid with a minimum of light plant.
The method of measuring each batch accurately and mixing in a small concrete mixer ensures a
relatively uniform product which can be laid rapidly.
There are very few possible "hold-ups" resulting from plant breakdowns. At worst, hand-mixing in
wheelbarrows can be resorted to if necessary.
One disadvantage is its cost per square metre. This cost would appear to be high but, depending on the
thickness laid, the cost may be controlled by limiting the thickness, thus reducing the cost per square metre.
11.3.2 Cape Seals
Cape Seals are normally used for new surfaces. Advantages of Cape Seals are
They are relatively easy to lay and are user-friendly.
Application rates of the binder are not critical as regards under-application, as the slurry will
compensate for any under-application.

136
Structurally, they are sounder than double seals and perform well under fairly heavy traffic, such as on
bus routes in townships.
One disadvantage is their relatively high cost - they are an expensive surfacing medium - but this is
compensated for by their longer, maintenance-free life.
11.3.3 Double seals
Although, based on the cost of the materials, double seals would appear to be more economical than slurry
seals or Cape Seals, they are more difficult to lay accurately with a uniform final surface appearance.
However, with trained operating staff it is possible to obtain a neat and acceptable finish.
The main difficulties are related to control of the rate of application of the binder.
Rolling with a pedestrian roller (Bomag 65 or 90) is not as effective as rolling with a heavier self-propelled
static steel-wheeled roller or a heavy pneumatic-tyred roller. Efficient rolling of a surface affects its ultimate
performance.
The life of this type of seal depends very largely on binder application rate and rolling techniques.
11.3.4 Single seals
When applied to a well constructed smooth base, which have been primed, single seals can be cost effective
if they are properly applied. However, as the rate of application of the binder is largely governed by the
potential run-off of the binder, this limits the rate of application to 0,7 to 0,8 /m, necessitating a second
application of binder in the form of a penetration spray.
When 9,5 mm or 6,7 mm aggregate is used it is recommended that a 65 per cent cationic bitumen emulsion
binder be used, as the viscosity of this material is higher than that of a normal 60 per cent anionic bitumen
emulsion.
One disadvantage of this type of seal is that single seals are relatively thin surfaces which are prone to
mechanical damage and, if laid on unstabilised base layers, are prone to rapid development of potholes.
Their main advantage is the low cost of the surfacing. They are also user-friendly in that the effects of overapplication of the binder, especially on low volume roads, are not serious. Under-application is a more
serious problem.
Use of a motorised hand sprayer overcomes the problem of tramlines being sprayed. This can be a serious
problem on thin surface treatments.
Although proper training of the work team is required and particular attention should be given to the slurry
design and full depth penetration, no problems have been experienced in obtaining work of acceptable
quality.
Tendered prices for a 15 mm Slurry bound Macadam are similar to 19 mm Cape seals and thicker layers
compare favourably with similar thickness hot mix asphalt.
137
Dependent on the thickness of the layer a work team of ten labourers could complete approximately 240m
to 400m per day.

The main benefits of this seal type could be summarised as:
No major plant required
11.4
Ease of construction
High strength - ability to accommodate heavy vehicle turning actions

Ability to rectify small surface undulations
Competitive price.
BASIC PLANT AND EQUIPMENT REQUIRED FOR LABOUR-INTENSIVE

SURFACING
11.4.1 Equipment required for slurry seals

The equipment required for mixing and spreading slurry seals is listed below:
Stand for 210 litre drum and steel ramps
Small concrete mixer (250/175 litre)
Small spreader box
Templates/steel rails
Shovels
Steel and rubber squeegees
Wheelbarrows
Measuring containers
String line
Hessian.
11.4.2 Plant required for double and single seals

The plant required for the application of double and single seals is listed below:
A motorised hand sprayer is recommended, as a more uniform rate of application of binder

can be achieved. The sprayer should also have a gas burner for heating the emulsion.
Pedestrian roller, a Bomag 65 or Bomag 90 or the equivalent
Lifting equipment for 210 litre drums of binder
Screens (see Figure 11-9)
Measuring containers for spotting the aggregate (see Figure 11-3)
Wide brooms
String line.
11.4.3 Equipment required for Cape Seals

As a Cape Seal is a combination of a single seal and a slurry seal, the equipment required is as described in
paragraphs 11.4.1and 11.4.2.

138
11.4.4 Equipment required for Slurry bound Macadam Seals

Apart from the equipment required for slurry seals as described in paragraph 11.4.1, straight edges are
required to level the aggregate and a pedestrian roller required to assist with the penetration of the slurry..
11.5
CONSTRUCTION: SOME PRACTICAL HINTS AND PRECAUTIONS
11.5.1 Slurry seals

The process of design and selection of materials for slurry seals is exactly the same as that for slurry seals
laid by machine.
Application of slurry by hand, however, requires certain precautions when the material is placed on new
work. The thickness of the layer should be carefully controlled by means of templates in order to ensure
uniform thickness of the desired layer. Where excessive thicknesses are required to rectify excessive
unevenness in the levels in the finished base, this unevenness should be rectified before the final layer of
slurry is applied. If steel templates are used for controlling the thickness of the surfacing, it is possible to
control the depth of slurry by checking before application, even if this means chipping away some of the high
spots. As the work progresses relatively slowly, this method is both practical and effective.
11.5.2 Single, Double & Cape Seals
11.5.2.1 Binder application
The main problem experienced in seal work with the application of binders concerns their application for the
tack coat and penetration sprays at specified spray rates. To overcome these problems cognizance should
be taken of the following:
When a particular type of seal is specified and the rates of application of the binder are designed, it
should be borne in mind that there is a limit to the quantity of emulsion which can be applied for the
tack coat before run-off of the emulsion occurs because of the cross fall or longitudinal gradients.
Any shortage in the amount of binder required in the tack coat can be accommodated by increasing
the application rate of the penetration spray.
Selection of a binder with higher viscosity can overcome some of the above problems.
The use of a motorised hand sprayer will overcome many of the problems of uniformity of application if
it is used by trained operators.
When emulsions are used, the problem of over-spraying/excessive application will only occur if
untrained staff are used, as over-application is visually discernable.
It is advisable to check the rate of delivery (/min) of the sprayer and to determine the rate of
application over a measured area before proceeding.
It is possible to control the rate of application with a stop watch once the rate of delivery is known.

139
11.5.2.2 Application of aggregate

Hand labour may be used to apply aggregate efficiently and neatly if training of the field staff is done and if
the following aspects are borne in mind:
The aggregate to be applied should be neatly and accurately spotted along the shoulder of the road to
be surfaced before spraying commences.
The aggregate should not be shovelled onto the sprayed surface but should be "pitched" into the air so
that the chips fall vertically onto the surface without rolling.
The aggregate should lie shoulder to shoulder. Careful back-chipping and brooming of the aggregate,
to ensure that it does not lie in double layers, can effectively be done with hand labour.
Care should be taken, when the surface is rolled with a pedestrian roller, that only limited vibration is
used.
Screens should be used on both sides of the road to avoid contamination of kerbs, gutters or concrete
drains. Where there are no kerbs, gutters or drains, the edges of the road should be set out so that
neat straight edge lines of the surface are obtained. This may be done by using 7 mm diameter rope
as guide lines on the edges of the surface.
Ta b l e 11 - 1 - A pp l ic at i on r a t es fo r bi n de r an d a gg re g a te
ALD (mm)
Rate of application of 60
2
% emulsion (/m )
Rate of application of
3
2
aggregate (m /m )
1,5
0,004
1,8
0,005
2,1
0,006
2,4
0,007
2,7
0,008
3,0
0,009
10
3,3
0,010
Ta b l e 11 - 2 - A dj us t m e n ts t o f in al bi n de r s p r a y rat e s
Traffic count (vpd)

(Est for the road)
Adjustment to calculate total spray
500
No adjustment
250
add 0,25 /m
< 100
add 0,33 /m
2
2
Notes:
The aggregate should be applied before the emulsion breaks and turns black.
The surface of the aggregate should be lightly sprayed with water but not flooded before the emulsion is
applied.
In a Cape Seal the quantity of binder sprayed should be reduced by 15 - 20 percent.
140
The above simplified method is included for the use of field staff whom do not have access to the expertise
required for the sophisticated design methods described in Chapter 7.
The principle of this surfacing is to obtain stone-to-stone contact with only the voids filled with a slurry. Using
smaller aggregate requires a finer slurry grading to be able to penetrate.
Testing the consistency of the slurry mix on a regular basis is important as workers often tend to add too
much water to the mix.
Checking for full-depth penetration is essential, especially at the road edges. During the initial stages of
projects, it is often necessary to chip out the surfacing at the edges and to replace both aggregate and slurry.
For uniform mixing and increasing the speed of

the work, a small concrete mixer is
recommended. For minor work (maintenance
repairs), the
wheelbarrows.
slurry
can
be
mixed
in
Figure 11-1 Concrete Mixer (250/175)

An easily removable ball-valve/tap is used for
discharging emulsion into measuring containers
in order to ensure a clean and neat operation
with minimum wastage.
The operation is
facilitated by rolling the drum up the ramp onto a
steel frame which is high enough to
accommodate the measuring cans/containers.
Figure 11-2 Stand for 210 litre drums of

emulsion
Measuring Cans
For accurate work, measuring containers are

essential for both aggregate and emulsion. 25
litre cans with handles are user-friendly. 10 litre
measuring cans are used for cement.
25 litre
with handles
10 litre
Figure 11-3 Measuring Containers

141
Flat Steel Rail
Flat steel rails ensure a uniform thickness of

10
00
30
slurry seal on new work.

The slurry should be placed 10 mm thick when
wet. This dries out to 6 mm.
15
0
Figure 11-4 Flat Steel Rails
Steel Squeegee
Squeegees, both steel and rubber, are required

10
for spreading slurry.
00
Rubber
Squeegee
10
00
Figure 11-5 Squeegees
The use of a motorised hand sprayer results in

more uniform application of binder than a handoperated sprayer. If cationic bitumen emulsion
is used, the material should be heated to
between 50C and 60C.
Figure 11-6 Motorised Hand Sprayer
The lifting equipment can be made up in any

workshop. It is most useful and practical for
picking up full drums of binder.
Lifting Equipment
for 210 litre drum
Figure 11-7 Lifting Equipment

142
A half drum container is light and economical to

manufacture. For spotting heaps of aggregate
along the constructed base, the half drum works
well.
210 litre drum

open top and bottom
with pipe handles
Thinnest galvanised plate

bolted to 25x25 angle frame
with two handles
(9mm rod)
750
Figure 11-8 Measuring Containers
In addition to the kerbs or side drains being

covered with sand, protective screens can be
used to ensure a clean neat line when the base
is hand-sprayed.
2000
Figure 11-9 Protective Screens
The use of pedestrian rollers (Bomag rollers or

their equivalent) is recommended.
Figure 11-10 Pedestrian Rollers

143
12 REFERENCES
1.
Prime coats and bituminous curing membranes. 1986. Pretoria: Department of Transport.
(Technical recommendations for highways; TRH1).
2.
Use of bitumen emulsion in the construction and maintenance of roads. 1994. Pretoria:
Department of Transport. (Technical recommendations for highways; TRH7)
3.
Selection and design of hot-mix asphalt surfacings for highways. 1978. Pretoria: Department
of Transport. (Technical recommendations for highways; TRH8)
4.
Standard specifications for road and bridge works. 1987. Pretoria: Department of Transport.
(Tender office document).
5.
Pavement management systems. 1994. Pretoria, Department of Transport. (Technical

recommendations for highways; TRH22).
6.
Pavement management systems - standard visual assessment manual for flexible

pavements. 1992. Pretoria: Department of Transport. (Technical methods for highways; Draft
TMH9).
7.
Bituminous pavement rehabilitation design. 1983. Pretoria: Department of Transport.

8.
WEINERT, H.H. 1980. The natural road construction materials of South Africa. Cape Town: H
& R Academica.
9.
VAN ZYL, N.J.W. & Freeme, C.R. 1984. Determination of relative damage done to roads by heavy
vehicles, In: Proceedings of the Annual Transportation Convention, Pretoria, vol. C-1, paper 4.
10.
Towards appropriate standards for rural roads: discussion document. Pretoria: Division of
Roads and Transport Technology, CSIR. (Research report; RR 92/466/1).
11.
Nomenclature and methods for describing the condition of asphalt pavements. 1983.
Pretoria: Department of Transport. (Technical recommendations for highways; TRH6).
12.
Special methods of testing roads. 1984. Pretoria: Department of Transport. (Technical methods
for highways; TMH6).
13.
VILJOEN, C.E.L. & Van Zyl, N.J.W. 1983. The Marvil Permeability Apparatus for in situ
testing of surfacings and basecourse layers. Pretoria: National Institute for Transport and Road
Research, CSIR (NITRR Technical Note TP/181/83).
14.
HOSKING, J.R. & Woodford, G.C. 1976. SCRIM - measurement of skidding resistance, Part 1:
Guide to the use of SCRIM. Crowthorne, Berkshire: Transport and Road Research Laboratory.
(TRRL report; 737).

144
15.
Permanent International Association of Road Conferences. 1995.

International PIARC
experiment to compare and harmonize texture and skid resistance measurements. Paris,
France: PIARC.
16.
MARAIS, C.P. 1979. Advances in the design and application of bituminous materials in road
construction. PhD Thesis, University of Natal, Durban.
17.
Standard methods of testing road construction materials. 1986. Pretoria: Department of

Transport. (Technical methods for highways; TMH1).
18.
Standard method for determining the polished stone value of aggregates. 1994. Pretoria:
South African Bureau of Standards. (Standard method; SM 848:1994).
19.
20.
Standard method for determining soluble deleterious impurities in fine aggregates (limit
test). 1994., Pretoria: South African Bureau of Standards. (Standard method; SM 834:1994).
HIGGS, N.B. 1976. Slaking Basalts. Bulletin of the Association of Engineering geologists, Vol.
13, Number 2.
21.
th
Highway materials, Part 2: Standard methods of sampling and testing highway materials (9
edition). 1966. Washington, DC: American Association of State Highway Officials.
22.
Surfacing seals for urban and rural roads and compendium of design methods for surfacing
seals used in the Republic of South Africa. 1986. Pretoria: Department of Transport. (Technical
recommendations for highways; Draft TRH3).
23.
Standard method for determining the sieve analysis, fines content and dust content of
aggregates. 1994. Pretoria: South African Bureau of Standards. (Standard methods;
SM 829:1994).
24.
Technical guidelines for seals using homogenous modified binders. 1994. Cape Town:
Southern African Bitumen and Tar Association. (SABITA; manual 15).
25.
International Slurry Seal Association. 1990. Technical Bulletin No 115 (Revised 1990),
Washington, DC: ISSA.
26.
Mix design methods for asphalt concrete and other hotmix types. 1984. College Park,
Virginia, MD: Asphalt Institute. (Manual; MS-2).
27.
Standard test method ASTM D 3910., 1993. Philadelphia, PA: American Society for Testing and
Materials. (Part 4, Volume 04-03).
28.
29.
Materials Manual (4th Edition). 1993. Cape Town: Cape Provincial Administration.
International Slurry Seal Association. 1990. Technical Bulletin No 106 (Revised 1990),
Washington, DC: ISSA.
30.
Surface treatment manual. 1994. Pretoria. Transvaal Provincial Administration.

145
31.
Standardized specification for civil engineering construction. 1996. Pretoria: South African
Bureau of Standards. (Standard specification; 1200-M:1996).
32.
Guidelines for road construction materials. 1985. Pretoria: Department of Transport. (Technical
recommendations for highways; TRH14).
33.
EMERY, S. 1990. Report on various geotextile/bituminous surfacings experiments. Pretoria:

Division of Roads and Transport Technology, CSIR. (Contract report; RDT 8/90).
34.
Interim specifications for bitumen rubber road binder for spray applications. 1992. Cape
Town: Southern African Bitumen and Tar Association. (SABITA; manual 6).
35.
Standard specification for aggregates from natural sources. 1976. Pretoria: South African
Bureau of Standards. (Standard specification; 1083:1976).
36.
WRIGHT, B., Emery, S., Wessels, M., & Wolff, H. 1990. Appropriate standards for effective
bituminous seals: cost comparisons of paved and unpaved roads. Pretoria: Division of Roads
and Transport Technology, CSIR. (Contract report; 89/1).
37.
EMERY S.J, Van Huyssteen S, & Van Zyl, G.D. 1991. Appropriate standards for effective
bituminous surfacings: Final report. Pretoria: Division of Roads and Transport Technology,
CSIR. (Contract report for Southern African Bitumen and Tar Association; 89/1).
38.
Appropriate standards for bituminous surfacings for low volume roads. 1992. Cape Town:
39.
Standard specifications for cement (amended). 1971. Pretoria: South African Bureau of
Standards. (Standard specification; 471:1971).
40.
Standard specifications for lime (amended). 1971.Pretoria: South African Bureau of Standards.
(Standard specification; 824:1971).
41.
Standard specifications for cut-back bitumen (amended). 1973. Pretoria: South African Bureau
of Standards. (Standard specification; 308:1973).
42.
Standard specifications for automotive diesel fuel (amended). 1969. Pretoria: South African
Bureau of Standards. (Standard specification; CKS 342:1969).
43.
Standard specifications for illuminating paraffin (amended). 1972. Pretoria: South African
Bureau of Standards. (Standard specification; CKS 78:1972).
44.
Standard specifications for power kerosene (amended).1972. Pretoria: South African Bureau of
Standards. (Standard specification; CKS 215:1972).
45.
Standard specification for penetration grade bitumens (amended). 1972. Pretoria: South
African Bureau of Standards. (Standard specification; 307:1972).
46.
Standard specifications for anionic bitumen road emulsions (amended). 1972. Pretoria: South
African Bureau of Standards. (Standard specification; 309:1972.

146
47.
Standard specifications for cationic bitumen road emulsion (amended). 1972. Pretoria: South
African Bureau of Standards. (Standard specification; 548:1972).
48.
Standard test method ASTM D 36. 1993. Philadelphia, PA: American Society for Testing and
Materials. (Part 4, Volume 04-04).
49.
German standards and technical rules. 1995.
Berlin:
Deutsches Institut fr Normung.
(DIN 52013 Part 1 ).

50.
Test methods for bitumen rubber. 1992. Cape Town: Southern African Bitumen and Tar
Association. (SABITA; manual 3).
51.
Interim specifications for rubber crumb for use in bitumen rubber binders. 1988. Cape Town:
52.
Standard method for determining the aggregate crushing value of coarse aggregates. 1994.
Pretoria: South African Bureau of Standards. (Standard method; SM 841:1994).
53.
Standard method for determining the FACT value (10% fines aggregate crushing value) of
coarse aggregates. 1994. Pretoria: South African Bureau of Standards. (Standard method; SM
842:1994).
54.
Standard method for determining the flakiness index of coarse aggregates. 1994. Pretoria:
55.
Standard method for determining the sand equivalent value of fine aggregates. 1994.
56.
Standard method for calculation of the lime saturation factor and the aluminium oxide/ferric
oxide contents ratio of cement. 1971. Pretoria: South African Bureau of Standards. (Standard
method; SM 745:1971).
57.
Standard method for determining the sulphur trioxide content of cement and calcined
argillaceous material. 1971. Pretoria: South African Bureau of Standards. (Standard method; SM
741:1971).
58.
Standard method for determining the loss on ignition of cement. 1971. Pretoria: South African
Bureau of Standards. (Standard method; SM 743:1971).
59.
Standard method for determining the insoluble residue content of cement. 1971. Pretoria:
60.
Standard method for determining the coarse particles content of cement. 1971. Pretoria:
61.
Standard method for determining the specific surface of cement. 1971. Pretoria: South African
62.
Standard method for determining the density of cement. 1971. Pretoria: South African Bureau

147
of Standards. (Standard method; SM 747:1971).

63.
Standard method for determining the compressive strength of cement mortar cubes. 1971.
64.
Standard method for determining the transverse strength of cement mortar prisms. 1971.
65.
Standard method for determining the setting times of cement. 1971. Pretoria: South African
66.
Standard method for determining the soundness of cement. 1971. Pretoria: South African
67.
Standard method of test for penetration of bituminous materials. 1976. Barking, Essex,
England: Institute of Petroleum. (Standard method; IP-49).
68.
Sampling methods for road construction materials. 1981. Pretoria: Department of Transport.
69.
Republic of Botswana, Roads Department, Ministry of Works, Transport and Communications. The
Design Construction and Maintenance of Otta Seals, Guideline No 1. June 1999.
70.
The use of modified binders in road construction. October 2001: Asphalt Academy. (Technical
Guideline; TG1)

148
APPENDIX A
DEFINITIONS AND GLOSSARY OF TERMS

149
DEFINITIONS
Adhesion properties: The ability of the aggregate to form a strong and lasting bond with the binder.
Aggregate: Inert hard rock-type material which has been crushed and screened to produce the stone, sand
or grit used in surface seals.
Aggregate crushing value:
A measure of the ability of the aggregate to resist crushing under a

17
compressive load. (See TMH1, Method B1 .) (See also Hardness.)

Asphalt: A mixture of bituminous binder and aggregate in a prescribed ratio (this includes the term premix).
Average Least Dimension of aggregate (ALD): The overall average of the least dimension for a number
of particles (at least 200) where the least dimension of an aggregate particle is the smallest perpendicular
17
distance between two parallel plates through which the particle will just pass. (See TMH1, Method B18 ).
Ball penetration test: A test for measuring the penetration resistance of a road surface using a steel ball
with a diameter of 19 mm. The result (corrected for temperature and nature of existing surface) is used in
the design of surface treatments.
Bitumen:
A non-crystalline solid or viscous mixture of complex hydrocarbons which possesses
characteristic agglomeration properties. Bitumen, obtained from crude petroleum by refining processes
softens gradually when heated and is substantially soluble in trichloroethylene.
Bitumen emulsion: A liquid mixture in which a substantial amount of bitumen is suspended in a finely
divided condition in an aqueous medium of one or more suitable emulsifying agents.
Bitumen rubber: Bitumen modified by the addition of approximately 20 per cent rubber crumbs to improve
certain properties of the binder. Additionally, 2 to 5 per cent of liquid additive is often added to further
improve its properties.
Bituminous binder: A product such as bitumen or derivatives thereof (e.g. cut-back bitumen, modified
binder or bitumen emulsion) which acts as a binder for the aggregate in surfacing.
Bituminous surfacing: A surfacing seal or layer of premix asphalt which is directly subjected to traffic
forces.
Bleeding: The condition which arises when excess binder is present in the seal, causing a layer of tacky
binder to appear above the aggregate.
Blinding: The application of fine aggregate such as crusher sand (not dust) at a low application rate (0,0025
3
m /m) on top of fresh binder, to reduce the tackiness.

Brittleness: The condition which arises when the seal cracks, splinters or breaks under traffic impact or as
a result of rapid deformation because of its rigidity.

150
Cape Seal:
An application of bituminous binder followed by a layer of stone followed by one or two
applications of slurry.
Choked seal: This is an open single seal, choked with a smaller aggregate, without the application of a
binder penetration coat.
Cut-back bitumen: A penetration grade bitumen whose viscosity has been reduced by the addition of 5 to
20 per cent of a volatile solvent (kerosene or diesel).
Diluted emulsion: A mixture of a stable grade emulsion with water, generally in a 50/50 ratio, to obtain a
lower binder content by volume. It is sprayed to enrich and/or soften the binder of an existing seal.
Double seal: An application of bituminous binder followed by a layer of stone followed by another layer of
bituminous binder and a layer of smaller stone.
Dryness: The condition which arises when binder loses its elastic, plastic and adhesive properties.
Effective layer thickness: The volume of stone + voids covering the base of a tray or pan of a given area,
divided by the area of the base of the tray or pan. This is used in the CSIRs rational design method instead
of ALD. (see APPENDIX K.)
Embedment: The estimated total amount by which the sealing stone will be pressed into the underlying
surface during the construction process as well as by traffic using the road after construction.
Equivalent light vehicles (elv): One car or light delivery vehicle per lane per day. Any vehicle larger than a
car or light delivery vehicle is taken to be equal to 40 light vehicles.
Flakiness Index (FI): The mass of particles in the aggregate, expressed as a percentage of the total mass
of that aggregate, which will pass through the slot or slots of specified width for the appropriate size fraction.
The widths and lengths of the slots are respectively half and double those of the sieve openings through
17
which each of the fractions passes. (See TMH1, Method B3T .)

Flushing: See Bleeding.
Fog spray: A light application of bitumen emulsion binder to the final layer of aggregate of a surfacing seal
or to an existing bituminous surfacing as a maintenance treatment.
Geotextile seal: This consists of a single seal constructed on top of a geotextile material tacked with a
bituminous binder to the existing surface.
Grit seal: A sand seal with a coarse-graded aggregate, such as that given in Table 8-1.
Hardness: The ability of the aggregate to resist crushing under a compressive load. (See TMH1, Method
17
B1 .) (See also Aggregate Crushing Value.)

Inverted double seal: This is a double seal in which the larger sized aggregate is applied on top of the
151
smaller aggregate.
Liquid limit: The liquid limit of a soil is the moisture content of the soil at which the soil passes from a
plastic to a liquid state.
Modified binder: Any standard bituminous binder which has been mixed with additives to produce a more
durable binder with better mechanistic properties and/or lower temperature susceptibility than the original
binder. Additives often used for this purpose are mineral fillers, rubber, plastic, fibres, metal bonds and
polymers.
Penetration coat: The second binder layer of the seal which is sprayed after the first layer of stone of a
double seal is spread and rolled.
Penetration grade bitumen (bitumen): A viscous material obtained from petroleum by refining processes.
Permeable surfacing: The condition which exists when an undesirable amount of water seeps through the
surfacing to the base and subbase layers. The degree of permeability can vary.
PI: See Plasticity Index.
Plastic limit: The plastic limit of a soil is the lowest water content at which the soil remains plastic.
Polishing: The tendency of certain stone types to become smooth and rounded under the action of traffic.
This should not be confused with attrition or bleeding.
Polymer-modified binder (PMB): Any standard bituminous binder to which a polymer has been added to
produce a more durable binder with improved mechanical properties.
Porous seal:
A seal which contains internal voids such that water can pass through with ease (e.g.
honeycomb structure). The degree of porosity can vary.

Precoating: The precoating of the seal stone with a binder (tar- or bitumen-based) to improve the initial
adhesion between the stone and the seal binder.
Premix: Premix refers to asphalt used for patching i.e. a mix of binder and aggregate which should meet
specific requirements. (See also Asphalt.)
Prime coat: A layer of binder applied directly on top of the base course to promote and maintain adhesion
between the surfacing and the base. This layer also prevents the absorption of surfacing binder by the base
and assists in sealing the voids near the surface. It acts as a curing membrane on stabilised bases.
Reseal: A surfacing seal for maintenance purposes.
Residual binder: The residual binder or tar remaining after evaporation of any volatile constituents such as
oils in cut-back bituminous binder or water in bituminous emulsion.

152
Road tar:
A viscous material prepared entirely from crude tars produced as a by-product of the
carbonisation of coal in coke ovens or from crude tars produced by the Sasol gasification process. Tar
products are not allowed anymore for road construction or maintenance purposes.
SAMI: See Stress Absorbing Membrane Interlayer.
Sand seal: An application of bituminous binder followed by a layer of clean sand.
Service life:
The life of a seal is the period from the construction of the seal to the time when the
functionality of the seal ceases.

Sideways Force Coefficient (SFC): A wheel is dragged along a pavement by a test vehicle at a specific
speed and an angle of inclination of 20 to the direction of travel. The SFC is the ratio of the friction force
normal to the plane of the wheel of the test vehicle and the normal load on the wheel and depends on the
angle of inclination of the wheel to the direction of travel and gives an indication of the skidding resistance of
the road surface at the test speed.
Single seal: An application of bituminous binder followed by a layer of stone.
Skid resistance: The ability of a surfacing layer through friction to provide resistance to skidding of a
vehicle tyre which is moving over the surface.
Slurry: A mixture of suitably graded fine aggregate, cement or hydrated lime, bitumen emulsion and water.
Slurry seal: A surfacing seal consisting of a layer of slurry.
Split seal: This consists of a double seal in which the top layer of aggregate is split into two applications.
The first application of the top layer of aggregate is usually done without a penetration coat.
Spray rate: The rate of application of the bituminous binder expressed in litres per square metre (/m) at a
given temperature.
Spread rate: The rate of application of the surfacing stone (chips) expressed in cubic metres per square
3
metre (m /m) of stone applied at the loose bulk density in the truck or heap.
Stone: A single-sized aggregate used in single or double seals.
Stress Absorbing Membrane Interlayer: A single seal with a polymer-modified binder (usually bitumenrubber) placed on the existing substrate immediately below an asphalt overlay. Its purpose is to prevent or
retard stresses or cracks penetrating into the overlying asphalt layer.
Surfacing:
Surfacings consist of two components, namely aggregate and binder.
The purpose of a
surfacing is to provide a uniform, skid-resistant impermeable coating to the underlying pavement structure.
Surfacing maintenance: Measures which maintain the integrity of the road surface in respect of skid
resistance, disintegration and permeability without necessarily increasing the structural strength of the
153
pavement.
Surfacing seal (surface treatment): A thin layer of aggregate and bituminous binder which, being the
uppermost pavement layer, is directly subjected to the forces of vehicular traffic.
Surfacing stone: Crushed aggregate with a single-sized gradation.
Tack coat:
First spray of bituminous binder applied during the sealing process.
(This should not be
confused with a coat of suitable binder applied to an existing surface as a preliminary treatment to promote
adhesion between the existing surface and a subsequently applied asphalt layer.)
Tar: A viscous material produced entirely from crude tars. Tars, commonly known as road tars, are either
produced as a by-product of the carbonisation of coal in high temperature coke ovens or by the low
temperature Sasol gasification (Lurgi) process. Tars manufactured at high temperatures are commonly
referred to as RTH road tars and those manufactured at low temperatures are known as RTL road tars. Tar
products are not allowed anymore for road construction or maintenance purposes
Texture depth:
A measure of the relative height difference between the troughs and the crests of the
aggregate in the seal.

Texture treatment: The treatment of an existing seal in order to achieve a more uniform texture or to make
a rough texture finer in preparation for resealing. Texture treatment usually takes the form of a thin sand
seal or a slurry that is swept or brushed into the existing seal.
Traffic: The total number of expected equivalent light vehicles per lane per day at the time of construction of
the surfacing seal.
Varying texture:
A non-uniform texture across the width of the road surface, e.g. where the surface
appears smooth in the wheel paths and has a different texture elsewhere.
Viscosity: A measure of the degree of internal friction or of the power to resist a change in the arrangement
of the molecules in a viscous material.
Volatiles: Solvents used in cutting-back agents and those constituents of bituminous binders which are
readily vaporisable at relatively low temperatures.

154
APPENDIX B
LIFE EXPECTANCY OF SEALS

155
LIFE EXPECTANCY OF BITUMINOUS SEALS (Years)
Seal type
Traffic **
(elv/lane)
New construction seals
Reseal on
sound structure
Reseal on structure with

fatigue/active cracks
<2000
2000 -10000
<2000
9,5 mm and
sand
2000 -10000
>10000
<2000
12
12
13,2 mm and
sand
2000 -10000
>10000
<2000
14
2000 -10000
10
>10000
<2000
14
Cape Seal
19 mm
2000 -10000
10
>10000
<2000
12
Cape Seal
13 mm
2000 -10000
6,7 mm and
sand
13,2 mm and
6,7 mm
>10000
>10000
<2000
Sand
seal
2000 -10000
<2000
Fine
slurry
2000 -10000
<2000
2000 -10000
>10000
Coarse
slurry
6,7 mm
9,5 mm
>10000
>10000
<2000
2000 -10000
<2000
10
2000-10000
<2000
12
>10000
>10000
2000 -10000
13,2 mm
>10000
<2000
14
13,2 mm polymer
modified
2000 -10000
10
13,2 mm BR
>10000
<2000
16
10
2000 -10000
13
>10000
10
Note:
** Equivalent Light Vehicles (elv) - 1 heavy vehicle = 40 light vehicles

156
APPENDIX C
RELATIVE COST OF SURFACINGS

157
TABLE C-1
Cost ratio of different types of surfacing seals relative to that of a 13,2 mm single seal
Type of surfacing seal
Binder
Cost ratio
Single seals
13,2 mm (precoated)

Bitumen rubber
1,00
1,49
1,25
13,2 mm + fog spray
Emulsion 65%
1,11
13,2 mm + fog + sand
Emulsion 65%
Latex emulsion
1,52
1,61
9,5 mm (pre-coated)
0,92
1,08
Emulsion 65%
1,01
9,5 mm + fog spray

9,5 mm + fog spray + sand
Texture seals
Emulsion 65%
1,24
Latex emulsion
1,41
6,7 mm (pre-coated)
0,60
6,7 mm + fog spray
Emulsion 65%
0,87
6,7 mm + fog spray + sand
Emulsion 65%
1,09
19,0 mm (pre-coated)
1,06
Sand seal (single)

MC 3000
Emulsion 65%
0,63
0,69
0,73
Fine slurry (3 mm)
0,87
Coarse slurry (6 mm)
1,32
Rapid setting coarse slurry (10 mm)

2,10
Double seals
Cape Seals
13,2 mm + 6,7 mm
1,43
1,82
19,0 mm + 9,5 mm
1,60
19,0 mm + 6,7 mm
Split application Polymer-modified
2,10
19,0 mm + 9,5 mm
Bitumen Rubber
2,30
13,0 mm
Emulsion 65%
1,65
19,0 mm
Emulsion 65%
2,21

158
APPENDIX D
SELECTION OF TYPE OF RESEAL

159
Figures D-1 to D-5 can be used to enable the types of reseal appropriate to different situations to be
selected.
Rutting
Texture
< 10mm
Varying: Coarse to Fine
FIGURE D-2
Medium-Fine or Fine
FIGURE D-3
Medium or Coarse
FIGURE D-4
FIGURE D-5
0.0 - 1.0
Corrected
Figure D-1 Guideline for selecting appropriate surfacing types and treatments
ABBREVIATION
TREATMENT
Text
Texture treatment
Mod stone
Single or double seal with modified binder
Stone
Single seal
DE
Diluted emulsion/ Rejuvenator

160
Rutting
Severe cracking
Binder
or pumping
Dry
Texture
Active
Aggregate
Warning cracks
or Surfacing
Loss
Failures
Skid
Voids
Treatment
problems
Yes
Text + Mod Stone
Text +Stone
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Text
No
Yes
Yes
Text +Stone
No
Yes
No
Varying
Coarse
< 10mm
No
No
No
Text
Yes
DE
Yes
to Fine
Text +Stone
Yes
Yes
No
No
Text
No
Yes
Text +Stone
No
Yes
No
No
Nothing
Figure D-2 Guideline for the selection of appropriate surfacing types and treatments
(Rut < 10 mm and varying texture)
Severe cracking
Rutting
Texture
or pumping
Binder
Active
Aggregate
Warning cracks
or Surfacing
Loss
Failures
Dry
Skid
Voids
Treatment
problems
Yes
DE + Text + Mod
Stone
No
Text + Mod Stone
Yes
DE + Text +Stone
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
DE
No
Yes
Yes
DE + Text +Stone
No
Yes
No
< 10mm
Medium
or Coarse
DE
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Text +Stone
Yes
Text
No
No
Yes
Text +Stone
No
No
Yes
No
Potential
Agg. loss
DE
No potential
Agg. loss
Nothing
(Rut < 10 mm and medium to fine texture)

161
Severe cracking
Rutting
Active
Warning cracks
Aggregate
or Surfacing
Binder
Texture
Voids
problems
Dry
or pumping
Skid
Treatment
Failures
Loss
Mod Stone
Yes
Stone
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Stone
Yes
< 10mm
Medium
fine or
Fine
DE
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
DE
Stone
No
Yes
No
Nothing
No
(Rut <10 mm and medium to coarse texture)
Rutting
Severe cracking
Binder
or pumping
Dry
Texture
Active
Aggregate
Warning cracks
Loss
Failures
or Surfacing
Skid
Voids
problems
Rutfill + Mod Stone
Yes
Yes
> 10mm
> 10mm
Treatment
Rutfill + Stone
Yes
No
No
Rutfill
No
(Rut >10 mm)

162
APPENDIX E
DESIGN CHARTS FOR SURFACING SEALS

163
GUIDE TO THE USE OF THE DESIGN CHARTS

INFORMATION REQUIRED
-
Equivalent Light Vehicles per lane per day (ELV);

Corrected Ball Penetration value;
Average Least Dimension (ALD) of the seal aggregate, and

Required texture depth.
STEPS for determining net cold binder application rates (unmodified binders)
1
Select the appropriate ALD chart, or charts in the case of intermediate values, e.g. if the measured
ALD is 7,9 mm, select the 7 mm and 8 mm ALD charts.
Enter the top graph from the left using the appropriate ELV value. Follow this line horizontally to its
intersection with the relevant Corrected Ball Penetration curve.

From this point drop a vertical line into the lower graph to both the required texture depth curve and
the minimum curve.

From the points of intersection of this line with these curves, draw horizontal lines to the left-hand
vertical axis and read off the maximum and the minimum net cold binder application rates.
In the case of intermediate ALD values, determine the net cold binder application rates as described
above from the ALD charts above and below the design ALD and do a straight line interpolation
between the values obtained.

Refer to Chapter 7, paragraph 7.6.2 for adjustments and final selection of the binder application rate.
STEPS for determining net cold binder application rates for hot modified binders
1
Obtain the minimum and maximum net cold conventional binder application rates as for unmodified
binders.
Apply the adjustments as discussed in paragraph 7.6.2. (No adjustment is made for climatic region)
Select the type of modified binder and apply the conversion factors as provided in Table 7-6,Table
7-7 or Table 7-8

164
DESIGN CHART FOR SINGLE SEALS: 4mm ALD
ALD 4 mm SINGLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
Traffic (elv/lane/day)
1000
2000
4.0
3000
3.0
2.5
4000
2.0
5000
1.5
6000
7000
8000
9000
10000
Corrected Ball Penetration (mm)
0.0 - 1.0
1.2
Nett cold binder (litres/m2)
1.1
0.33 mm
0.9
0.5 mm
0.8
0.7
0.6
Minimum
0.5
0.4
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:
Risk - Too much binder for target texture, yet too little to prevent whip-off

165
ALD 5 mm SINGLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
2000
4000
4.0
3.0
6000
2.5
8000
2.0
10000
12000
1.5
14000
16000
18000
20000
0.0 - 1.0
1.2
1.1
0.33 mm
0.5 mm
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
Minimum
0.5
0.4
0.0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1.0
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
Embedment (mm)
Note:

166
ALD 6 mm SINGLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
4.0
10000
12000
3.0
14000
16000
2.5
18000
20000
1.5
0.0 - 1.0
2.0
1.4
1.3
0.33 mm
1.2
0.5 mm
1.1
1
0.7 mm
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
Minimum
0.4
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

167
ALD 7 mm SINGLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
5000
4.0
10000
3.0
15000
2.5
20000
2.0
25000
30000
35000
40000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
1.4
0.33 mm
1.3
1.2
0.5 mm
1.1
1
0.7 mm
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
Minimum
0.5
0.4
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
Embedment (mm)
Note:

168
ALD 8 mm SINGLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
1.8
0.5 mm
1.6
0.7 mm
1.4
1.0 mm
1.2
0.8
Minimum
0.6
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

169
ALD 9 mm SINGLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
40000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
4.0
1.8
0.5 mm
1.7
1.6
0.7 mm
1.5
1.0 mm
1.4
1.3
1.2
1.1
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
Minimum
0.6
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

170
ALD 10 mm SINGLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
2
1.9
0.5 mm
1.8
0.7 mm
1.7
1.6
1.0 mm
1.5
1.4
1.3
1.2
1.1
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
Minimum
0.6
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

171
ALD 11 mm SINGLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
2.2
0.5 mm
2.1
2
1.9
0.7 mm
1.8
1.0 mm
1.7
1.6
1.5
1.4
1.3
1.2
1.1
1
Minimum
0.9
0.8
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:
Practitioners recommend a minimum of 1 litre per square metre binder

application

172
ALD 12 mm SINGLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
2.4
2.3
0.5 mm
2.2
2.1
0.7 mm
2
1.9
1.8
1.0 mm
1.7
1.6
1.5
1.4
1.3
1.2
1.1
1
Minimum
0.9
0.8
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:
Practitioners recommend a minimum of 1 litre per square metre binder

application

173
DESIGN CHART FOR DOUBLE SEALS: Design ALD = 8mm
ALD 8 mm DOUBLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
2.2
0.33 mm
0.5 mm
1.8
0.7 mm
1.6
1.4
1.2
Minimum
0.8
0.6
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

174
ALD 9 mm DOUBLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
2.4
0.33 mm
2.2
2
0.5 mm
1.8
0.7 mm
1.6
1.4
1.2
1
Minimum
0.8
0.6
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

175
ALD 10 mm DOUBLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
2.4
0.33 mm
2.2
0.5 mm
2
0.7 mm
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
Minimum
1
0.8
0.6
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

176
ALD 11 mm DOUBLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
2.8
2.6
0.33 mm
2.4
0.5 mm
2.2
0.7 mm
2
1.8
1.6
1.4
Minimum
1.2
1
0.8
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

177
ALD 12 mm DOUBLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
2.8
0.5 mm
2.6
0.7 mm
2.4
1.0 mm
2.2
2
1.8
1.6
1.4
Minimum
1.2
1
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

178
ALD 13 mm DOUBLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
0.5 mm
2.8
2.6
0.7 mm
2.4
1.0 mm
2.2
2
1.8
1.6
Minimum
1.4
1.2
1
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

179
ALD 14 mm DOUBLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
0.5 mm
2.8
0.7 mm
2.6
1.0 mm
2.4
2.2
2
1.8
1.6
Minimum
1.4
1.2
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

180
ALD 15 mm DOUBLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.2
0.5 mm
2.8
0.7 mm
2.6
2.4
1.0 mm
2.2
2
1.8
Minimum
1.6
1.4
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

181
ALD 16 mm DOUBLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.2
0.7 mm
1.0 mm
2.8
2.6
2.4
2.2
2
1.8
Minimum
1.6
1.4
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

182
ALD 17 mm DOUBLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.4
3.2
0.7 mm
1.0 mm
2.8
2.6
2.4
2.2
2
Minimum
1.8
1.6
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

183
ALD 18 mm DOUBLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.4
0.7 mm
3.2
3
1.0 mm
2.8
2.6
2.4
2.2
Minimum
2
1.8
1.6
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

184
ALD 19 mm DOUBLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.6
3.4
0.7 mm
3.2
1.0 mm
3
2.8
2.6
2.4
2.2
Minimum
2
1.8
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

185
DESIGN CHART FOR DOUBLE SEALS: Design ALD = 20 mm
ALD 20 mm DOUBLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.6
0.7 mm
3.4
3.2
1.0 mm
3
2.8
2.6
2.4
Minimum
2.2
2
1.8
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

186
ALD 21 mm DOUBLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.8
3.6
0.7 mm
3.4
1.0 mm
3.2
3
2.8
2.6
2.4
Minimum
2.2
2
1.8
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

187
ALD 22 mm DOUBLE
Embedment (mm)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
4.0
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
0.0 - 1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.8
0.7 mm
3.6
3.4
1.0 mm
3.2
3
2.8
2.6
Minimum
2.4
2.2
2
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
2.4
2.6
2.8
3.0
Embedment (mm)
Note:

188
APPENDIX F
STONE SPREAD RATES

189
RECOMMENDED SPREAD RATES OF SEAL AGGREGATES

The ideal spread rates for aggregate may vary according to the purpose of the seal, shape and flakiness of
the aggregate and personal preferences.
Final spread rates should be determined by spreading a known volume of aggregate by hand and
confirmation of full-scale trials on site (Refer Figure F1)
Figure F-1
Determining appropriate aggregate spread rate on site
Figure F-2 gives the approximate spread rates for single seals or first application of double seals, the second
application on double seals as well as the approximate spread rate for Cape seals, based on the ALD and
Flakiness Index
Notes:
Information provided only indicates approximate aggregate spread rates and can not be used as
specifications
For purposes of ordering and stockpiling aggregate, provision should be made for wastage (approximately 5
per cent)

190
STONE SPREAD RATES
300
250
(m2/m3)
STONE SPREAD RATE
200
150
Second layer
100
First layer
50
3
10
11
12
13
ALD
1st Layer Flakiness 0%
2nd Layer Flakiness 0%
Cape Seal
Figure F-2 Approximate spread rates for seal aggregate

191
Figure F-3
Dense shoulder-to-shoulder matrix
Figure F-4
Open shoulder-to-shoulder matrix

192
APPENDIX G
DETERMINATION OF THE CONSISTENCY
OF A SLURRY MIXTURE

193
This method describes the determination of the consistency of a slurry mixture by means of the flow cone
test.
DEFINITION
The consistency of a slurry mixture is defined as the amount of flow of the mixture over a flow plate,
measured in millimetres.
The flow provides an indication of the effect of mix proportioning of the various constituents, as well as of the
quantity of water in the mix, which determines its workability.
2
2.1
APPARATUS
Flow plate: a 5 mm thick round metal plate with a diameter of 250 mm having a smooth surface
which is resistant to chemical substances. A circle of 90 1 mm is engraved to a depth of between
0,5 and 0,8 mm in the centre of the plate. The width of the engraving is such that the cone (see
2.2) fits precisely into it. Concentric circles, at 10 mm diameter increments, are inscribed around
the centre engraved circle outwards to the edge of the plate. The first circle after the centre circle
is marked at 10 mm, followed by 20 mm, 30 mm etc.
The flow plate is mounted on a tripod, of which two of the legs are adjustable. A spirit level is
mounted on the outer edge of the flow plate between the two adjustable legs.
2.2
A metal mould in the form of a frustum of a cone with the following internal dimensions: top
diameter, 37,5 1 mm bottom diameter, 90 1 mm; height, 75 1 mm. The cone should be
manufactured from a chemical-resistant metal with a thickness of between 0,8 and 1,5 mm.
2.3
A balance with a capacity of at least 6,0 kg and accurate to 0,1 g.
2.4
A riffler with 13 mm openings, together with pans.
2.5
A thermostatically controlled oven capable of maintaining a temperature of 105 to 110 C.
2.6
A dispersing apparatus with a blade and container which should have a capacity of at least three
times the volume of 3 kg of fine aggregate.
2.7
Mixing containers having a capacity of three times the volume of 500 g of fine aggregate.
2.8
Spatulas for mixing.
2.9
Measuring cylinders with capacities of 50 ml, 200 ml and 1 000 ml respectively.
2.10
A suitable organic solvent such as toluene.

194
SAMPLES
3.1
Aggregates: approximately 15 kg of each type of aggregate is required. Carry out sieve analyses
3.2
of each aggregate according to Method B4 of TMH1 .

Mineral filler: approximately 1 kg of each type of mineral filler is required. Cement or hydrated lime
17
is normally used with anionic emulsions, while limestone dust, fly ash or silica fume is used with
cationic emulsions.
46, 47
3.3
Emulsion: the anionic or cationic emulsions should comply with the relevant SABS specifications
3.4
Water: only potable water free of deleterious substances or chemicals should be used.
METHOD
4.1
Weigh out 3 or more 500 g samples of fine aggregate. If more than one type of aggregate is to be
used, the various aggregates should be weighed out in the correct proportions in order to obtain
total samples of 500 g each.

The type and quantity of mineral filler to be added depends on the type of emulsion to be used as
well as on the grading of the fine aggregate. This, however, is normally in the order of 1 to 2 parts
per 100 (by mass) of the fine aggregate.
The proportioning of the slurry mixture is therefore as follows:
Fine aggregate
Cement
100 parts
1,5 parts
=
=
500 g
7,5 g
Emulsion
20 parts
100 g
The quantity of water required to obtain the desired consistency of the slurry is determined as follows:
4.2
Add the calculated quantity of mineral filler to each of the 500 g portions of fine aggregate and mix
the blend until a homogenous colour is obtained. Add a small quantity of water to the first sample
and mix it thoroughly. The calculated quantity of emulsion is now added to the mixture and mixed
for 3 minutes. While continuing to mix, add additional quantities of water in small increments until a
paste is formed i.e. until just before the mixture starts to flow. Record the total quantity of water
added to the mixture.
Determine the flow of the slurry mixture as described in 4.3. Repeat the test on the second and
third samples, but with higher water contents for each additional sample.
An alternative method for mixing in the water is as follows:
Add 9 parts water to the first sample and 12 and 15 parts to the second and the third samples
respectively. After these have been thoroughly mixed, add the correct qualities of emulsion and

195
continue mixing until a homogenous mixture is achieved. Carry out the flow test on each sample.
4.3
Flow test: Place the cone on the previously levelled flow plate, ensuring that it is firmly seated in
the engraved circular groove. Hold the cone firmly in place and fill the cone with the slurry mixture.
Lift the cone carefully, allowing the slurry to flow across the plate. The degree of flow, i.e. the
distance that the fine aggregate has dispersed, is measured where the greatest flow has occurred,
and is reported as follows e.g. 10 - 20 mm. The flow of the other samples is determined in a similar
manner.
4.4
Laboratory control test: After the quantity of water required to produce a slurry mixture with a
specific workability has been determined, a control sample is made up. With the same proportions
as those determined above, make up a 3000 g sample of slurry utilising a mechanical mixer.
It is important that most of the water, together with the mineral filler, is first mixed in with the fine
aggregate prior to the addition of the emulsion. Use the remainder of the water to rinse out the
measuring cylinder used for measuring out the emulsion, prior to adding it to the mixture.
The flow is then determined on the flow plate as described above.
4.5
Field control:
Blend approximately 20 kg of the slurry mixture in a large basin or clean
wheelbarrow, and determine the flow in a similar manner to that described in 4.3. This control test
should be carried out on each batch of slurry produced
NOTES
5.1
A flow of 20-30 mm indicates that segregation of the fine aggregate should not occur.
5.2
The flow of a slurry to be applied in a thick layer, in order to eliminate surface unevenness, should
be less than that indicated in 5.1.
5.3
If two layers of slurry are to be applied, the flow of the slurry for the second layer should be greater
than that for the first.
5.4
Additional water is not required if application of the slurry takes place during hot windy conditions.

196
DETERMINATION OF THE STIFFNESS OF A SLURRY MIX

Mix Proportion
Aggregate
100 parts
Filler
Emulsion
:
:
1: 1: 1 or 2 parts
20 parts
AGGREGATE
DESCRIPTION
SOURCE
LAB NO.
* 6,7 mm aggregate
* Crusher dust
* Crusher Dust/Sand
Mix proportions of aggregate
*6,7 mm aggregate
Parts)
*Crusher Dust
*Crusher Dust/Sand
:
:
Parts) - 100 Parts

Parts)
(A)
Mix proportions of material (500 g of aggregate)

1
6,7 mm g/Parts
Crusher Dust g/Parts
Crusher Dust/Sand g/Parts
Filler g/Parts
Emulsion g/Parts
Water ml/Parts
Flow (mm)
(B)
Control Test (3000 g aggregate)
*6,7 mm aggregate
parts =
g}
*Crusher Dust
*Crusher Dust/Sand
:
:
parts =
parts =
g}
g}
*6,7 mm aggregate
parts =
g}
*Crusher Dust
*Crusher Dust/Sand
:
:
parts =
parts =
g}
g}
Emulsion
parts =
g}
Water
Flow
:
:
parts =
mm
g}
Delete where not applicable

197
APPENDIX H
SEAL DESIGN WORKED EXAMPLES

198
The main purpose of the worked examples is to give guidance in the use of the design charts given in
APPENDIX E. Examples are given for the design of:
single seals using conventional binders,
double seals using conventional binders,
single seals using a modified binder,
double seal using a modified binder, and
split application double seal using a combination of binders
EXAMPLE 1: SINGLE SEAL DESIGN

Situation
A section of road between Magaliesberg and Koster in the North West Province is to be resealed during
October with a 13,2 mm single seal.
Details
Terrain:
Rolling with maximum gradients of 5 per cent with slow-moving heavy vehicles
travelling at 35 km/h
Current traffic:
Heavy vehicles = 75 per day per lane

Light vehicles = 500 per day per lane
Existing surfacing:
9,5mm single seal treated 3 years ago with a fine slurry texture treatment
Texture depth:
Embedment potential:
Texture depth is uniform on this section with an average of 0,3 mm

The average of corrected Ball Penetration values on this section is less than 1 mm
Aggregate:
The aggregate delivered on site conforms to COLTO specifications with and ALD
of 7,9 mm and a Flakiness Index of 15 per cent
Policies
Aggregate spread rate:
A dense shoulder-to-shoulder matrix according to APPENDIX F is preferred.
In accordance with the maintenance strategy and policies of the department a lean seal is preferred.
Design
ELV/lane/day
500 + (75 x 40) = 3500
Corrected ball penetration < 1 mm
Refer to APPENDIX E
Net cold binder required for a 0,7 mm texture depth:
(single seals) for use of
design charts and figures
For 8 mm ALD:
For 7 mm ALD:
min: 1,07 /m
min: 0,92 /m
max: 1,36 /m
max 1,02 /m
For 7,9mm ALD do straight line interpolation

min:
0,92 + 0,9 (1,07 0,92) = 1,06 /m
max:
1,02 + 0,9 (1,36 1,02) = 1,33 /m
Adjustments (refer to 7.6.3.3)

a)
Climate:
Using Figure 1-3 Weinert N-value is between 2 and 5, therefore no adjustment is required
b)
Existing texture depth: 0,3 mm (and the corrected ball penetration is low)
Using Figure 7-2 add 0,19 /m

199
c)
Gradients: max = 5 per cent with some heavy vehicles travelling less than 40 km/h
Reduce net cold binder by 5 per cent on uphills
d)
Aggregate spread: Dense matrix aggregate spread rate no adjustment
In accordance with the strategy, only the minimum application rates are determined.
Net Cold Design application rate:
(flat and downhill)
(uphill 5% gradients)
Binder type:
= 1,06 + 0,19
= 1,25 (0,05 x 1,06)
= 1,25 /m
= 1,20 /m
Using Table 5-1, a 80/100 Penetration Grade bitumen is selected
Hot application rate:

Convert the net cold application rate using Table 7-3
Hot binder application rate (flat and downhill)
Hot binder application rate (uphill 5% gradient)
= 1,25 x 1,09 = 1,36 /m

= 1,20 x 1,09 = 1,31 /m
Notes:
The maximum application rates can be determined in a similar way
The contractor is allowed a 5% tolerance in application. Consideration could be given to increase the hot
application rate with 5%.
Aggregate application rates:
3
Using Figure F-2 in APPENDIX F, the approximate aggregate spread rate = 100 m/m
EXAMPLE 2: DOUBLE SEAL DESIGN

Situation
A newly constructed section of road between Aliwal North and Bethulie is to be sealed with a 13,2 + 6,7 mm
double seal.
Details
Terrain:
Rolling with maximum gradients of 4 per cent and no slow-moving heavy vehicles
Current traffic:

Base:
Crushed stone
Texture depth:
The existing texture depth is uniform on this section with an average of 0,5 mm
The average Corrected Ball Penetration value on this section is 2 mm
Note:
Refer to paragraph 3.3 for guidelines on Ball Penetration testing and result interpretation.
Aggregate:
The aggregate delivered on site conforms to COLTO specifications
ALD of 13,2 mm aggregate = 8,1 mm


200
Policies
A dense shoulder-to-shoulder matrix according to APPENDIX F is preferred for

the first aggregate layer
In accordance with the maintenance strategy and policies of the department, a lean seal is preferred.
Precoating of the second aggregate layer is recommended.
Design
ELV/lane/day
1000 + (100 x 40) = 5000
Design ALD (= ALD)
8,1 + 3,8 = 11,9 mm
Refer to APPENDIX E
Net cold binder required for 0,5 mm texture:
(double seals) for use of
min: 1,60 /m
min: 1,75 /m
For 11 mm ALD
For 12 mm ALD
max: 1,78 /m
max: 1,85 /m
For 11,9 mm ALD

min:
1,60 + 0,9 (1,75 1,60) = 1,74 /m
max:
1,78 + 0,9 (1,85 1,78) = 1,85 /m
Adjustments (refer to 7.6.5)

a)
b)
Climate:
Texture:
Weinert N-value > 5 add up to 10 per cent binder

0,5 mm Using Figure 7-2 add 0,21 /m
c)
d)
Gradients
max = 4 per cent with no slow-moving heavies no adjustment
Dense matrix aggregate spread rate no adjustment
Net Cold Design application rate (minimum)

Binder type:
= 1,74 + (0,1 x 1,74) + 0,21 = 2,12 /m
Using Table 5-1, 80/100 Penetration Grade bitumen is selected

Total hot binder application rate = 2,12 x 1,09 = 2,35 /m
Binder distribution between the tack coat and penetration coat:

The total binder application is sufficient to allow an 80/100 penetration grade bitumen to be used in both
the tack coat and penetration coat. A distribution of 55 per cent (tack coat) / 45 per cent (penetration
coat) of the total binder volume is recommended.
Tack coat application rate (hot)
0,55 x 2,35
1,29 /m
Penetration cost application rate (hot)
0,45 x 2,35
1,06 /m
Note:
The maximum application rates to obtain a 0,5 mm texture depth can be determined in a similar way.
Aggregate spread rates:

201
Using Figure F-2 in APPENDIX F

Aggregate spread rate for first layer
100 m /m
Aggregate spread rate for second layer
200 m /m
EXAMPLE 3: SINGLE SEAL DESIGN USING A MODIFIED BINDER

Situation
A section of road between Brits and Rustenburg in the North West Province is to be sealed during February
with a 13,2 mm single seal.
Details
Terrain:
Flat, with maximum gradients of 4 per cent and no slow-moving heavy vehicles
Current traffic:

Existing surfacing:
19,0 + 9,5 mm double seal treated with a find slurry texture treatment
Texture depth:
Texture depth is uniform on this section with an average of 0,3 mm

The average Corrected Ball Penetration value on this section is 2,0 mm
Aggregate:
The aggregate delivered on site conforms to COLTO specifications with an ALD of

9,5 mm and a Flakiness Index of 15 per cent
Policies
A dense shoulder-to-shoulder matrix according to APPENDIX F is preferred

(see Figure F-3).
Design
ELV/lane/day
2 800 + (425 x 40) = 19 800
Design ALD
9,5 mm
Refer to APPENDIX E
Net cold conventional binder required
for design charts
minimum required texture depth = 0,7 mm:

For 9 mm ALD
min: 0,7 /m
max: 0,7 /m
min: 0,76 /m
max: 1,0 /m
For 10 mm ALD
For 9,5 mm ALD
min:
max:
Adjustments (refer to 7.6.3.3)
a) Climate:
0,7 + 0,5 (0,76 0,7) = 0,73 /m

0,7 + 0,5 (1,0 0,7) = 0,85 /m
No adjustments for modified binders

0,3 mm using Figure 7-2 add 0,17 /m
max = 4 per cent with no slow heavies no adjustment
b)
c)
Existing texture depth:

Gradients
d)
Net Cold Design application rate before adjustment to Net Cold Modified Binder
min
max
Binder type:
= 0,73 + 0,17 = 0,90 /m

= 0,85 + 0,17 = 1,02 /m
A bitumen rubber binder is selected (S-R1) Adjustment factor = 1.9 (See par. 7.7.1.2)

202
Adjustment to net cold modified binder

min
= 0,90 x 1,9 = 1,71 /m
max
Total hot application rate:
= 1,02 x 1,9 = 1,94 /m
The net cold modified binder is converted to hot application rate using Table 7-3
Hot binder application rate (min) = 1,71 x 1,07 = 1,83 /m
Hot binder application rate (max)
= 1,94 x 1,07 = 2.07 /m
Note:
Conversion factors for modified binders can vary from one manufacturers product to another.
Allow for 5% tolerance on non-homogeneous binder i.e. add 5% to minimum application
Therefore
Total hot binder application rate min: =
Total hot binder application rate max: =
1,83 x 1,05 = 1,92 /m

2.07 /m
Notes:
Experience indicates that the absolute minimum practical application rate for bitumen rubber is 1,8 /m and
that a minimum of 2,0 /m is preferred
When the calculated binder application rate for the conditions at hand falls below the minimum practical rate,
the aggregate size should be increased
Taking into account of the risk of under application and the maximum rate calculated, the design application
rate is specified at 2,0 /m.
The recommended aggregate spread rate according to Figure F-2 in APPENDIX F = 87 m/ m

203
EXAMPLE 4: DOUBLE SEAL DESIGN USING A MODIFIED BINDER

Situation
An existing road between Paarl and Stellenbosch is to be sealed with a 13,2 + 6,7 mm double seal.
Details
Terrain:
Rolling with maximum gradients of 4 per cent and no slow-moving heavy vehicles
Current traffic:

Existing seal
13,2 mm and sand
Texture depth:
Aggregate:

Policies

In accordance with the seal strategy and policies of the department, a fogspray must be applied as the seal
would be constructed close to winter.
Design
ELV/lane/day
5000 + (300 x 40) = 17000
Design ALD (= ALD)
8,0 + 4,0 = 12,0 mm
Refer to APPENDIX E
For 12 mm ALD
min: 1,57 /m
max: 1,62 /m
Notes:
Experience with modified binder double seals suggests designs based on the minimum application rates.
Therefore 1,57 /m with final expected texture depth between 0,7 mm and 0,5 mm
a)
b)
Climate:
Existing texture:
No adjustment
0,5 mm Using Figure 7-2 add 0,21 /m
c)
d)
Gradients
Dense aggregate matrix
Maximum 4 per cent with no slow-moving heavies no adjustment

No adjustment

= 1,57 + 0,21 = 1,78 /m
204
Binder distribution between the tack coat, penetration coat and fogspray:
Accept an application of 0,8 /m fogspray of a 50/50 diluted Cat 65% spray grade emulsion (minimum).
According to recommendations only 50% of the net binder of the fogspray should be taken into account
for seal design purposes.
Therefore the remaining net binder = 1,78 0,5 x (0,5 x 0,8 x 0,65) = 1,65 /m
Binder type:
S-E2 binder is selected for the tack coat and penetration coat
The remaining cold S-E2 binder = 1,65 x 1,1 = 1,82 /m
(see Table 7-7 for modified conversion factor)
Total hot modified binder application rate = 1,82 x 1,06 = 1,92 /m
The total binder application is sufficient to allow the S-E2 binder to be used in both the tack coat and
penetration coat. A distribution of 55 per cent (tack coat) / 45 per cent (penetration coat) of the total
binder volume would result in the following.
Tack coat application rate (hot)
0,55 x 1,92
1,06 /m
Penetration cost application rate (hot)
0,45 x 1,92
0,86 /m
The minimum recommended spray rates for this seal type (refer Table 7-9) suggests 1,0 /m for the tack
coat and 0,8 /m for the penetration coat. The suggested hot applications are, therefore, acceptable.
Specified application rates:
Tack coat S-E2
1,06 /m
Penetration coat
Fogspray 50/50 diluted CAT 65% Spray grade emulsion
0,86 /m
0,80 /m
Aggregate spread rates:

Using Figure F-2 in APPENDIX F
Aggregate spread rate for second layer
=
=
100 m /m
210 m /m
Notes:
Modified binder seals often require approximately 10% higher stone spread rates.
If the first aggregate layer is rolled with a steel wheel roller, it is possible that the required spread rate for the
6,7 mm aggregate would have to be increased.

205
EXAMPLE 5: SPLIT APPLICATION DOUBLE SEAL DESIGN USING A MODIFIED BINDER

Situation
The National Route 2 Section 7 between Grootbrak and George must be resealed with a 19,0 and 6,7 mm
split application double seal. This example only relates to steep grades on the slow lane
Details
Terrain: Steep gradients with high volume slow-moving heavy vehicles. Two sections with heavy vehicle
speeds less than 40 km/h (as low as 25km/h) as shown below
Figure H-1
Steep gradient comparison
Current traffic:
ELV = 20000 per lane per day in the slow lane
Existing seal
Texture depth:
13,2 mm with recently applied texture slurry

Aggregate:

ALD of 6,7 mm aggregate

= 4,0 mm
206
Policies

In accordance with the seal strategy and policies of the department, a fogspray must be applied as the seal
would be constructed close to winter.
Design
ELV/lane/day
20000
Design ALD (= ALD)
12,0 + 4,0 = 16,0 mm
Refer to APPENDIX E
For 16 mm ALD
min: 1,94 /m
max: 2,12 /m

a)
b)
Climate:
Texture:
No adjustment
0,4 mm No adjustment as a result of 2,0 mm corrected ball
c)
penetration
Gradients
Reduce 10% due to slow moving heavy vehicles
d)
= 1,94 0.19 = 1.75 /m
Binder distribution between the tack coat, penetration coat and fogspray:
Accept an application of 1,0 /m fogspray of a 60/40 diluted Cat 65% spray grade emulsion . According
to recommendations only 50% of the net binder of the fogspray should be taken into account for seal
design purposes.
Therefore the remaining net binder = 1,75 0,5 x (0,6 x 1,0 x 0,65) = 1,56 /m
Binder type:
S-E2 binder is selected for the tack coat and penetration coat
The remaining cold S-E2 binder = 1,56 x 1,2 = 1,87 /m
(see Table 7-7 for modified conversion factor)
Total hot binder application rate = 1,87 x 1,06 = 1.98 /m
Allow 5% tolerance = 1,98 * 1.05 = 2,08 or approximately 2,1 /m
The total binder application is sufficient to allow the S-E2 binder to be used in both the tack coat and
penetration coat.

207
The minimum recommended spray rates for this seal type (refer Table 7-9) suggests 1,1 /m for the tack
coat and 0,8 /m for the penetration coat. The following suggested hot applications are, therefore,
recommended.
Tack coat S-E2
Penetration coat S-E2
1,1 /m
1,0 /m
Fogspray 60/40 diluted CAT 65% Spray grade emulsion
1,0 /m
Preliminary aggregate spread rates:

Using Figure F-2 in APPENDIX F and Table 7-10
=
Aggregate spread rate for second layer (dry)
Aggregate spread rate for final 6,7 mm layer
=
=
70 m /m
300 m /m
2
3
155 m /m
Final spread rates specified after trials on site (see Figure H-2)
Figure H-2
Spread rates
70 m /m
Aggregate spread rate for second layer (dry)

Aggregate spread rate for final 6,7 mm layer
=
=
220 m /m
2
3
160 m /m

208
APPENDIX I
CUTTING BACK OF BITUMINOUS BINDERS
ON SITE

209
The effective viscosity of the bitumen at time of application may be changed to accommodate local
conditions during construction.
Before the bitumen is cut back, the expected maximum and minimum temperatures for the ensuing 24 hours
should be ascertained. During the summer months, i.e. November, December, January and February, the
temperatures are usually most accommodating but work may be affected by sudden drops in temperature as
a result of rain or hail. It is not advisable, therefore, to do any surfacing work if wet weather is anticipated
(continuous rain). Thunderstorms are usually unpredictable and, as a safety precaution, allowance should
be made for these by introducing 1 2 per cent aromatic paraffin into the bitumen.
Note:
Only petroleum-based cutters should be used with bitumen

Details of environmental condition, quantities of cutting-back agent and temperatures are given in Table I-1.
TABLE I-1
Cutting back of penetration grade bitumen

Road
temperature
(C)
Approximate air
temperature
(C)
Percentage cutter
(Aromatic
paraffin) in 80/100
pen. bitumen
Spray temperature (C)
16 24
10 16
9% 7%
100 118 (max)
36
24 32
16 21
7% 5%
115 135 (max)
69
32 40
21 26
4% 3%
121 138 (max)
9 12
40 48
26 31
2% 1%
132 149 (max)
Minimum
temperatures for 24
hours (projected C)
03
Notes:
(a)
> 12
> 48
> 31
0
150 175 (max)
(a)
Experience in the central parts of South Africa indicates that the addition of 9% cutter is still
appropriate for conditions where minimum temperatures for 24 hours < 4C.
During the rainy season it is recommended that 1 to 2 per cent cutter be added as a safety factor (not in
addition to the above percentages).
These recommendations are applicable only to NATREF bitumens.
Chemical analyses of the binder and cutter are required before bitumens from other sources are cut back.
If the weather is predictably dry for the months November, December and January and the road
temperature exceeds 31 C, additives may be omitted.
Precautionary measures
When aromatic paraffin is added to bitumen, the temperature of the bitumen should not exceed 140 C.
The aromatic paraffin should be siphoned out of 200 litre drums in measured quantities by means of a
bitumen pump and added to the distributor. It should be circulated with the bitumen in the distributor for a
minimum period of 45 minutes. During this process, all burners should be off and there should be no open
flames.
Aromatic paraffin should not be poured through the manhole of the distributor, which should be kept closed.
There should always be a minimum of two fire extinguishers in working condition at each distributor.
Unless good and responsible control cannot be exercised, the cutting back of bitumen is highly inadvisable.
210
APPENDIX J
TRANSVERSE DISTRIBUTION
(Bakkie Test)

211
SCOPE
This methods sets out the procedure for the simple field determination of the transverse distribution of a
binder distributor. Certain statistical criteria are applied to the results to determine conformance with
requirements.
DEFINITION
The purpose of the test is to determine conformance of the transverse distribution of the spray bar, as
measured by direct discharge from sets of 3 nozzles, using the project binder.
APPARATUS
3.1
Steel troughs
14 steel troughs fitted with handles and manufactured from 3 mm mild steel plate, conforming to the following
or similar dimensions, are required for a 4,2 m wide spray bar:
Width
Depth
265 mm
405 mm
Height
300 mm
Each trough to be clearly numbered on its side.
3.2
Balance
A balance capable of weighing up to 50 kg to an accuracy of 20 g.
3.3
Personal protective clothing
The appropriate safety gear must be worn when performing this test and should include a pair of asbestos
gloves, face shield and approved overalls.
3.4
Cleaning fluid
Diesel or other suitable fluid.
PREPARATION OF THE BINDER DISTRIBUTOR
Ensure that all the binder strainers on the sprayer have been cleaned.
Preheat the binder in the distributor tank to within 5 C of the required spray temperature.
Circulate the binder through the spray bar for at least 15 minutes.

212
Position the spray bar over a full-length drip tray. A short preliminary spray is made to ensure that all
the nozzles are functioning and that the machine is in normal working condition. Suck back the binder
from the drip tray into the distributor tank on completion of test spray.
If necessary, correct any malfunctioning of the spray bar.
METHOD
Ensure that all troughs are clean and free of any water or other materials.
Place the pre-weighed steel troughs described in 3.1 under the spray bar in such a manner that the
discharge of each set of three nozzles are collected in one trough. Ensure that the troughs are placed
in numerical order.
Adjust the spray bar height to ensure that the nozzles are below the sides of the trough.
Increase the bitumen pump speed to yield the desired triple spray overlap in accordance to the type of
nozzles and type of binder being used. Typically this could vary between 12 and 20 litres per minute
for conventional binders.
Open the nozzles and spray sufficient binder to fill the troughs without risking spillage during handling.
Weigh the troughs to determine the mass of binder sprayed.
On completion of the weighing and before the binder cools suck back the binder into the distributor
tank.
Only clean the troughs with a suitable cleaning fluid once they have cooled down to room temperature.
Store used cleaning fluid in a suitable container for re-use.
CALCULATION AND REPORT
Determine the net mass of binder in each trough to the nearest 20 grams.
Net mass binder = (M1, M2, M3 . Mn).
Calculate the average mass of the binder collected in all the troughs.
Mave = (M1 .. Mn) / n
where n = number of troughs
Calculate the deviation from the average mass for every trough and express the value as a
percentage.
% Deviation = (Mave - Mi)/Mave x 100
If the transverse distribution is out of specification, make the necessary adjustments to the spray bar
and repeat the test.
Report results on the example sheet .
Update the bakkie test record with the relevant information for the distributor.

213
ACCURACY
Due to the varying nature of the different types of binders, cognisance must be taken of the respective
binders viscosity at spray temperature when establishing achievable tolerances, namely:
Conventional binders
40 100 CPs
Polymer modified binders

Bitumen rubber
120 200 CPs

2,000 3,000 CPs
Specifications
The mass of binder of any individual trough shall not deviate from the average mass by more than the
following percentages:
Penetration bitumen, and cutback bitumen and bitumen emulsion
5%
Homogeneous modified bitumen (Polymer modified)

Non- homogeneous binders (bitumen rubber)
7%
-10%
The spray bar shall be of such design to meet the above tolerances in order to achieve a uniform transverse
and longitudinal distribution. This calibration procedure shall be carried out each time the distributor is first
established on site or when a problem with transverse distribution is suspected.

214
Example Sheet
Transverse Distribution Test Report Sheet(bakkie test)
DATE
....
CLIENT/PROJECT
....
DISTRIBUTOR COMPANY
DISTRIBUTOR REG. NO
....
SPRAYBAR TYPE
Trough no.
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
First weight, g
Second weight, g
Difference, g
Deviation, % *
Trough no.
First weight, g
Second weight, g
Difference, g
Deviation, % *
Trough no.
First weight, g
Second weight, g
Difference, g
Deviation, % *
Total mass binder in all trays, g

Total number of trays, g
:
:
.
..
Average mass of binder, g **
..
Formula
Test performed by
*
**
% Deviation = (Mave - Mi)/Mave x 100

Mave
= (M1 .. Mn) / n

215
APPENDIX K
RATIONAL SEAL DESIGN METHOD
(CSIR)

216
INTRODUCTION
The rational method was developed from research done by the then National Institute for Transport and
Road Research (now the Division of Roads and Transport Technology). No formal experiments have been
built incorporating this method. However, the Division of National Roads of the Department of Transport
(DOT) has incorporated the general approach in its design procedure for reseals and it is generally satisfied
with the results obtained on reseals.
GENERAL DESIGN METHOD
In general the design tables may be used. The design tables incorporate the same design method as the
refined design method except that they use the relationship between ALD and ELT and the average void
content relationship (best fitting curve). The information required is the ADT per lane (may differ for different
lanes of multi-lane roads; binder application will therefore also differ for different lanes), the corrected ball
12
penetration value of the existing surface (see Draft TMH6 Method ST4) and the ALD of the aggregate to
be used. The hardness (10 per cent FACT) of the aggregate is assumed to be 210 kN. A correction for
12
surface texture of the existing surface should also be made (see Draft TMH6 , Method ST1 and Table K-7).
2.1
Design tables for single and double seals (general approach)
Tables K-1 and K-2 give the nominal cold binder application rates used in the rational design method for
single and double seals respectively. These are based on 42 per cent of the available void space being filled
with binder in a single seal and 55 per cent of the available void space in the case of a double seal.
Table K-3 gives the nominal stone application rate used in the rational design method.
Notes:
3
Spread rates are still expressed in this Table as m /m , whereas the standard for the rest of the document
2
has been accepted as m /m .

It is recommended that normally the minimum nominal cold binder application rate be used. The maximum
nominal cold binder application rate gives an indication of how much the seal could absorb without any likely
detrimental effects on the performance of the seal.
2.2
(a)
Examples (using tables)

Single seals (Tables K-1 and K-3)
ALD
= 8,57 mm and FI = 25 %
Traffic (ADT/lane)
= 2 000 elv
Corrected ball penetration of existing surface
= 2 mm
Texture depth of existing surface
= 0,5 mm

217
Binder application rate (min.)
= 1,00 + (1,15 1,00)(0,57)

= 1,00 + (0,15)(0,57)
1,00 + 0,09
1,09 /m
Binder application rate (max.)
= 1,32 + (1,46 1,32)(0,57)

= 1,32 + (0,14)(0,57)
1,32 + 0,08
1,40 /m
Additional cold binder requirement due to the

surface texture of the existing surface
(for ADT/lane = 2 000 elv)
2
(from Table K-7)
= 0,25 /m
Total binder requirement
= 1,09 + 0,25
= 1,34 /m
Hot spray rate

(150/200 pen bitumen)
= (1,34)(1,09)
1,46 /m
Stone application rate
(from Table K-3)
-3
= (8,42 + 0,57(9,47 - 8,42)) x 10

-3
= (8,42 + 0,57(1,05)) x 10
-3
9,02 x 10 m /m
(b)
Double seal (Tables K-2 and K-3)
ALD bottom = 8,57 mm and Fl
= 25 %
ALD top = 4,55 mm and Fl
= 20 %
Total traffic (ADT/lane)
= 3 000 elv
Ball penetration
= 3 mm
Texture depth
= 0,5 mm
Sum of ALDs
= 8,57 + 4,55
Binder application rate (min.)
= 13,12 mm
= 1,95 + (2,07 1,95)(0,12)
= 1,95 + (0,12)(0,12)
1,96 /m
Binder application rate (max.)
= 2,26 + (2,49 2,26)(0,12)

= 2,26 + (0,23)(0,12)
2,29 /m
218
Additional cold binder requirement due to the

surface texture of the existing surface
(for ADT/lane = 3 000 elv) (from Table K-7)
= 0,22 /m
Total binder requirement
= 1,96 + 0,22
= 2,18 /m
Fog spray application rate
= (2,18)(0,25)
= 0,545 /m
Tack coat application rate
= (2,18)(0,75/2)
2
= 0,818 /m
Penetration coat application rate
= (2,18)(0,75/2)
2
= 0,818 /m
(60 % bitumen emulsion)
= (0,545)(1,68)
0,92 /m
Hot spray rate (penetration coat) (150/200 pen bitumen)
= (0,818)(1,09)
0,89 /m
Stone application rate
The stone application rate in the bottom layer

should be reduced by 5 % of the nominal stone
application rate.
Bottom layer
-3
= 0,95 (8,42 + (0,57)(9,47 8,42)) x10

-3
= 0,95 (8,42 + (0,57)(1,05)) x 10

-3
8,57 x 10 m /m
Top layer
-3
= (4,31 + (0,55)(5,30 4,31)) x 10

-3
= 4,31 + (0,55)(0,99) x 10
-3
4,85 x 10 m /m

219
REFINED DESIGN METHOD
When problems are experienced, particularly as far as the quality of the aggregate is concerned, the design
can be refined by using more exact information.
3.1
Design of single seals
To design a single seal the following information is required:

(a)
the Effective Layer Thickness (ELT ) and true void content (as fraction of ELT volume) of the stone
layer, V1, as well as the hardness (10 per cent FACT) and bulk void content, Vb, of the stone to be
used;
(b)
the corrected ball penetration value of the existing surface (as determined with the ball penetration
12
test) (Draft TMH6
Method ST4);
12
(c)
the texture depth of the existing surface (as determined with the sand patch test) (Draft TMH6 ,
Method ST1);
(d)
the existing traffic expressed as equivalent light vehicles (elv) per lane per day, and
(e)
the binder type to be used.
To determine the basic quantity of cold binder:

(a)
determine the embedment due to traffic from the corrected ball penetration value and the traffic
volume (see Table K-4) and express the embedment as a fraction of the ELT;
(b)
determine the expected wear due to traffic from the hardness of the stone (10 per cent FACT) and
the traffic volume (see Table K-5) and express the wear as a fraction of the ELT;
(c)
determine the fractional void loss due to embedment and wear (separately) (see Table K-6);
(d)
determine the fractional void loss due to the skid resistance requirement (0,64 mm average texture
depth is required) 0,64 / (true void fraction x ELT);
(e)
determine the total fractional void loss due to embedment, wear and the skid resistance requirement;
(f)
determine the available void fraction by subtracting the total fractional void loss from one. This is the
maximum void fraction that may be filled to ensure an expected seal life of at least 10 years under
normal conditions;
(g)
determine the embedment due to construction rolling (this is taken to be equal to 0,90 multiplied by
the total embedment) and express this as a fraction of the ELT;
The ELT and true void content, V1, are determined by means of the modified tray test (see Appendix L). The ELT is not
17
the same as the ALD used in the other methods. The ALD is determined in accordance with TMH1, method B18(a) .
220
(h)
determine the fractional void loss due to rolling embedment (see Table K-6);
(i)
determine the minimum void fraction that has to be filled with binder to prevent whip-off (stone loss).
(The aggregate must be covered at least halfway to prevent stone loss.)
(j)
compare the values of the minimum void fraction (i) and the available void fraction (f). If the available
void fraction is larger than the minimum void fraction, calculate the maximum and minimum cold
binder application rates by multiplying the available and minimum void fractions by the true void
volume (true void content expressed as a fraction of the ELT volume x ELT in mm). If the available
void fraction is smaller than the minimum void fraction that has to be filled with binder, the binder
application rate is calculated by multiplying the minimum void fraction by the true void volume (=
(true void content expressed as fraction of ELT volume) x ELT in mm). In the latter instance the seal
will have a reduced life expectancy, and
(k)
determine the aggregate spread rate with the following equation:

-3
1,06 ELT (100 V1)/(100 Vb) x 10 m /m
Spread rate
where
V1
true void content of the layer of aggregate (%)
Vb
bulk void content of the aggregate (%).
Example
Data obtained from tests:
Traffic (ADT/lane)
= 2 000 elv
Texture depth of present surface

(as determined from the sand patch test)
= 0,50 mm
Corrected ball penetration value
= 2 mm
ELT of aggregate layer
= 7,81 mm
True void content of aggregate layer (V1)

(as determined from the modified tray test)
= 32,77 %
Bulk void content of aggregate Vb)
= 45 %
10 % FACT value = 250 kN aggregate (dry)
= 250 kN
Binder to be used is 150/200 pen bitumen.

(a)
Embedment of aggregate (from Table K-4)
= 0,629 mm
Embedment as a fraction of the ELT= 0,629/7,81
0,081

221
(b)
Wear of aggregate (from Table K-5)
= 0,717 mm
Wear as a fraction of the ELT
= 0,717/7,81
0,092
(c)
(d)
(e)
Fractional void loss due to embedment

(From Table K-6)
= 0,176
Fractional void loss due to wear (from Table K-6)
= 0,196
Fractional void loss due to skid resistance

requirement
= 0,70 / (true void fraction x ELT)
(0,7 mm texture required)
= 0,70/(0,3277 x 7,81)
= 0,274
Total fractional void loss due to embedment, wear and

skid resistance requirement
(f)
Available void fraction

(if greater than 0,42 use 0,42)
= 0,176 + 0,196 + 0,274

= 0,646
= 1,00 0,646
= 0,354
(g)
Embedment due to rolling

(0,50 x embedment due to traffic)
= 0,50 x 0,629
= 0,315 mm
Rolling embedment as a fraction of the ELT
= 0,315/7,81
0,040
(h)
Fractional void loss due to rolling (from Table K-6)
= 0,094
(i)
= (0,420 0,094)
Minimum void fraction to be filled with binder
= 0,326
(j)
The available void fraction is larger than the minimum required void fraction; therefore the seal will
have a normal life.
Nominal quantity of cold binder (max.)
= (nominal void fraction to be filled) x

(true void fraction) x ELT
= (0,354)(0,3277)(7,81)
0,91 /m
Nominal quantity of cold

binder (min.)
2
= (0,326)(0,3277)(7,81)
The aggregate should be covered at least halfway with binder to prevent whip-off.

222
0,83 /m
(k)
Extra quantity of cold binder (/m ) due to surface texture

2
of present surface (= 0,50 mm) (Table K-7)
= 0,25 /m
(l)
Total quantity of cold binder
(m)
= 0,25 + 0,83 /m
2
= 1,08 /m
Conversion factor for hot binder (150/100 pen)

(see
Table 6-5)
= 1,09
(n)
= (1,09) (1,08)
Total quantity of hot binder
1,18 /m
(o)
-3
Spread rate of stone
= 1,06 ELT(100 V1)/(100 Vb) x 10

= (1,06)(7,81)(100 32,77)/
-3
(100-45) x 10
-3
10,12 x 10 m /m
3.2
Design of double seals
For the design of a double seal the same information is required as for the design of a single seal, except
that the ELT and true void content, V1, and the bulk void content, Vb, of both stone layers are required.
The ELT of the double seal (ELTd) can be determined by using the following equation:
ELTd = 0,86(ELT) 0,19
where
ELT
= ELT1 + ELT2
ELT1
= ELT (bottom layer)
ELT2
= ELT (top layer)
Calculate the factor F by means of the following equation:

(ELT1(0,95 V11 + 5) + ELT2.V12) . (ELTd )
(ELT)
where
and
V11
V12
(ELT)
true void content of the bottom layer as a percentage

= true void content of the top layer as a percentage
The true void content of the double seal can now be determined by using the following equation:
Percentage voids in double seal (Vd) = 1,006(F) 0,87

223
The design of the double seal can now be done in exactly the same way as the design of a single seal, using
the same tables.
-2
The aggregate spread rate

where
= (f) ELT (100 V1) / (100 Vb) X 10 (m /m )

V1
= void content in the aggregate layer (%)
Vb
= bulk void content of the aggregate (%)
= increase factor for variations in workmanship, etc.

= 1,00 for bottom layer of aggregate
= 1,06 for top layer of aggregate
This can best be illustrated by means of an example.

Example
Data obtained from tests:
Traffic (ADT/lane)
Texture depth of present surface
= 3 000 elv
(as determined with sand patch test)

Corrected ball penetration value
= 0,50 mm
= 3 mm
ELT1= 7,81 mm; V11 = 43 %;Vb1=
48,50 %
(determined from modified tray test)
ELT2= 4,37 mm; V12 = 42 %;Vb2=
50,00 %
(determined from modified tray test)
10 % FACT value of aggregate (dry)
= 200 kN
Binder to be used is a 150/200 pen bitumen for both the tack coat and penetration coat and 60 % bitumen
emulsion for fog spray.
(a)
ELT
ELTd
(b)
ELT1+ ELT2
7,81 + 4,37
12,18
0,86(ELT)+ 0,19
=
=
0,86(12,18)+ 0,19
10,66 mm
(ELT (0,95V11+ 5)+ ELT.V12) . (ELTd)

(ELT)
(7,81 [(0,95) (43,0) + 5]+ 4,37 (42) ) . (10,66)

12,18
12,18
(7,81 [(40,85)+ 5]+ 4,37 (42) ) . (10,66)

12,18
(ELT)
12,18
(358,09 + 183,54) . (10,66)

224
12,18
Vd
(c)
12,18
38,919
=
=
1,006F 0,87
1,006 (38,919) 0,87
39,153 0,87
38,28 %
Embedment of aggregate (from Table K-4)
= 1,100 mm
Embedment as a fraction of the ELTd
= 1,100/10,66
0,103
(d)
Wear of aggregate (From Table K-5)

Wear as a fraction of ELTd
= 0,850 mm
= 0,850 / 10,66
0,080
(e)
Fractional void loss due to embedment (From Table K-6) = 0,215
(f)
Fractional void loss due to wear (From Table K-6)
= 0,174
(g)
Fractional voids required for skid resistance
= 0,70 / (0,3828 x 10,66)
(Required texture depth 0,7 mm)
0,172
(h)
Total void loss
= 0,215 + 0,174 + 0,172

= 0,561
(i)
Available void fraction (if greater than 0,550 use 0,550)
= 1 0,561
= 0,439
(j)
Rolling embedment (50 per cent of total)
= 0,50 x 1,100
= 0,55 mm
Rolling embedment as a fraction of ELTd
= 0,55/10,66
0,052
(k)
Void loss due to rolling embedment (from Table K-6)
= 0,119
(l)
= 0,55 0,119
Minimum voids to be filled to prevent initial stone loss
= 0,431
(m)
As the available void fraction is larger than the minimum required void fraction, the seal will have a
In the case of double seals 55 per cent of the voids have to be filled with binder to ensure that the top layer
of aggregate is covered at least halfway.

225
normal life.
Nominal quantity of cold binder (max.)
= (0,431)(0,3828)(10,66)
1,79 /m
Nominal quantity of cold binder (min.)
= (0,431) (0,3828) (10,66)
1,76 /m
(n)
(o)
Additional binder required due to surface texture

(from Table K-7)
= 0,22 /m
Total quantity cold binder required
= 1,76 + 0,22
1,98 /m
(p)
The success of a double seal depends largely on the combination of binders chosen and how the
binder quantity is divided between the tack coat, penetration coat and fog spray. Normally it is
recommended that 25 per cent of the total binder be applied as a fog spray. The remaining binder
quantity (cold) is divided between the tack coat and penetration coat. This does not necessarily have
to be divided in a 50/50 ratio. A 60/40 ratio may be used as long as the minimum application rate for
2
any coat is not less than 0,65 /m (hot) because binder distributors are calibrated from
2
approximately 0,60 /m Lower application rates could lead to streaking. Emulsions may be used for
the tack and penetration coat to increase the total application rate. In such cases the stone should be
spread before the emulsion has "broken".
Fog spray
= (0,25)(1,98)
2
0,50 /m residual binder

Remaining cold binder
= 1,98 0,50
1,48 /m
= 0,74 /m for tack and penetration

coat
Divide in 50/50 ratio
(q)
Hot binder application rate for tack coat

( 8 0 / 10 0 p en bi t um en ) ( Se e
Table 6-5)
= (0,74)(1,09)
0,81 /m
Hot binder application rate for penetration coat

( 1 5 0 /2 00 pe n b i tu m e n ) (S e e
Table 6-5)
= (0,74)(1,09)
0,81 /m
0,84 /m
Hot binder application rate for fog spray

( 6 0 % em u ls io n ) ( S e e
Table 6-5)
(r)
Stone application rate for bottom layer

= (0,50)(1,68)
-3
= 1,0 (ELT1(100 V11) / (100 Vb1) x 10
226
-3
= 1,0 [7,81 (100-43) / (100 48,5)] x 10

-3
= 7,81 (57) / (51,5) x 10
-3
8,64 x 10 m /m
Stone application rate for top layer
-3
= 1,06 [ELT2(100V12)/(100 Vb2)] x 10
= 1,06 [4,37(100 42)/(100 50)] x 10

-3
= 1,06 [4,37(58) / (50)] x 10
-3
5,37 x 10 m /m
3.3
-3
Calculation of shorter service life
If the available void fraction for normal real life is less than the minimum void fraction that has to be filled with
binder the seal will have a reduced life expectancy. To calculate the shorter life expectancy of the seal, the
following procedure is followed:
(a)
Add the fractional void losses due to embedment and wear under traffic.
(b)
Subtract the fractional void loss due to rolling embedment.
(c)
Divide value by 10 to arrive at the fractional void loss per annum.
(d)
Subtract the fractional void requirement for skid resistance from 0,500 in the case of single seals,
and from 0,35 in the case of double seals to arrive at the available void fraction not filled with
binder.
(e)
Divide this value by the fractional void loss per annum (as calculated in step (c)) to determine the
number of years of expected service life.
Example
If the ELT of the stone in a single seal is 7,00 mm instead of 7,81 mm it will be found that the fractional void
losses due to embedment, wear, rolling embedment and skid resistance are equal to 0,193, 0,213, 0,105
and 0,305 respectively for a texture depth of 0,7 mm. This will lead to a reduced life expectancy because the
available void fraction is equal to 0,315 and the minimum void fraction to be filled with binder is equal to
0,324.
Fractional void loss due to embedment and wear
= 0,193 + 0,213
= 0,406
Fractional void loss due to

rolling embedment (50% embedment)
= 0,105
Fractional void loss in 10-year period
= 0,406 0,105
= 0,301

227
Fractional void loss per annum
= 0,301 / 10
= 0,030
Fractional void loss for normal skid resistance requirement

(0,7 mm texture)
= 0,305
Available void fraction
= 0,580 0,305
(Max. Voids filled with binder : 42%)
= 0,275
Years of expected service
= 0,275 / 0,030
9,17 years
DESIGN TABLES
Tables K-1 to K-7 were produced by computer and may therefore not be perfect from an editorial point of
view.
The tables for single seal design (Table K-1) are based on the maximum available void fraction filled with
binder being 42 per cent. In the case of the tables (Table K-2) for the double seal design, the corresponding
value is 55 per cent.
In some of the following tables it will be seen that the minimum net cold binder required exceeds the
maximum allowed for normal seal life. In such cases the figure appearing under minimum should be used,
but a shorter service life may be expected.

228
Table K-1
Binder application rate (total) (single seal)
CORRECTED BALL-PENETRATION (mm) = 1,00
REQUIRED TEXTURE DEPTH (mm) = 0,3
AVERAGE LEAST DIMENSION (mm)
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ADT/LANE RATE
125
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,71
0,86
1,01
1,16
1,31
1,45
1,60
1,74
1,88
250
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,70
0,86
1,01
1,16
1,30
1,45
1,59
1,73
1,87
500
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,69
0,84
0,99
1,14
1,29
1,43
1,57
1,71
1,85
750
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,67
0,82
0,97
1,12
1,27
1,41
1,56
1,70
1,84
1000
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,65
0,80
0,96
1,10
1,25
1,40
1,54
1,68
1,82
2000
MAX
0,58
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,59
0,74
0,89
1,04
1,19
1,33
1,47
1,62
1,75
3000
MAX
0,41
0,72
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,51
0,66
0,81
0,96
1,10
1,25
1,39
1,53
1,67
4000
MAX
0,62
0,93
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,60
0,75
0,90
1,04
1,19
1,33
1,47
1,61
5000
MAX
0,54
0,85
1,16
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,56
0,71
0,86
1,00
1,14
1,29
1,43
1,57
10000
MAX
0,67
0,97
1,28
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,59
0,73
0,87
1,01
1,16
1,30
1,43
20000
MAX
0,53
0,81
1,11
1,41
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,5
0,62
0,75
0,89
1,03
1,17
1,31
40000
MAX
0,68
0,96
1,26
1,55
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,51
0,64
0,78
0,92
1,05
1,19

229
TABLE K-1
CORRECTED BALL-PENETRATION (mm) = 2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ADT/LANE RATE
125
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,70
0,85
1,00
1,15
1,30
1,44
1,59
1,73
1,86
250
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,68
0,83
0,98
1,13
1,28
1,42
1,56
1,70
1,84
500
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,64
0,79
0,94
1,09
1,24
1,38
1,52
1,66
1,80
750
MAX
0,71
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,60
0,75
0,90
1,05
1,19
1,34
1,48
1,62
1,76
1000
MAX
0,61
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,56
0,71
0,86
1,01
1,16
1,30
1,44
1,58
1,72
2000
MAX
0,61
0,93
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,57
0,71
0,86
1,00
1,15
1,29
1,43
1,57
3000
MAX
0,74
1,05
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,62
0,76
0,91
1,05
1,19
1,33
1,47
4000
MAX
0,64
0,94
1,24
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,56
0,70
0,84
0,98
1,12
1,26
1,40
5000
MAX
0,56
0,85
1,16
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,51
0,65
0,79
0,93
1,07
1,21
1,34
10000
MAX
0,68
0,96
1,26
1,55
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,51
0,65
0,78
0,92
1,05
1,19
20000
MAX
0,56
0,82
1,09
1,37
1,66
1,88
MIN
0,50
0,52
0,65
0,78
0,91
1,04
40000
MAX
0,71
0,96
1,23
1,50
1,78
MIN
0,50
0,52
0,65
0,78
0,90
230
TABLE K-1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ADT/LANE RATE
125
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,69
0,84
0,99
1,14
1,29
1,44
1,58
1,72
1,86
250
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,66
0,82
0,97
1,12
1,26
1,41
1,55
1,69
1,83
500
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,61
0,76
0,91
1,06
1,21
1,35
1,49
1,64
1,77
750
MAX
0,64
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,56
0,71
0,86
1,01
1,15
1,30
1,44
1,58
1,72
1000
MAX
0,53
0,86
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,51
0,66
0,81
0,95
1,10
1,25
1,39
1,53
1,67
2000
MAX
0,79
1,10
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,62
0,76
0,91
1,05
1,19
1,33
1,47
3000
MAX
0,61
0,90
1,21
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,52
0,66
0,80
0,94
1,08
1,22
1,36
4000
MAX
0,51
0,80
1,09
1,39
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,50
0,59
0,73
0,87
1,01
1,14
1,28
5000
MAX
0,72
1,01
1,30
1,60
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,54
0,68
0,81
0,95
1,09
1,22
10000
MAX
0,57
0,83
1,11
1,39
1,68
1,88
MIN
0,50
0,53
0,66
0,79
0,92
1,05
20000
MAX
0,71
0,96
1,22
1,50
1,77
MIN
0,50
0,52
0,64
0,77
0,90
40000
MAX
0,62
0,85
1,10
1,35
1,61
MIN
0,50
0,50
0,51
0,63
0,76
231
TABLE K-1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ADT/LANE RATE
125
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,69
0,84
0,99
1,14
1,29
1,43
1,57
1,71
1,85
250
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,65
0,80
0,96
1,10
1,25
1,40
1,54
1,68
1,82
500
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,59
0,74
0,89
1,04
1,19
1,33
1,48
1,62
1,76
750
MAX
0,60
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,53
0,68
0,83
0,98
1,12
1,27
1,41
1,55
1,69
1000
MAX
0,80
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,62
0,77
0,92
1,06
1,21
1,35
1,49
1,63
2000
MAX
0,70
1,00
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,56
0,70
0,84
0,98
1,12
1,26
1,40
3000
MAX
0,53
0,81
1,11
1,41
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,50
0,59
0,73
0,87
1,01
1,14
1,28
4000
MAX
0,71
1,00
1,29
1,59
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,52
0,66
0,79
0,93
1,07
1,20
5000
MAX
0,64
0,92
1,20
1,49
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,50
0,60
0,74
0,87
1,01
1,14
10000
MAX
0,51
0,76
1,02
1,29
1,57
1,86
MIN
0,50
0,45
0,58
0,71
0,84
0,97
20000
MAX
0,65
0,89
1,14
1,40
1,67
MIN
0,5
0,44
0,56
0,68
0,81
40000
MAX
0,57
0,79
1,02
1,27
1,52
MIN
0,50
0,50
0,50
0,54
0,66
232
TABLE K-1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ADT/LANE RATE
125
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,71
0,86
1,01
1,16
1,31
1,45
1,60
1,74
1,88
250
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,70
0,86
1,01
1,16
1,30
1,45
1,59
1,73
1,87
500
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,69
0,84
0,99
1,14
1,29
1,43
1,57
1,71
1,85
750
MAX
0,65
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,67
0,82
0,97
1,12
1,27
1,41
1,56
1,70
1,84
1000
MAX
0,58
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,65
0,80
0,96
1,10
1,25
1,40
1,54
1,68
1,82
2000
MAX
0,38
0,70
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,59
0,74
0,89
1,04
1,19
1,33
1,47
1,62
1,75
3000
MAX
0,21
0,52
0,84
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,51
0,66
0,81
0,96
1,10
1,25
1,39
1,53
1,67
4000
MAX
0,42
0,73
1,05
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,60
0,75
0,90
1,04
1,19
1,33
1,47
1,61
5000
MAX
0,34
0,65
0,96
1,28
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,56
0,71
0,86
1,00
1,14
1,29
1,43
1,57
10000
MAX
0,47
0,77
1,08
1,39
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,59
0,73
0,87
1,01
1,16
1,30
1,43
20000
MAX
0,61
0,91
1,21
1,52
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,62
0,75
0,89
1,03
1,17
1,31
40000
MAX
0,48
0,76
1,06
1,35
1,65
1,88
MIN
0,51
0,64
0,78
0,92
1,05
1,19
233
TABLE K-1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ADT/LANE RATE
125
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,70
0,85
1,00
1,15
1,30
1,44
1,59
1,73
1,86
250
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,68
0,83
0,98
1,13
1,28
1,42
1,56
1,70
1,84
500
MAX
0,62
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,64
0,79
0,94
1,09
1,24
1,38
1,52
1,66
1,80
750
MAX
0,51
0,85
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,60
0,75
0,90
1,05
1,19
1,34
1,48
1,62
1,76
1000
MAX
0,41
0,75
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,56
0,71
0,86
1,01
1,16
1,30
1,44
1,58
1,72
2000
MAX
0,41
0,73
1,05
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,57
0,71
0,86
1,00
1,15
1,29
1,43
1,57
3000
MAX
0,54
0,85
1,16
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,62
0,76
0,91
1,05
1,19
1,33
1,47
4000
MAX
0,44
0,74
1,04
1,36
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,56
0,70
0,84
0,98
1,12
1,26
1,40
5000
MAX
0,36
0,65
0,96
1,26
1,58
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,51
0,65
0,79
0,93
1,07
1,21
1,34
10000
MAX
0,48
0,76
1,06
1,35
1,66
1,88
MIN
0,51
0,65
0,78
0,92
1,05
1,19
20000
MAX
0,62
0,89
1,17
1,46
1,75
MIN
0,52
0,65
0,78
0,91
1,04
40000
MAX
0,51
0,76
1,03
1,30
1,58
MIN
0,50
0,52
0,65
0,78
0,90
234
TABLE K-1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ADT/LANE RATE
125
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,69
0,84
0,99
1,14
1,29
1,44
1,58
1,72
1,86
250
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,66
0,82
0,97
1,12
1,26
1,41
1,55
1,69
1,83
500
MAX
0,57
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,61
0,76
0,91
1,06
1,21
1,35
1,49
1,64
1,77
750
MAX
0,44
0,78
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,56
0,71
0,86
1,01
1,15
1,30
1,44
1,58
1,72
1000
MAX
0,33
0,66
0,99
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,51
0,66
0,81
0,95
1,10
1,25
1,39
1,53
1,67
2000
MAX
0,59
0,90
1,22
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,62
0,76
0,91
1,05
1,19
1,33
1,47
3000
MAX
0,41
0,70
1,01
1,32
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,52
0,66
0,80
0,94
1,08
1,22
1,36
4000
MAX
0,60
0,89
1,19
1,50
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,59
0,73
0,87
1,01
1,14
1,28
5000
MAX
0,52
0,81
1,10
1,40
1,71
1,88
MIN
0,54
0,68
0,81
0,95
1,09
1,22
10000
MAX
0,63
0,91
1,19
1,48
1,77
MIN
0,53
0,66
0,79
0,92
1,05
20000
MAX
0,51
0,76
1,02
1,30
1,57
MIN
0,50
0,52
0,64
0,77
0,90
40000
MAX
0,65
0,90
1,15
1,41
MIN
0,50
0,51
0,63
0,76
235
TABLE K-1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ADT/LANE RATE
125
MAX
0,72
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,69
0,84
0,99
1,14
1,29
1,43
1,57
1,71
1,85
250
MAX
0,70
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,65
0,80
0,96
1,10
1,25
1,40
1,54
1,68
1,82
500
MAX
0,54
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,59
0,74
0,89
1,04
1,19
1,33
1,48
1,62
1,76
750
MAX
0,40
0,73
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,53
0,68
0,83
0,98
1,12
1,27
1,41
1,55
1,69
1000
MAX
0,60
0,93
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,62
0,77
0,92
1,06
1,21
1,35
1,49
1,63
2000
MAX
0,50
0,80
1,12
1,43
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,56
0,700
0,84
0,98
1,12
1,26
1,40
3000
MAX
0,61
0,91
1,21
1,52
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,59
0,73
0,87
1,01
1,14
1,28
4000
MAX
0,51
0,80
1,09
1,39
1,69
1,88
MIN
0,52
0,66
0,79
0,93
1,07
1,20
5000
MAX
0,72
1,00
1,29
1,59
1,88
MIN
0,60
0,74
0,87
1,01
1,14
10000
MAX
0,56
0,82
1,09
1,37
1,66
MIN
0,50
0,58
0,71
0,84
0,97
20000
MAX
0,69
0,94
1,20
1,47
MIN
0,50
0,56
0,68
0,81
40000
MAX
0,59
0,82
1,07
1,32
MIN
0,50
0,50
0,54
0,66
236
TABLE K-1
CORRECTED BALL PENETRATION (mm) = 1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ADT/LANE RATE
125
MAX
0,64
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,71
0,86
1,01
1,16
1,31
1,45
1,60
1,74
1,88
250
MAX
0,60
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,70
0,86
1,01
1,16
1,30
1,45
1,59
1,73
1,87
500
MAX
0,52
0,86
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,69
0,84
0,99
1,14
1,29
1,43
1,57
1,71
1,85
750
MAX
0,45
0,79
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,67
0,82
0,97
1,12
1,27
1,41
1,56
1,70
1,84
1000
MAX
0,38
0,72
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,65
0,80
0,96
1,10
1,25
1,40
1,54
1,68
1,82
2000
MAX
0,18
0,50
0,83
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,59
0,74
0,89
1,04
1,19
1,33
1,47
1,62
1,75
3000
MAX
0,01
0,32
0,64
0,97
1,30
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,51
0,66
0,81
0,96
1,10
1,25
1,39
1,53
1,67
4000
MAX
0,22
0,53
0,85
1,18
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,60
0,75
0,90
1,04
1,19
1,33
1,47
1,61
5000
MAX
0,14
0,45
0,76
1,08
1,41
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,56
0,71
0,86
1,00
1,14
1,29
1,43
1,57
10000
MAX
0,27
0,57
0,88
1,19
1,51
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,59
0,73
0,87
1,01
1,16
1,30
1,43
20000
MAX
0,41
0,71
1,01
1,32
1,63
1,88
MIN
0,62
0,75
0,89
1,03
1,17
1,31
40000
MAX
0,28
0,56
0,86
1,15
1,45
1,76
MIN
0,51
0,64
0,78
0,92
1,05
1,19
237
TABLE K-1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ADT/LANE RATE
125
MAX
0,61
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,70
0,85
1,00
1,15
1,30
1,44
1,59
1,73
1,86
250
MAX
0,54
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,68
0,83
0,98
1,13
1,28
1,42
1,56
1,70
1,84
500
MAX
0,42
0,77
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,64
0,79
0,94
1,09
1,24
1,38
1,52
1,66
1,80
750
MAX
0,31
0,65
1,00
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,60
0,75
0,90
1,05
1,19
1,34
1,48
1,62
1,76
1000
MAX
0,21
0,55
0,89
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,56
0,71
0,86
1,01
1,16
1,30
1,44
1,58
1,72
2000
MAX
0,21
0,53
0,85
1,18
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,57
0,71
0,86
1,00
1,15
1,29
1,43
1,57
3000
MAX
0,34
0,65
0,96
1,28
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,62
0,76
0,91
1,05
1,19
1,33
1,47
4000
MAX
0,24
0,54
0,84
1,16
1,47
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,56
0,70
0,84
0,98
1,12
1,26
1,40
5000
MAX
0,16
0,45
0,76
1,06
1,38
1,69
1,88
MIN
0,51
0,65
0,79
0,93
1,07
1,21
1,34
10000
MAX
0,28
0,56
0,86
1,15
1,46
1,76
MIN
0,51
0,65
0,78
0,92
1,05
1,19
20000
MAX
0,42
0,69
0,97
1,26
1,55
MIN
0,52
0,65
0,78
0,91
1,04
40000
MAX
0,56
0,83
1,10
1,38
MIN
0,52
0,65
0,78
0,9
238
TABLE K-1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ADT/LANE RATE
125
MAX
0,60
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,69
0,84
0,99
1,14
1,29
1,44
1,58
1,72
1,86
250
MAX
0,52
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,66
0,82
0,97
1,12
1,26
1,41
1,55
1,69
1,83
500
MAX
0,37
0,72
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,61
0,76
0,91
1,06
1,21
1,35
1,49
1,64
1,77
750
MAX
0,24
0,58
0,92
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,56
0,71
0,86
1,01
1,15
1,30
1,44
1,58
1,72
1000
MAX
0,13
0,46
0,79
1,13
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,51
0,66
0,81
0,95
1,10
1,25
1,39
1,53
1,67
2000
MAX
0,39
0,70
1,02
1,34
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,62
0,76
0,91
1,05
1,19
1,33
1,47
3000
MAX
0,21
0,50
0,81
1,12
1,43
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,52
0,66
0,80
0,94
1,08
1,22
1,36
4000
MAX
0,40
0,69
0,99
1,30
1,61
1,88
MIN
0,59
0,73
0,87
1,01
1,14
1,28
5000
MAX
0,32
0,61
0,90
1,20
1,51
1,81
MIN
0,54
0,68
0,81
0,95
1,09
1,22
10000
MAX
0,43
0,71
0,99
1,28
1,57
MIN
0,53
0,66
0,79
0,92
1,05
20000
MAX
0,56
0,82
1,10
1,37
MIN
0,52
0,64
0,77
0,90
40000
MAX
0,70
0,95
1,21
MIN
0,51
0,63
0,76
239
TABLE K-1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ADT/LANE RATE
125
MAX
0,59
0,87
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,69
0,84
0,99
1,14
1,29
1,43
1,57
1,71
1,85
250
MAX
0,50
0,85
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,65
0,80
0,96
1,10
1,25
1,40
1,54
1,68
1,82
500
MAX
0,34
0,68
1,02
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,59
0,74
0,89
1,04
1,19
1,33
1,48
1,62
1,76
750
MAX
0,20
0,53
0,87
1,17
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,53
0,68
0,83
0,98
1,12
1,27
1,41
1,55
1,69
1000
MAX
0,40
0,73
1,06
1,32
1,46
1,61
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,62
0,77
0,92
1,06
1,21
1,35
1,49
1,63
2000
MAX
0,30
0,60
0,92
1,23
1,55
1,75
1,88
MIN
0,56
0,70
0,84
0,98
1,12
1,26
1,40
3000
MAX
0,41
0,71
1,01
1,32
1,63
1,88
MIN
0,59
0,73
0,87
1,01
1,14
1,28
4000
MAX
0,31
0,60
0,89
1,19
1,49
1,80
MIN
0,52
0,66
0,79
0,93
1,07
1,20
5000
MAX
0,52
0,80
1,09
1,39
1,69
MIN
0,60
0,74
0,87
1,01
1,14
10000
MAX
0,62
0,89
1,17
1,46
MIN
0,58
0,71
0,84
0,97
20000
MAX
0,74
1,00
1,27
MIN
0,56
0,68
0,81
40000
MAX
0,62
0,87
1,12
MIN
0,50
0,54
0,66

240
TABLE K-2
Binder application rate (total) (double seal)
ADT/LANE
125
250
500
750
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
10000
20000
40000
RATE
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
10
1,84
1,83
1,84
1,82
1,84
1,81
1,84
1,79
1,84
1,77
1,84
1,69
1,77
1,60
1,64
1,53
1,53
1,49
1,31
1,34
1,12
1,21
0,97
1,09
1,99
1,98
1,99
1,97
1,99
1,95
1,99
1,93
1,99
1,91
1,99
1,84
1,99
1,75
1,91
1,68
1,80
1,64
1,57
1,49
1,38
1,36
1,21
1,24
2,12
2,11
2,12
2,11
2,12
2,09
2,12
2,07
2,12
2,05
2,12
1,98
2,12
1,89
2,12
1,83
2,07
1,78
1,83
1,64
1,63
1,50
1,46
1,38

11
12
13
14
15
2,25
2,24
2,25
2,23
2,25
2,22
2,25
2,20
2,25
2,18
2,25
2,11
2,25
2,02
2,25
1,96
2,25
1,91
2,08
1,77
1,87
1,64
1,70
1,52
2,37
2,37
2,37
2,36
2,37
2,34
2,37
2,32
2,37
2,31
2,37
2,24
2,37
2,15
2,37
2,09
2,37
2,04
2,32
1,90
2,11
1,77
1,93
1,65
2,49
2,48
2,49
2,47
2,49
2,46
2,49
2,44
2,49
2,42
2,49
2,36
2,49
2,27
2,49
2,21
2,49
2,17
2,49
2,03
2,34
1,90
2,16
1,78
2,60
2,59
2,60
2,58
2,60
2,57
2,60
2,55
2,60
2,54
2,60
2,47
2,60
2,39
2,60
2,33
2,60
2,28
2,60
2,15
2,56
2,02
2,38
1,90
2,71
2,70
2,71
2,69
2,71
2,67
2,71
2,66
2,71
2,64
2,71
2,58
2,71
2,50
2,71
2,44
2,71
2,39
2,71
2,26
2,71
2,14
2,59
2,01
16
17
18
19
2,81
2,80
2,81
2,79
2,81
2,78
2,81
2,76
2,81
2,75
2,81
2,68
2,81
2,60
2,81
2,55
2,81
2,50
2,81
2,37
2,81
2,25
2,80
2,13
2,91
2,90
2,91
2,89
2,91
2,88
2,91
2,86
2,91
2,84
2,91
2,78
2,91
2,70
2,91
2,65
2,91
2,61
2,91
2,48
2,91
2,35
2,91
2,24
3,00
2,99
3,00
2,99
3,00
2,97
3,00
2,96
3,00
2,94
3,00
2,88
3,00
2,80
3,00
2,75
3,00
2,71
3,00
2,58
3,00
2,46
3,00
2,34
3,09
3,09
3,09
3,08
3,09
3,06
3,09
3,05
3,09
3,04
3,09
2,98
3,09
2,90
3,09
2,85
3,09
2,80
3,09
2,68
3,09
2,56
3,09
2,44

241
TABLE K-2
ADT/LANE
125
250
500
750
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
10000
20000
40000
RATE
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
10
1,84
1,82
1,84
1,80
1,84
1,75
1,84
1,70
1,84
1,66
1,64
1,49
1,40
1,38
1,27
1,30
1,17
1,25
0,97
1,09
1,99
1,96
1,99
1,94
1,99
1,90
1,99
1,85
1,99
1,81
1,91
1,64
1,67
1,53
1,53
1,45
1,43
1,40
1,21
1,24
1,05
1,09
2,12
2,10
2,12
2,08
2,12
2,03
2,12
1,99
2,12
1,95
2,12
1,78
1,93
1,67
1,79
1,60
1,69
1,54
1,46
1,38
1,28
1,23
1,13
1,10

11
12
13
14
15
2,25
2,23
2,25
2,21
2,25
2,16
2,25
2,12
2,25
2,08
2,25
1,92
2,18
1,81
2,04
1,74
1,93
1,68
1,70
1,52
1,50
1,37
1,35
1,23
2,37
2,35
2,37
2,33
2,37
2,29
2,37
2,25
2,37
2,21
2,37
2,05
2,37
1,94
2,28
1,87
2,17
1,81
1,93
1,65
1,73
1,50
1,56
1,36
2,49
2,47
2,49
2,45
2,49
2,41
2,49
2,37
2,49
2,33
2,49
2,17
2,49
2,06
2,49
1,99
2,40
1,94
2,16
1,78
1,95
1,63
1,77
1,49
2,60
2,58
2,60
2,56
2,60
2,52
2,60
2,48
2,60
2,44
2,60
2,29
2,60
2,18
2,60
2,11
2,60
2,06
2,38
1,90
2,16
1,75
1,98
1,61
2,71
2,69
2,71
2,67
2,71
2,63
2,71
2,59
2,71
2,55
2,71
2,40
2,71
2,30
2,71
2,23
2,71
2,17
2,59
2,01
2,37
1,87
2,18
1,73
16
17
18
19
2,81
2,79
2,81
2,77
2,81
2,73
2,81
2,69
2,81
2,65
2,81
2,50
2,81
2,41
2,81
2,34
2,81
2,28
2,80
2,13
2,57
1,98
2,38
1,84
2,91
2,89
2,91
2,87
2,91
2,83
2,91
2,79
2,91
2,75
2,91
2,61
2,91
2,51
2,91
2,44
2,91
2,39
2,91
2,24
2,77
2,09
2,58
1,95
3,00
2,98
3,00
2,96
3,00
2,93
3,00
2,89
3,00
2,85
3,00
2,71
3,00
2,61
3,00
2,55
3,00
2,49
3,00
2,34
2,97
2,20
2,77
2,06
3,09
3,08
3,09
3,06
3,09
3,02
3,09
2,98
3,09
2,95
3,09
2,81
3,09
2,71
3,09
2,65
3,09
2,60
3,09
2,44
3,09
2,30
2,95
2,16

242
TABLE K-2
ADT/LANE
125
250
500
750
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
10000
20000
40000
RATE
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
10
1,84
1,81
1,84
1,78
1,84
1,72
1,84
1,66
1,84
1,60
1,46
1,38
1,23
1,26
1,10
1,18
1,01
1,12
1,99
1,96
1,99
1,93
1,99
1,86
1,99
1,80
1,99
1,75
1,73
1,53
1,49
1,41
1,36
1,33
1,26
1,27
1,06
1,11
2,12
2,09
2,12
2,06
2,12
2,00
2,12
1,94
2,12
1,89
1,99
1,67
1,75
1,56
1,61
1,48
1,51
1,42
1,29
1,25
1,13
1,10
1,01
1,00

11
12
13
14
15
2,25
2,22
2,25
2,19
2,25
2,13
2,25
2,08
2,25
2,02
2,24
1,81
1,99
1,69
1,85
1,61
1,75
1,56
1,52
1,38
1,34
1,23
1,21
1,09
2,37
2,35
2,37
2,32
2,37
2,26
2,37
2,20
2,37
2,15
2,37
1,94
2,23
1,82
2,09
1,75
1,98
1,69
1,75
1,52
1,56
1,36
1,41
1,22
2,49
2,46
2,49
2,43
2,49
2,38
2,49
2,32
2,49
2,27
2,49
2,06
2,46
1,95
2,32
1,87
2,21
1,81
1,97
1,64
1,77
1,48
1,60
1,34
2,60
2,57
2,60
2,55
2,60
2,49
2,60
2,44
2,60
2,38
2,60
2,18
2,60
2,07
2,54
1,99
2,43
1,93
2,18
1,76
1,97
1,61
1,80
1,46
2,71
2,68
2,71
2,65
2,71
2,60
2,71
2,55
2,71
2,49
2,71
2,30
2,71
2,18
2,71
2,11
2,65
2,05
2,39
1,88
2,18
1,72
2,00
1,58
16
17
18
19
2,81
2,78
2,81
2,76
2,81
2,70
2,81
2,65
2,81
2,60
2,81
2,41
2,81
2,30
2,81
2,22
2,81
2,16
2,60
1,99
2,37
1,84
2,19
1,69
2,91
2,88
2,91
2,85
2,91
2,80
2,91
2,75
2,91
2,70
2,91
2,51
2,91
2,40
2,91
2,33
2,91
2,27
2,79
2,10
2,57
1,95
2,38
1,80
3
2,98
3
2,95
3
2,9
3
2,85
3
2,8
3
2,61
3
2,51
3
2,43
3
2,38
2,99
2,21
2,76
2,05
2,56
1,91
3,09
3,07
3,09
3,04
3,09
3
3,09
2,95
3,09
2,9
3,09
2,71
3,09
2,61
3,09
2,53
3,09
2,48
3,09
2,31
2,95
2,16
2,75
2,01

243
TABLE K-2
ADT/LANE
125
250
500
750
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
10000
20000
40000
RATE
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
10
1,84
1,81
1,84
1,77
1,84
1,69
1,84
1,62
1,84
1,55
1,35
1,30
1,12
1,18
1,00
1,10
0,92
1,04
1,99
1,95
1,99
1,91
1,99
1,84
1,99
1,77
1,99
1,70
1,61
1,45
1,38
1,33
1,25
1,25
1,16
1,19
0,97
1,02
2,12
2,09
2,12
2,05
2,12
1,98
2,12
1,91
2,12
1,85
1,87
1,60
1,63
1,48
1,50
1,39
1,40
1,33
1,19
1,16
1,05
1,01

11
12
13
14
15
2,25
2,22
2,25
2,18
2,25
2,11
2,25
2,05
2,25
1,98
2,12
1,74
1,87
1,61
1,74
1,53
1,63
1,47
1,42
1,29
1,25
1,14
1,13
1
2,37
2,34
2,37
2,31
2,37
2,24
2,37
2,17
2,37
2,11
2,36
1,87
2,11
1,75
1,97
1,66
1,86
1,60
1,63
1,43
1,45
1,26
1,32
1,12
2,49
2,46
2,49
2,42
2,49
2,36
2,49
2,29
2,49
2,23
2,49
1,99
2,34
1,87
2,20
1,79
2,09
1,73
1,85
1,55
1,66
1,39
1,51
1,24
2,60
2,57
2,60
2,54
2,60
2,47
2,60
2,41
2,60
2,35
2,60
2,11
2,56
1,99
2,42
1,91
2,31
1,85
2,06
1,67
1,86
1,51
1,70
1,36
2,71
2,67
2,71
2,64
2,71
2,58
2,71
2,52
2,71
2,46
2,71
2,23
2,71
2,11
2,63
2,03
2,52
1,97
2,27
1,79
2,06
1,63
1,89
1,47
16
17
18
19
2,81
2,78
2,81
2,75
2,81
2,68
2,81
2,62
2,81
2,56
2,81
2,34
2,81
2,22
2,81
2,14
2,73
2,08
2,47
1,90
2,25
1,74
2,07
1,59
2,91
2,88
2,91
2,84
2,91
2,78
2,91
2,72
2,91
2,67
2,91
2,44
2,91
2,33
2,91
2,25
2,91
2,19
2,66
2,01
2,44
1,85
2,25
1,70
3
2,97
3
2,94
3
2,88
3
2,82
3
2,77
3
2,55
3
2,43
3
2,35
3
2,3
2,86
2,12
2,63
1,96
2,44
1,8
3,09
3,06
3,09
3,04
3,09
2,98
3,09
2,92
3,09
2,86
3,09
2,65
3,09
2,53
3,09
2,46
3,09
2,4
3,05
2,23
2,81
2,06
2,61
1,91

244
TABLE K-2
ADT/LANE
125
250
500
750
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
10000
20000
40000
RATE
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
10
1,84
1,83
1,84
1,82
1,84
1,81
1,84
1,79
1,84
1,77
1,80
1,69
1,57
1,60
1,44
1,53
1,33
1,49
1,11
1,34
0,92
1,21
0,77
1,09
1,99
1,98
1,99
1,97
1,99
1,95
1,99
1,93
1,99
1,91
1,99
1,84
1,84
1,75
1,71
1,68
1,60
1,64
1,37
1,49
1,18
1,36
1,01
1,24
2,12
2,11
2,12
2,11
2,12
2,09
2,12
2,07
2,12
2,05
2,12
1,98
2,10
1,89
1,97
1,83
1,87
1,78
1,63
1,64
1,43
1,50
1,26
1,38
REQUIRED TEXTURE DEPTH (mm) =0,5

11
12
13
14
15
2,25
2,24
2,25
2,23
2,25
2,22
2,25
2,20
2,25
2,18
2,25
2,11
2,25
2,02
2,22
1,96
2,12
1,91
1,88
1,77
1,67
1,64
1,50
1,52
2,37
2,37
2,37
2,36
2,37
2,34
2,37
2,32
2,37
2,31
2,37
2,24
2,37
2,15
2,37
2,09
2,36
2,04
2,12
1,90
1,91
1,77
1,73
1,65
2,49
2,48
2,49
2,47
2,49
2,46
2,49
2,44
2,49
2,42
2,49
2,36
2,49
2,27
2,49
2,21
2,49
2,17
2,35
2,03
2,14
1,90
1,96
1,78
2,60
2,59
2,60
2,58
2,60
2,57
2,60
2,55
2,60
2,54
2,60
2,47
2,60
2,39
2,60
2,33
2,60
2,28
2,58
2,15
2,36
2,02
2,18
1,90
2,71
2,70
2,71
2,69
2,71
2,67
2,71
2,66
2,71
2,64
2,71
2,58
2,71
2,50
2,71
2,44
2,71
2,39
2,71
2,26
2,58
2,14
2,39
2,01
16
17
18
19
2,81
2,80
2,81
2,79
2,81
2,78
2,81
2,76
2,81
2,75
2,81
2,68
2,81
2,60
2,81
2,55
2,81
2,50
2,81
2,37
2,79
2,25
2,60
2,13
2,91
2,90
2,91
2,89
2,91
2,88
2,91
2,86
2,91
2,84
2,91
2,78
2,91
2,70
2,91
2,65
2,91
2,61
2,91
2,48
2,91
2,35
2,80
2,24
3,00
2,99
3,00
2,99
3,00
2,97
3,00
2,96
3,00
2,94
3,00
2,88
3,00
2,80
3,00
2,75
3,00
2,71
3,00
2,58
3,00
2,46
2,99
2,34
3,09
3,09
3,09
3,08
3,09
3,06
3,09
3,05
3,09
3,04
3,09
2,98
3,09
2,90
3,09
2,85
3,09
2,80
3,09
2,68
3,09
2,56
3,09
2,44

245
TABLE K-2
ADT/LANE
125
250
500
750
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
10000
20000
40000
RATE
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
10
1,84
1,82
1,84
1,80
1,84
1,75
1,84
1,70
1,84
1,66
1,44
1,49
1,20
1,38
1,07
1,30
0,97
1,25
0,77
1,09
1,99
1,96
1,99
1,94
1,99
1,90
1,99
1,85
1,99
1,81
1,71
1,64
1,47
1,53
1,33
1,45
1,23
1,40
1,01
1,24
0,85
1,09
2,12
2,10
2,12
2,08
2,12
2,03
2,12
1,99
2,12
1,95
1,97
1,78
1,73
1,67
1,59
1,60
1,49
1,54
1,26
1,38
1,08
1,23
0,93
1,10

11
12
13
14
15
2,25
2,23
2,25
2,21
2,25
2,16
2,25
2,12
2,25
2,08
2,22
1,92
1,98
1,81
1,84
1,74
1,73
1,68
1,50
1,52
1,30
1,37
1,15
1,23
2,37
2,35
2,37
2,33
2,37
2,29
2,37
2,25
2,37
2,21
2,37
2,05
2,22
1,94
2,08
1,87
1,97
1,81
1,73
1,65
1,53
1,50
1,36
1,36
2,49
2,47
2,49
2,45
2,49
2,41
2,49
2,37
2,49
2,33
2,49
2,17
2,45
2,06
2,31
1,99
2,20
1,94
1,96
1,78
1,75
1,63
1,57
1,49
2,60
2,58
2,60
2,56
2,60
2,52
2,60
2,48
2,60
2,44
2,60
2,29
2,60
2,18
2,53
2,11
2,43
2,06
2,18
1,90
1,96
1,75
1,78
1,61
2,71
2,69
2,71
2,67
2,71
2,63
2,71
2,59
2,71
2,55
2,71
2,40
2,71
2,30
2,71
2,23
2,64
2,17
2,39
2,01
2,17
1,87
1,98
1,73
16
17
18
19
2,81
2,79
2,81
2,77
2,81
2,73
2,81
2,69
2,81
2,65
2,81
2,50
2,81
2,41
2,81
2,34
2,81
2,28
2,60
2,13
2,37
1,98
2,18
1,84
2,91
2,89
2,91
2,87
2,91
2,83
2,91
2,79
2,91
2,75
2,91
2,61
2,91
2,51
2,91
2,44
2,91
2,39
2,80
2,24
2,57
2,09
2,38
1,95
3
2,98
3
2,96
3
2,93
3
2,89
3
2,85
3
2,71
3
2,61
3
2,55
3
2,49
2,99
2,34
2,77
2,2
2,57
2,06
3,09
3,08
3,09
3,06
3,09
3,02
3,09
2,98
3,09
2,95
3,09
2,81
3,09
2,71
3,09
2,65
3,09
2,6
3,09
2,44
2,96
2,3
2,75
2,16

246
TABLE K-2
ADT/LANE
125
250
500
750
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
10000
20000
40000
RATE
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
10
1,84
1,81
1,84
1,78
1,84
1,72
1,84
1,66
1,76
1,6
1,26
1,38
1,03
1,26
0,90
1,18
0,81
1,12
1,99
1,96
1,99
1,93
1,99
1,86
1,99
1,80
1,99
1,75
1,53
1,53
1,29
1,41
1,16
1,33
1,06
1,27
0,86
1,11
2,12
2,09
2,12
2,06
2,12
2,00
2,12
1,94
2,12
1,89
1,79
1,67
1,55
1,56
1,41
1,48
1,31
1,42
1,09
1,25
0,93
1,10

11
12
13
14
15
2,25
2,22
2,25
2,19
2,25
2,13
2,25
2,08
2,25
2,02
2,04
1,81
1,79
1,69
1,65
1,61
1,55
1,56
1,32
1,38
1,14
1,23
1,01
1,09
2,37
2,35
2,37
2,32
2,37
2,26
2,37
2,20
2,37
2,15
2,28
1,94
2,03
1,82
1,89
1,75
1,78
1,69
1,55
1,52
1,36
1,36
1,21
1,22
2,49
2,46
2,49
2,43
2,49
2,38
2,49
2,32
2,49
2,27
2,49
2,06
2,26
1,95
2,12
1,87
2,01
1,81
1,77
1,64
1,57
1,48
1,40
1,34
2,60
2,57
2,60
2,55
2,60
2,49
2,60
2,44
2,60
2,38
2,60
2,18
2,49
2,07
2,34
1,99
2,23
1,93
1,98
1,76
1,77
1,61
1,60
1,46
2,71
2,68
2,71
2,65
2,71
2,6
2,71
2,55
2,71
2,49
2,71
2,3
2,7
2,18
2,56
2,11
2,45
2,05
2,19
1,88
1,98
1,72
1,8
1,58
16
17
18
19
2,81
2,78
2,81
2,76
2,81
2,7
2,81
2,65
2,81
2,6
2,81
2,41
2,81
2,3
2,77
2,22
2,65
2,16
2,4
1,99
2,17
1,84
1,99
1,69
2,91
2,88
2,91
2,85
2,91
2,80
2,91
2,75
2,91
2,70
2,91
2,51
2,91
2,40
2,91
2,33
2,86
2,27
2,59
2,10
2,37
1,95
2,18
1,80
3
2,98
3
2,95
3
2,9
3
2,85
3
2,8
3
2,61
3
2,51
3
2,43
3
2,38
2,79
2,21
2,56
2,05
2,36
1,91
3,09
3,07
3,09
3,04
3,09
3
3,09
2,95
3,09
2,9
3,09
2,71
3,09
2,61
3,09
2,53
3,09
2,48
2,98
2,31
2,75
2,16
2,55
2,01

247
TABLE K-2
ADT/LANE
125
250
500
750
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
10000
20000
40000
RATE
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
10
1,84
1,81
1,84
1,77
1,84
1,69
1,84
1,62
1,68
1,55
1,15
1,30
0,92
1,18
0,80
1,10
0,72
1,04
1,99
1,95
1,99
1,91
1,99
1,84
1,99
1,77
1,96
1,70
1,41
1,45
1,18
1,33
1,05
1,25
0,96
1,19
0,77
1,02
2,12
2,09
2,12
2,05
2,12
1,98
2,12
1,91
2,12
1,85
1,67
1,60
1,43
1,48
1,30
1,39
1,20
1,33
0,99
1,16
0,85
1,01

11
12
13
14
15
2,25
2,22
2,25
2,18
2,25
2,11
2,25
2,05
2,25
1,98
1,92
1,74
1,67
1,61
1,54
1,53
1,43
1,47
1,22
1,29
1,05
1,14
0,93
1,00
2,37
2,34
2,37
2,31
2,37
2,24
2,37
2,17
2,37
2,11
2,16
1,87
1,91
1,75
1,77
1,66
1,66
1,60
1,43
1,43
1,25
1,26
1,12
1,12
2,49
2,46
2,49
2,42
2,49
2,36
2,49
2,29
2,49
2,23
2,39
1,99
2,14
1,87
2,00
1,79
1,89
1,73
1,65
1,55
1,46
1,39
1,31
1,24
2,60
2,57
2,60
2,50
2,60
2,47
2,60
2,41
2,60
2,35
2,60
2,11
2,36
1,99
2,22
1,91
2,11
1,85
1,86
1,67
1,66
1,51
1,50
1,36
2,71
2,67
2,71
2,64
2,71
2,58
2,71
2,52
2,71
2,46
2,71
2,23
2,58
2,11
2,43
2,03
2,32
1,97
2,07
1,79
1,86
1,63
1,69
1,47
16
17
18
19
2,81
2,78
2,81
2,75
2,81
2,68
2,81
2,62
2,81
2,56
2,81
2,34
2,79
2,22
2,64
2,14
2,53
2,08
2,27
1,90
2,05
1,74
1,87
1,59
2,91
2,88
2,91
2,84
2,91
2,78
2,91
2,72
2,91
2,67
2,91
2,44
2,91
2,33
2,84
2,25
2,73
2,19
2,46
2,01
2,24
1,85
2,05
1,70
3,00
2,97
3,00
2,94
3,00
2,88
3,00
2,82
3,00
2,77
3,00
2,55
3,00
2,43
3,00
2,35
2,92
2,30
2,66
2,12
2,43
1,96
2,24
1,80
3,09
3,06
3,09
3,04
3,09
2,98
3,09
2,92
3,09
2,86
3,09
2,65
3,09
2,53
3,09
2,46
3,09
2,40
2,85
2,23
2,61
2,06
2,41
1,91

248
TABLE K-2
ADT/LANE
125
250
500
750
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
10000
20000
40000
RATE
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
10
1,84
1,83
1,84
1,82
1,84
1,81
1,84
1,79
1,84
1,77
1,60
1,69
1,37
1,60
1,24
1,53
1,13
1,49
0,91
1,34
0,72
1,21
0,57
1,09
1,99
1,98
1,99
1,97
1,99
1,95
1,99
1,93
1,99
1,91
1,87
1,84
1,64
1,75
1,51
1,68
1,40
1,64
1,17
1,49
0,98
1,36
0,81
1,24
2,12
2,11
2,12
2,11
2,12
2,09
2,12
2,07
2,12
2,05
2,12
1,98
1,90
1,89
1,77
1,83
1,67
1,78
1,43
1,64
1,23
1,50
1,06
1,38

11
12
13
14
15
2,25
2,24
2,25
2,23
2,25
2,22
2,25
2,20
2,25
2,18
2,25
2,11
2,15
2,02
2,02
1,96
1,92
1,91
1,68
1,77
1,47
1,64
1,30
1,52
2,37
2,37
2,37
2,36
2,37
2,34
2,37
2,32
2,37
2,31
2,37
2,24
2,37
2,15
2,26
2,09
2,16
2,04
1,92
1,90
1,71
1,77
1,53
1,65
2,49
2,48
2,49
2,47
2,49
2,46
2,49
2,44
2,49
2,42
2,49
2,36
2,49
2,27
2,49
2,21
2,39
2,17
2,15
2,03
1,94
1,90
1,76
1,78
2,60
2,59
2,60
2,58
2,60
2,57
2,60
2,55
2,60
2,54
2,60
2,47
2,60
2,39
2,60
2,33
2,60
2,28
2,38
2,15
2,16
2,02
1,98
1,90
2,71
2,70
2,71
2,69
2,71
2,67
2,71
2,66
2,71
2,64
2,71
2,58
2,71
2,50
2,71
2,44
2,71
2,39
2,59
2,26
2,38
2,14
2,19
2,01
16
17
18
19
2,81
2,80
2,81
2,79
2,81
2,78
2,81
2,76
2,81
2,75
2,81
2,68
2,81
2,60
2,81
2,55
2,81
2,50
2,80
2,37
2,59
2,25
2,40
2,13
2,91
2,90
2,91
2,89
2,91
2,88
2,91
2,86
2,91
2,84
2,91
2,78
2,91
2,70
2,91
2,65
2,91
2,61
2,91
2,48
2,79
2,35
2,60
2,24
3,00
2,99
3,00
2,99
3,00
2,97
3,00
2,96
3,00
2,94
3,00
2,88
3,00
2,80
3,00
2,75
3,00
2,71
3,00
2,58
2,99
2,46
2,79
2,34
3,09
3,09
3,09
3,08
3,09
3,06
3,09
3,05
3,09
3,04
3,09
2,98
3,09
2,90
3,09
2,85
3,09
2,80
3,09
2,68
3,09
2,56
2,99
2,44

249
TABLE K-2
ADT/LANE
125
250
500
750
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
10000
20000
40000
RATE
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
10
1,84
1,82
1,84
1,80
1,84
1,75
1,80
1,70
1,67
1,66
1,24
1,49
1,00
1,38
0,87
1,30
0,77
1,25
0,57
1,09
1,99
1,96
1,99
1,94
1,99
1,90
1,99
1,85
1,94
1,81
1,51
1,64
1,27
1,53
1,13
1,45
1,03
1,40
0,81
1,24
0,65
1,09
2,12
2,10
2,12
2,08
2,12
2,03
2,12
1,99
2,12
1,95
1,77
1,78
1,53
1,67
1,39
1,60
1,29
1,54
1,06
1,38
0,88
1,23
0,73
1,10

11
12
13
14
15
2,25
2,23
2,25
2,21
2,25
2,16
2,25
2,12
2,25
2,08
2,02
1,92
1,78
1,81
1,64
1,74
1,53
1,68
1,30
1,52
1,10
1,37
0,95
1,23
2,37
2,35
2,37
2,33
2,37
2,29
2,37
2,25
2,37
2,21
2,26
2,05
2,02
1,94
1,88
1,87
1,77
1,81
1,53
1,65
1,33
1,50
1,16
1,36
2,49
2,47
2,49
2,45
2,49
2,41
2,49
2,37
2,49
2,33
2,49
2,17
2,25
2,06
2,11
1,99
2,00
1,94
1,76
1,78
1,55
1,63
1,37
1,49
2,60
2,58
2,60
2,56
2,60
2,52
2,60
2,48
2,60
2,44
2,60
2,29
2,48
2,18
2,33
2,11
2,23
2,06
1,98
1,90
1,76
1,75
1,58
1,61
2,71
2,69
2,71
2,67
2,71
2,63
2,71
2,59
2,71
2,55
2,71
2,40
2,69
2,30
2,55
2,23
2,44
2,17
2,19
2,01
1,97
1,87
1,78
1,73
16
17
18
19
2,81
2,79
2,81
2,77
2,81
2,73
2,81
2,69
2,81
2,65
2,81
2,50
2,81
2,41
2,76
2,34
2,65
2,28
2,40
2,13
2,17
1,98
1,98
1,84
2,91
2,89
2,91
2,87
2,91
2,83
2,91
2,79
2,91
2,75
2,91
2,61
2,91
2,51
2,91
2,44
2,85
2,39
2,60
2,24
2,37
2,09
2,18
1,95
3,00
2,98
3,00
2,96
3,00
2,93
3,00
2,89
3,00
2,85
3,00
2,71
3,00
2,61
3,00
2,55
3,00
2,49
2,79
2,34
2,57
2,20
2,37
2,06
3,09
3,08
3,09
3,06
3,09
3,02
3,09
2,98
3,09
2,95
3,09
2,81
3,09
2,71
3,09
2,65
3,09
2,60
2,99
2,44
2,76
2,30
2,55
2,16

250
TABLE K-2
ADT/LANE
125
250
500
750
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
10000
20000
40000
RATE
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
10
1,84
1,81
1,84
1,78
1,84
1,72
1,71
1,66
1,56
1,60
1,06
1,38
0,83
1,26
0,70
1,18
0,61
1,12
1,99
1,96
1,99
1,93
1,99
1,86
1,99
1,80
1,83
1,75
1,33
1,53
1,09
1,41
0,96
1,33
0,86
1,27
0,66
1,11
2,12
2,09
2,12
2,06
2,12
2,00
2,12
1,94
2,10
1,89
1,59
1,67
1,35
1,56
1,21
1,48
1,11
1,42
0,89
1,25
0,73
1,10

11
12
13
14
15
2,25
2,22
2,25
2,19
2,25
2,13
2,25
2,08
2,25
2,02
1,84
1,81
1,59
1,69
1,45
1,61
1,35
1,56
1,12
1,38
0,94
1,23
0,81
1,09
2,37
2,35
2,37
2,32
2,37
2,26
2,37
2,20
2,37
2,15
2,08
1,94
1,83
1,82
1,69
1,75
1,58
1,69
1,35
1,52
1,16
1,36
1,01
1,22
2,49
2,46
2,49
2,43
2,49
2,38
2,49
2,32
2,49
2,27
2,31
2,06
2,06
1,95
1,92
1,87
1,81
1,81
1,57
1,64
1,37
1,48
1,20
1,34
2,60
2,57
2,60
2,55
2,60
2,49
2,60
2,44
2,60
2,38
2,54
2,18
2,29
2,07
2,14
1,99
2,03
1,93
1,78
1,76
1,57
1,61
1,40
1,46
2,71
2,68
2,71
2,65
2,71
2,60
2,71
2,55
2,71
2,49
2,71
2,30
2,50
2,18
2,36
2,11
2,25
2,05
1,99
1,88
1,78
1,72
1,60
1,58
16
17
18
19
2,81
2,78
2,81
2,76
2,81
2,70
2,81
2,65
2,81
2,60
2,81
2,41
2,71
2,30
2,57
2,22
2,45
2,16
2,20
1,99
1,97
1,84
1,79
1,69
2,91
2,88
2,91
2,85
2,91
2,80
2,91
2,75
2,91
2,70
2,91
2,51
2,91
2,40
2,77
2,33
2,66
2,27
2,39
2,10
2,17
1,95
1,98
1,8
3
2,98
3
2,95
3
2,9
3
2,85
3
2,8
3
2,61
3
2,51
2,96
2,43
2,85
2,38
2,59
2,21
2,36
2,05
2,16
1,91
3,09
3,07
3,09
3,04
3,09
3
3,09
2,95
3,09
2,9
3,09
2,71
3,09
2,61
3,09
2,53
3,04
2,48
2,78
2,31
2,55
2,16
2,35
2,01

251
TABLE K-2
ADT/LANE
125
250
500
750
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
10000
20000
40000
RATE
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
MAX
MIN
10
1,84
1,81
1,84
1,77
1,84
1,69
1,65
1,62
1,48
1,55
0,95
1,30
0,72
1,18
0,60
1,10
0,52
1,04
1,99
1,95
1,99
1,91
1,99
1,84
1,93
1,77
1,76
1,70
1,21
1,45
0,98
1,33
0,85
1,25
0,76
1,19
0,57
1,02
2,12
2,09
2,12
2,05
2,12
1,98
2,12
1,91
2,02
1,85
1,47
1,60
1,23
1,48
1,10
1,39
1,00
1,33
0,79
1,16
0,65
1,01

11
12
13
14
15
2,25
2,22
2,25
2,18
2,25
2,11
2,25
2,05
2,25
1,98
1,72
1,74
1,47
1,61
1,34
1,53
1,23
1,47
1,02
1,29
0,85
1,14
0,73
1,00
2,37
2,34
2,37
2,31
2,37
2,24
2,37
2,17
2,37
2,11
1,96
1,87
1,71
1,75
1,57
1,66
1,46
1,60
1,23
1,43
1,05
1,26
0,92
1,12
2,49
2,46
2,49
2,42
2,49
2,36
2,49
2,29
2,49
2,23
2,19
1,99
1,94
1,87
1,80
1,79
1,69
1,73
1,45
1,55
1,26
1,39
1,11
1,24
2,60
2,57
2,60
2,54
2,60
2,47
2,60
2,41
2,60
2,35
2,42
2,11
2,16
1,99
2,02
1,91
1,91
1,85
1,66
1,67
1,46
1,51
1,30
1,36
2,71
2,67
2,71
2,64
2,71
2,58
2,71
2,52
2,71
2,46
2,63
2,23
2,38
2,11
2,23
2,03
2,12
1,97
1,87
1,79
1,66
1,63
1,49
1,47
16
17
18
19
2,81
2,78
2,81
2,75
2,81
2,68
2,81
2,62
2,81
2,56
2,81
2,34
2,59
2,22
2,44
2,14
2,33
2,08
2,07
1,90
1,85
1,74
1,67
1,59
2,91
2,88
2,91
2,84
2,91
2,78
2,91
2,72
2,91
2,67
2,91
2,44
2,79
2,33
2,64
2,25
2,53
2,19
2,26
2,01
2,04
1,85
1,85
1,70
3,00
2,97
3,00
2,94
3,00
2,88
3,00
2,82
3,00
2,77
3,00
2,55
2,98
2,43
2,84
2,35
2,72
2,30
2,46
2,12
2,23
1,96
2,04
1,80
3,09
3,06
3,09
3,04
3,09
2,98
3,09
2,92
3,09
2,86
3,09
2,65
3,09
2,53
3,03
2,46
2,91
2,40
2,65
2,23
2,41
2,06
2,21
1,91

252
TABLE K-3
-3
STONE SPREAD RATE (LAYERS 1 AND 2) (x10 m /m) FOR RATIONAL SEAL DESIGN*
AVERAGE LEAST DIMENSION OF STONE (mm)
FLAKINESS
INDEX
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
3,00
4,00
5,00
6,00
7,00
8,00
9,00
10,00
11,00
12,00
3,23
3,26
3,28
3,31
3,34
3,36
3,39
3,42
3,45
4,17
4,21
4,24
4,27
4,31
4,34
4,38
4,42
4,45
5,13
5,17
5,21
5,26
5,30
5,34
5,38
5,43
5,47
6,10
6,15
6,20
6,25
6,30
6,35
6,40
6,46
6,51
7,09
7,15
7,20
7,26
7,32
7,38
7,44
7,50
7,56
8,09
8,15
8,22
8,28
8,35
8,42
8,49
8,56
8,63
9,10
9,17
9,25
9,32
9,40
9,47
9,55
9,63
9,71
10,13
10,21
10,29
10,37
10,46
10,54
10,63
10,72
10,80
11,17
11,26
11,35
11,44
11,53
11,63
11,72
11,82
11,92
12,23
12,33
12,42
12,52
12,62
12,72
12,83
12,93
13,04
* In the case of double seals reduce the spread rate of the first layer by 5%
TABLE K-4
EMBEDMENT DUE TO TRAFFIC AS DETERMINED BY THE BALL PENETRATION TEST (MM)
AVERAGE DAILY TRAFFIC (EQUIVALENT LIGHT VEHICLES/LANE/DAY)
125
CORRECTED
BALL_PEN
(mm)
0,75
1,00
1,25
1,50
1,75
2,00
2,25
2,50
2,75
3,00
3,25
3,50
3,75
4,00
4,25
4,50
4,75
5,00
5,25
5,50
5,75
6,00
6,25
6,50
6,75
7,00
7,25
7,50
7,75
8,00
0,006
0,016
0,023
0,030
0,035
0,039
0,043
0,047
0,050
0,053
0,056
0,058
0,061
0,063
0,065
0,067
0,069
0,070
0,072
0,074
0,075
0,077
0,078
0,079
0,081
0,082
0,083
0,084
0,085
0,086
250
500
750
1 000
2 000
3 000
4 000
5 000
10 000 20 000 40 000
0,012
0,031
0,047
0,059
0,070
0,079
0,087
0,094
0,100
0,106
0,112
0,117
0,121
0,126
0,130
0,134
0,137
0,141
0,144
0,147
0,150
0,153
0,156
0,159
0,161
0,164
0,166
0,168
0,171
0,173
0,024
0,063
0,093
0,118
0,139
0,157
0,173
0,187
0,200
0,212
0,223
0,233
0,243
0,251
0,260
0,267
0,275
0,282
0,288
0,295
0,301
0,306
0,312
0,317
0,322
0,327
0,332
0,337
0,341
0,346
0,036
0,094
0,140
0,177
0,209
0,236
0,260
0,281
0,301
0,318
0,335
0,350
0,364
0,377
0,389
0,401
0,412
0,423
0,432
0,442
0,451
0,460
0,468
0,476
0,484
0,491
0,498
0,505
0,512
0,518
0,048
0,126
0,187
0,236
0,278
0,314
0,346
0,375
0,401
0,425
0,446
0,466
0,485
0,503
0,519
0,535
0,549
0,563
0,577
0,589
0,601
0,613
0,624
0,635
0,645
0,655
0,664
0,674
0,683
0,691
0,095
0,252
0,373
0,472
0,556
0,629
0,693
0,750
0,802
0,849
0,893
0,933
0,970
1,005
1,038
1,069
1,099
1,127
1,153
1,179
1,203
1,226
1,248
1,269
1,290
1,310
1,329
1,347
1,365
1,382
0,244
0,421
0,559
0,672
0,767
0,849
0,922
0,987
1,046
1,100
1,149
1,195
1,237
1,277
1,315
1,350
1,383
1,415
1,445
1,474
1,501
1,527
1,553
1,577
1,600
1,623
1,644
1,665
1,685
1,705
0,349
0,542
0,691
0,813
0,916
1,006
1,085
1,155
1,219
1,277
1,331
1,380
1,427
1,470
1,510
1,549
1,585
1,619
1,652
1,683
1,713
1,741
1,769
1,795
1,820
1,845
1,868
1,891
1,913
1,934
0,431
0,635
0,793
0,923
1,032
1,127
1,211
1,286
1,353
1,415
1,472
1,525
1,574
1,619
1,662
1,703
1,741
1,778
1,812
1,846
1,877
1,907
1,936
1,964
1,991
2,017
2,042
2,066
2,089
2,112
0,684
0,925
1,111
1,264
1,393
1,504
1,603
1,691
1,771
1,843
1,910
1,972
2,030
2,084
2,134
2,182
2,227
2,270
2,311
2,350
2,387
2,423
2,457
2,490
2,521
2,552
2,581
2,609
2,637
2,663

0,938
1,215
1,429
1,605
1,753
1,881
1,995
2,096
2,188
2,271
2,348
2,420
2,486
2,548
2,607
2,661
2,714
2,763
2,810
2,855
2,897
2,938
2 977
3,015
3,051
3,086
3,120
3,153
3,184
3,215
1,192
1,505
1,747
1,946
2,113
2,259
2,387
2,501
2,605
2,700
2,787
2,867
2,942
3,013
3,079
3,141
3,200
3,255
3,308
3,359
3,407
3,454
3,498
3,541
3,582
3,621
3,660
3,696
3,732
3,767
253
TABLE K-5
ESTIMATED WEAR UNDER CONSTRUCTION ROLLING AND TRAFFIC (10 YEAR LIFE)(MM)
10%
FACT
125
250
500
750
1 000
2 000
3 000
4 000
5 000
10 000
20 000
40 000
150
160
170
180
190
200
210
220
230
240
250
260
270
280
290
300
310
320
330
340
350
0,461
0,448
0,436
0,424
0,413
0,401
0,390
0,378
0,367
0,356
0,345
0,335
0,324
0,314
0,304
0,293
0,284
0,274
0,264
0,255
0,245
0,495
0,482
0,470
0,458
0,447
0,435
0,424
0,412
0,401
0,390
0,379
0,369
0,358
0,348
0,338
0,328
0,318
0,308
0,298
0,289
0,279
0,559
0,547
0,534
0,523
0,511
0,499
0,488
0,477
0,465
0,454
0,444
0,433
0,422
0,412
0,402
0,392
0,382
0,372
0,362
0,353
0,344
0,618
0,605
0,593
0,581
0,570
0,558
0,547
0,535
0,524
0,513
0,502
0,492
0,481
0,471
0,461
0,451
0,441
0,431
0,421
0,412
0,402
0,671
0,659
0,647
0,635
0,623
0,612
0,600
0,589
0,578
0,567
0,556
0,545
0,535
0,524
0,514
0,504
0,494
0,484
0,475
0,465
0,456
0,832
0,820
0,808
0,796
0,785
0,773
0,762
0,750
0,739
0,728
0,717
0,707
0,696
0,686
0,675
0,665
0,655
0,646
0,636
0,627
0,617
0,909
0,897
0,885
0,873
0,861
0,850
0,838
0,827
0,816
0,805
0,794
0,783
0,773
0,762
0,752
0,742
0,732
0,722
0,713
0,703
0,694
0,935
0,923
0,911
0,899
0,887
0,876
0,864
0,853
0,842
0,831
0,820
0,809
0,799
0,788
0,778
0,768
0,758
0,748
0,739
0,729
0,720
0,961
0,949
0,937
0,925
0,913
0,902
0,890
0,879
0,868
0,857
0,846
0,835
0,825
0,814
0,804
0,794
0,784
0,774
0,765.
0,755
0,746
0,961
0,949
0,937
0,925
0,913
0,902
0,890
0,879
0,868
0,857
0,846
0,835
0,825
0,814
0,804
0,794
0,784
0,774
0,765
0,755
0,746
0,961
0,949
0,937
0,925
0,913
0,902
0,890
0,879
0,868
0,857
0,846
0,835
0,825
0,814
0,804
0,794
0,784
0,774
0,765
0,755
0,746
0,961
0,949
0,937
0,925
0,913
0,902
0,890
0,879
0,868
0,857
0,846
0,835
0,825
0,814
0,804
0,794
0,784
0,774
0,765
0,755
0,746
TABLE K-6
FRACTIONAL VOID-LOSS DUE TO EMBEDMENT OR WEAR
EMBEDMENT OR WEAR AS FRACTION OF ELT
FRACTIONAL
EMBEDMENT
OR WEAR
0,00
0,01
0,02
0,03
0,04
0,05
0,06
0,07
0,08
0,09
0,10
0,11
0,12
0,13
0,14
0,15
0,16
0,17
0,18
0,19
0,20
0,21
0,22
0,23
0,24
0,25
0,26
0,27
0,28
0,29
0,30
0,31
0,32
0,33
0,34
0,35
0,000
0,001
0,002
0,003
0,004
0,005
0,006
0.007
0,008
0,009
0,000
0,025
0,049
0,072
0,094
0,115
0,136
0,156
0,174
0,193
0,210
0,227
0,243
0,258
0,272
0,286
0,300
0,312
0,324
0,336
0,347
0,357
0,367
0,376
0,385
0,393
0,401
0,408
0,415
0,422
0,428
0,434
0,439
0,445
0,449
0,454
0,003
0,027
0,051
0,074
0,096
0,117
0,138
0,157
0,176
0,194
0,212
0,228
0,244
0,259
0,274
0,288
0,301
0,313
0,325
0,337
0,348
0,358
0,368
0,377
0,386
0,394
0,402
0,409
0,416
0,423
0,429
0,435
0,440
0,445
0,450
0,454
0,005
0,030
0,053
0,076
0,098
0,119
0,140
0,159
0,178
0,196
0,213
0,230
0,246
0,261
0,275
0,289
0,302
0,315
0,327
0,338
0,349
0,359
0,369
0,378
0,386
0,395
0,402
0,410
0,417
0,423
0,429
0,435
0,441
0,446
0,450
0,455
0,008
0,032
0,056
0,079
0,100
0,122
0,142
0,161
0,180
0,198
0,215
0,232
0,247
0,262
0,277
0,290
0,303
0,316
0,328
0,339
0,350
0,360
0,370
0,379
0,387
0,395
0,403
0,410
0,417
0,424
0,430
0,436
0,441
0,446
0,451
0,455
0,010
0,035
0,058
0,081
0,103
0,124
0,144
0,163
0,182
0,200
0,217
0,233
0,249
0,264
0,278
0,292
0,305
0,317
0,329
0,340
0,351
0,361
0,370
0,380
0,388
0,396
0,404
0,411
0,418
0,424
0,431
0,436
0,442
0,447
0,451
0,456
0,013
0,037
0,060
0,083
0,105
0,126
0,146
0,165
0,184
0,201
0,218
0,235
0,250
0,265
0,279
0,293
0,306
0,318
0,330
0,341
0,352
0,362
0,371
0,380
0,389
0,397
0,405
0,412
0,419
0,425
0,431
0,437
0,442
0,447
0,452
0,456
0,015
0,039
0,063
0,085
0,107
0,128
0,148
0,167
0,185
0,203
0,220
0,236
0,252
0,267
0,281
0,294
0,307
0,320
0,331
0,342
0,353
0,363
0,372
0,381
0,390
0,398
0,405
0,413
0,419
0,426
0,432
0,437
0,443
0,448
0,452
0,457
0,017
0,042
0,065
0,087
0,109
0,130
0,150
0,169
0,187
0,205
0,222
0,238
0,253
0,268
0,282
0,296
0,308
0,321
0,332
0,343
0,354
0,364
0,373
0,382
0,391
0,399
0,406
0,413
0,420
0,426
0,432
0,438
0,443
0,448
0,453
0,457
0,020
0,044
0,067
0,090
0,111
0,132
0,152
0,171
0,189
0,207
0,223
0,239
0,255
0,270
0,284
0,297
0,310
0,322
0,333
0,344
0,355
0,365
0,374
0,383
0,391
0,399
0,407
0,414
0,421
0,427
0,433
0,438
0,444
0,449
0,453
0,457
0,022
0,046
0,070
0,092
0,113
0,134
0,154
0,173
0,191
0,208
0,225
0,241
0,256
0,271
0,285
0,298
0,311
0,323
0,335
0,346
0,356
0,366
0,375
0,384
0,392
0,400
0,408
0,415
0,421
0,428
0,433
0,439
0,444
0,449
0,454
0,458

254
TABLE K-6
FRACTIONAL VOID-LOSS DUE TO EMBEDMENT OR WEAR
EMBEDMENT OR WEAR AS FRACTION OF ELT
FRACTIONAL
EMBEDMENT
OR WEAR
0,36
0,37
0,38
0,39
0,40
0,41
0,42
0,43
0,44
0,45
0,46
0,47
0,48
0,49
0,50
0,51
0,52
0,53
0,54
0,55
0,56
0,57
0,58
0,59
0,60
0,61
0,62
0,63
0,64
0,65
0,66
0,67
0,68
0,69
0,70
0,71
0,72
0,73
0,74
0,75
0,76
0,77
0,78
0,79
0,80
0,81
0,82
0,83
0,84
0,85
0,86
0,87
0,88
0,89
0,90
0,91
0,92
0,93
0,94
0,95
0,96
0,97
0,98
0,99
1,00
0,000
0,001
0,002
0,003
0,004
0,005
0,006
0.007
0,008
0,009
0,458
0,462
0,466
0,470
0,473
0,476
0,479
0,482
0,485
0,487
0,490
0,492
0,495
0,497
0,499
0,502
0,504
0,507
0,509
0,512
0,514
0,517
0,520
0,523
0,526
0,529
0,533
0,537
0,541
0,545
0,550
0,554
0,560
0,565
0,571
0,577
0,584
0,591
0,598
0,606
0,614
0,623
0,632
0,642
0,652
0,663
0,675
0,687
0,699
0,713
0,727
0,741
0,756
0,772
0,789
0,806
0,825
0,843
0,863
0,884
0,905
0,927
0,950
0,974
0,999
0,459
0,463
0,466
0,470
0,473
0,476
0,479
0,482
0,485
0,488
0,490
0,493
0,495
0,497
0,500
0,502
0,504
0,507
0,509
0,512
0,514
0,517
0,520
0,523
0,526
0,530
0,533
0,537
0,541
0,545
0,550
0,555
0,560
0,566
0,571
0,578
0,584
0,591
0,599
0,607
0,615
0,624
0,633
0,643
0,653
0,664
0,676
0,688
0,701
0,714
0,728
0,743
0,758
0,774
0,791
0,808
0,826
0,845
0,865
0,886
0,907
0,929
0,953
0,977
1,000
0,459
0,463
0,467
0,470
0,474
0,477
0,480
0,483
0,485
0,488
0,490
0,493
0,495
0,498
0,500
0,502
0,505
0,507
0,510
0,512
0,515
0,518
0,520
0,523
0,527
0,530
0,534
0,537
0,542
0,546
0,550
0,555
0,561
0,566
0,572
0,578
0,585
0,592
0,600
0,608
0,616
0,625
0,634
0,644
0,655
0,666
0,677
0,689
0,702
0,715
0,729
0,744
0,760
0,776
0,792
0,810
0,828
0,847
0,867
0,888
0,909
0,932
0,955
0,979
1,000
0,460
0,463
0,467
0,471
0,474
0,477
0,480
0,483
0,486
0,488
0,491
0,493
0,495
0,498
0,500
0,503
0,505
0,507
0,510
0,512
0,515
0,518
0,521
0,524
0,527
0,530
0,534
0,538
0,542
0,546
0,551
0,556
0,561
0,567
0,573
0,579
0,586
0,593
0,600
0,608
0,617
0,626
0,635
0,645
0,656
0,667
0,678
0,691
0,703
0,717
0,731
0,746
0,761
0,777
0,794
0,812
0,830
0,849
0,869
0,890
0,912
0,934
0,957
0,982
1,000
0,460
0,464
0,468
0,471
0,474
0,477
0,480
0,483
0,486
0,488
0,491
0,493
0,496
0,498
0,500
0,503
0,505
0,508
0,510
0,513
0,515
0,518
0,521
0,524
0,527
0,531
0,534
0,538
0,542
0,547
0,551
0,556
0,562
0,567
0,573
0,580
0,586
0,594
0,601
0,609
0,618
0,627
0,636
0,646
0,657
0,668
0,679
0,692
0,705
0,718
0,732
0,747
0,763
0,779
0,796
0,814
0,832
0,851
0,871
0,892
0,914
0,936
0,960
0,984
1,000
0,460
0,464
0,468
0,471
0,475
0,478
0,481
0,483
0,486
0,489
0,491
0,494
0,496
0,498
0,501
0,503
0,505
0,508
0,510
0,513
0,516
0,518
0,521
0,524
0,528
0,531
0,535
0,539
0,543
0,547
0,552
0,557
0,562
0,568
0,574
0,580
0,587
0,594
0,602
0,610
0,619
0,628
0,637
0,647
0,658
0,669
0,681
0,693
0,706
0,720
0,734
0,749
0,764
0,781
0,798
0,815
0,834
0,853
0,873
0,894
0,916
0,939
0,962
0,986
1,000
0,461
0,465
0,468
0,472
0,475
0,478
0,481
0,484
0,486
0,489
0,491
0,494
0,496
0,499
0,501
0,503
0,506
0,508
0,511
0,513
0,516
0,519
0,522
0,525
0,528
0,531
0,535
0,539
0,543
0,548
0,552
0,557
0,563
0,568
0,575
0,581
0,588
0,595
0,603
0,611
0,619
0,629
0,638
0,648
0,659
0,670
0,682
0,694
0,707
0,721
0,735
0,750
0,766
0,782
0,799
0,817
0,836
0,855
0,875
0,896
0,918
0,941
0,964
0,989
1,000
0,461
0,465
0,469
0,472
0,475
0,478
0,481
0,484
0,487
0,489
0,492
0,494
0,496
0,499
0,501
0,504
0,506
0,508
0,511
0,513
0,516
0,519
0,522
0,525
0,528
0,532
0,536
0,539
0,544
0,548
0,553
0,558
0,563
0,569
0,575
0,582
0,589
0,596
0,604
0,612
0,620
0,629
0,639
0,649
0,660
0,671
0,683
0,696
0,709
0,722
0,737
0,752
0,767
0,784
0,801
0,819
0,838
0,857
0,877
0,899
0,920
0,943
0,967
0,991
1,000
0,462
0,465
0,469
0,472
0,476
0,479
0,481
0,484
0,487
0,489
0,492
0,494
0,497
0,499
0,501
0,504
0,506
0,509
0,511
0,514
0,516
0,519
0,522
0,525
0,529
0,532
0,536
0,540
0,544
0,549
0,553
0,558
0,564
0,570
0,576
0,582
0,589
0,597
0,604
0,613
0,621
0,630
0,640
0,650
0,661
0,672
0,684
0,697
0,710
0,724
0,738
0,753
0,769
0,786
0,803
0,821
0,840
0,859
0,880
0,901
0,923
0,946
0,969
0,994
1,000
0,462
0,466
0,469
0,473
0,476
0,479
0,482
0,485
0,487
0,490
0,492
0,495
0,497
0,499
0,502
0,504
0,506
0,509
0,511
0,514
0,517
0,520
0,523
0,526
0,529
0,533
0,536
0,540
0,545
0,549
0,554
0,559
0,564
0,570
0,576
0,583
0,590
0,597
0,605
0,613
0,622
0,631
0,641
0,651
0,662
0,674
0,686
0,698
0,711
0,725
0,740
0,755
0,771
0,787
0,805
0,823
0,842
0,861
0,882
0,903
0,925
0,948
0,972
0,996
1,000

255
TABLE K-7
ADDITIONAL COLD BINDER REQUIRED FOR SURFACE TEXTURE (L/SQ.M)
TEXTURE
DEPTH(mm)
0,10
0,11
0.12
0,13
0,14
0,15
0,16
0,17
0,18
0,19
0,20
0,21
0,22
0,23
0,24
0,25
0,26
0,27
0,28
0,29
0,30
0,31
0,32
0,33
0,34
0,35
0,36
0,37
0,38
0,39
0,40
0,41
0,42
0,43
0,44
0,45
0,46
0,47
0,48
0,49
0,50
0,51
0,52
0,53
0,54
0,55
0,56
0,57
0,58
0,59
0,60
125
250
500
750
1 000 2 000
3 000
4 000
5 000
0,08
0,09
0,10
0,10
0,11
0,12
0,13
0,14
0,14
0,15
0,16
0,17
0,17
0,18
0,19
0,20
0,21
0,21
0,22
0,23
0,24
0,25
0,25
0,26
0,27
0,28
0,29
0,29
0,30
0,31
0,32
0,32
0,33
0,34
0,35
0,36
0,36
0,37
0,38
0,39
0,40
0,40
0,41
0,42
0,43
0,44
0,44
0,45
0,46
0,47
0,47
0,08
0,09
0,10
0,10
0,11
0,12
0,13
0,14
0,14
0,15
0,16
0,17
0,17
0,18
0,19
0,20
0,21
0,21
0,22
0,23
0,24
0,25
0,25
0,26
0,27
0,28
0,29
0,29
0,30
0,31
0,32
0,32
0,33
0,34
0,35
0,36
0,36
0,37
0,38
0,39
0,40
0,40
0,41
0,42
0,42
0,42
0,42
0,42
0,42
0,42
0,42
0,08
0,09
0,10
0,10
0,11
0,12
0,13
0,14
0,14
0,15
0,16
0,17
0,17
0,18
0,19
0,20
0,21
0,21
0,22
0,23
0,24
0,25
0,25
0,26
0,27
0,28
0,29
0,29
0,30
0,31
0,32
0,32
0,33
0,34
0,35
0,36
0,36
0,36
0,36
0,36
0,36
0,36
0,36
0,36
0,36
0,36
0,36
0,36
0,36
0,37
0,37
0,08
0,09
0,10
0,10
0,11
0,12
0,13
0,14
0,14
0,15
0,16
0,17
0,17
0,18
0,19
0,20
0,21
0,21
0,.22
0,23
0,24
0,25
0,25
0,26
0,27
0,28
0,29
0,29
0,30
0,31
0,32
0,32
0,32
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,33
0,08
0,09
0,10
0,10
0,11
0,12
0,13
0,14
0,14
0,15
0,16
0,17
0,17
0,18
0,19
0,20
0,21
0,21
0,22
0,23
0,24
0,25
0,25
0,26
0,27
0,28
0,29
0,29
0,30
0,30
0,30
0,30
0,30
0,30
0,30
0,30
0,30
0,30
0,31
0,31
0,31
0,31
0,31
0,31
0,31
0,31
0,31
0,31
0,31
0,31
0,31
0,08
0,09
0,10
0,10
0,11
0,12
0,13
0,14
0,14
0,15
0,16
0,17
0,17
0,18
0,19
0,20
0,21
0,21
0,21
0,21
0,21
0,19
0,21
0,21
0,21
0,21
0,21
0,21
0,21
0,21
0,21
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,22
0,08
0,09
0,10
0,10
0,11
0,12
0,13
0,14
0,14
0,15
0,16
0,17
0,17
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,19
0,20
0,20
0,20
0,20
0,20
0,20
0,20
0,20
0,20
0,20
0,20
0,20
0,20
0,20
0,20
0,08
0,09
0,10
0,10
0,11
0,12
0,13
0,14
0,14
0,15
0,16
0,16
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,17
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18
0,18

0,08
0,09
0,10
0,10
0,11
0,12
0,13
0,14
0,14
0,15
0,16
0,17
0,17
0,18
0,19
0,20
0,21
0,21
0,22
0,23
0,24
0,24
0,24
0,24
0,24
0,24
0,24
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,25
0,26
0,26
0,26
0,26
10 000
OR
MORE
0,08
0,09
0,10
0,10
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,11
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,13
0,13
0,13
0,13
0,13
0,13
0,13
0,13
0,13
0,13
256
APPENDIX L
THE MODIFIED TRAY TEST

257
The test equipment consists of a circular tray with an area of 0,05 m and a wall height of 50 mm, and of a shoulder
piece which fits snugly on top of the tray, has the same internal diameter as the tray and is fitted to a loose-fitting
cloth membrane. The purpose of the membrane is to prevent the "density sand" flowing into the voids between the
stones.
Volume of stone plus voids
V3
where
BDS
=
=
=
V1 - V2
(M1 - M2) / BDS (see Figure L-1)
bulk density of the sand
Effective layer thickness (ELT) of the stone layer =

where
A
=
V3 / A
area of tray.
Void content in stone layer
where
(V)
=
=
(V3 - Vstone) / V3 x 100 %

(V3 MS / RDS) / V3 x 100 %
RDS
MS
=
=
relative density of stone

mass of stone sample
The practical spread rate of the stone and the bulk void content of the aggregate are determined by taking the stone
sample from the modified tray test and pouring it into a plastic measuring cylinder (2 000 m capacity) and
determining the bulk volume of the sample. Repeat a number of times and determine the average bulk volume of
the stone sample.
The practical spread rate of the stone
where
The bulk void content
Theoretical spread rate
-3
V4 / A x 10 (m /m )
V4
A
=
=
bulk volume of the tray test sample ()

2
area of the tray (m )
(Vb)
(V4 Vstone) / V4 x 100 %
(V4 MS / RDS) / V4 x 100 %
-3
ELT(100 V1) / (100 Vb) x 10 (m /m )
If there is a close agreement between the values of the theoretical and practical spread rates, the test data are most
likely correct; if not, there was probably an error in the procedure or calculations.
LO OSE SHO ULDER
DENSITY S AND VO LUME (V1

DENSITY S AND MASS
(M1 )
CIRCULAR
TRAY
DENSITY S AND VO LUME (V2

DENSITY S AND MASS
(M2 )
LO OSE CLOTH
MEMBRANE
STONE
Figure L-1
Schematic illustration of the modified tray test

258

04

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

04

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

04

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS FOR HIGHWAYS

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF SURFACING SEALS

The South African National Roads Agency Ltd

Design and Construction of Surfacing Seals

Design and Construction of Surfacing Seals

LIST OF COMPANION TRH DOCUMENTS

Prime coat and bituminous curing membranes

Guidelines for road construction materials

Design and construction of surfacing seals

Subsurface drainage for roads

Structural design of flexible pavements for

Traffic loading for pavement and rehabilitation

interurban and rural roads

Statistical concepts of quality control and their

Geometric design of rural roads

Nomenclature and methods for describing the

The investigation, design, construction and

condition of asphalt pavements

maintenance of road cuttings

Selection and design of hot-mix asphalt

The structural design, construction and

surfacings for highways

maintenance of unpaved roads

Construction of road embankments

Design of road embankments

Pavement Management Systems

Guidelines for the conveyance of abnormal

Concrete Pavement Maintenance

Bituminous pavement rehabilitation design

Guidelines for the hydraulic design and

Design and Construction of Surfacing Seals

Note: TRH 2 is no longer available

LIST OF COMPANION TMH DOCUMENTS

Standard methods of testing road construction

Code of practice for the design of highway

bridges and culverts in SA

National standard for the spraying performance

Verkeerstellingsprosedures vir buitestedelike

Traffic axle load surveys for pavement design

Pavement Management Systems

Sampling methods for road construction

Manual for the completion of as-built materials

Note: TMH 4 superseded by TRH17

Special methods for testing roads

COMPANION ASPHALT ACADEMY GUIDELINE DOCUMENTS

Design and Construction of Surfacing Seals

LIST OF COMPANION SABITA DOCUMENTS

Technical Guidelines: Construction of bitumen

REACT - Economic analysis of short-term

rubber seals (1998)

rehabilitation actions (1998)

Bituminous products for road construction

Porous asphalt mixes : Design and use (1995)

Guidelines for the manufacture and construction

Appropriate Standards for the use of sand

Guidelines for the safe and responsible handling

Sealing of active cracks in road pavements